Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Diversified / Stockland

Stockland

stkaf · OTC Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker stkaf
Exchange OTC
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Diversified
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Stockland
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Investing  
in our brands

Stock Spirits Group PLC 

Annual Report & Accounts 2018

Stock Spirits is a major force in  
Central and Eastern European spirits

With a major stake in each of our core operating markets and with a growing 
presence in the wider global market, we have more than 45 brands and export 
internationally to more than 50 countries worldwide.

2018 Financial highlights

9 month financial highlights:

Stock Spirits has changed its reporting date to 30 September. In this Annual Report & Accounts, the Group is reporting  
on a 9 month period to 30 September 2018, with the year to 31 December 2017 reported as a comparative.

Volume in 9 litre cases 
9 mth Sept

9.1m

(12 mth Dec 2017: 13.1m)

Profit for the period  
9 mth Sept 

€19.3m

(12 mth Dec 2017: €11.3m)

Revenue  
9 mth Sept 

€193.8m

(12 mth Dec 2017: €269.8m)1

Basic earnings per share  
9 mth Sept 

9.71€cents

(12 mth Dec 2017: 5.72 €cents)

Adjusted EBITDA3  
9 mth Sept

€35.8m

(12 mth Dec 2017: 56.3m) 

Dividends per share  
9 mth Sept2    

8.51€cents

(12 mth Dec 2017: 8.10 €cents)

Source(s):
1.  The Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the retrospective method and, as such, 2017 reported revenue has been restated.  

S

See note 3 in the financial statements on page 108

2.  Interim dividend of 2.50 €cents paid on 21 September 2018 and proposed final dividend for the 9 month period to  

30 September 2018 of 6.01 €cents

Statutory period
Due to our year-end change, figures calculated  
based on our statutory periods are denoted by  
this symbol throughout the report

Contents

Overview 

02  Group at a glance

Strategic Review 

06  Chairman’s statement

08  Why invest in Stock Spirits? 

10  Our markets

12  Our business model

14  Our strategy

16  Our strategy in action

18  Key performance indicators (KPIs)

20  Principal risks and uncertainties

Governance 

26  Chief Executive’s statement

30  Regional reviews

56  Board of Directors

58  Chairman’s letter

30 

32 

34 

Poland

Czech Republic

Italy

36  Other

59  Corporate governance framework

64  Audit Committee report

69  Nomination Committee report

71  Directors’ remuneration report

38  Responsible business report

87  Directors’ report

44 

Financial review

48  Proforma financial information

91 

92 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent auditor’s report

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Premiumisation in action

Božkov Republica  
see page 04

Black Fox 
see page 54

Stock Presti ge 
see page 100

Syramusa 
see page 178 

Proforma financial highlights:

Stock Spirits has changed its reporti ng date to 30 September. In order to show meaningful and comparable measures of performance, 
proforma data for the 12 months to 30 September 2017 and 2018 has been presented. See page 48 for the proforma consolidated 
income statement and associated notes. In summary they are: 

Volume in 9 litre cases 

Revenue 

13.3m

(2017: 12.9m)

€282.4m

(2017: €259.8m)

Adjusted EBITDA3

€59.4m

(2017: €53.2m) 

Basic earnings per share 

16.72€cents

(2017: 14.74 €cents)

Leverage4

0.53

(2017: 0.94)

3.   Stock Spirits Group uses alternati ve performance measures as key fi nancial indicators to assess underlying performance 
of the Group. These include adjusted EBITDA, free cashfl ow and basic EPS. For the proforma numbers see page 48. 
The narrati ve in the Annual Report & Accounts includes these alternati ve measures and an explanati on is set out in 
note 7 of the fi nancial statements on page 126. 

Pf

Proforma fi gures
 Due to our year-end change, proforma fi gures are 
denoted by this symbol throughout the report

4.   Leverage for 2018 is the net debt as per page 153 of the fi nancial statements as at 30 September 2018 divided by proforma 

12 months Adjusted EBITDA for the 12 months to 30 September 2018 as per page 51. Leverage for 2017
is as reported in the Annual Report & Accounts for 2017 as at 31 December 2017.

Financial Statements 

162  Company statement of financial position

Additional Information  

102  Consolidated income statement

163  Company statement of cashflows

180  Shareholders’ information

103 

 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

104 

 Consolidated statement of 
financial position

106 

 Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity

107  Consolidated statement of cashflows

108 

 Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

164  Company statement of changes in equity

181  Useful links

165 

 Notes to the Parent Company 
financial statements

For more informati on visit
www.stockspirits.com

·  01  ·

 
  
  
  
  
Group at a glance

Our core markets

Italy

  Regional Review see page 34

% REVENUE

9%

HEADCOUNT

52

TOTAL SPIRITS MARKET BY CATEGORY 20171

39% others

33% bitters

15% brandy

7% vodka

6% lemon liqueurs

TOTAL RETAIL VALUE OF SPIRITS MARKET2

€1.5bn

Czech Republic

  Regional Review see page 32

% REVENUE

25%

HEADCOUNT

209

TOTAL SPIRITS MARKET BY CATEGORY 20173

27% rum

23% vodka

17% herbal bitters

16% others

9% liqueurs

8% whisky

TOTAL RETAIL VALUE OF OFF-TRADE SPIRITS MARKET4

€0.5bn

·  02  ·

€21.3m

12 mth Dec  
2017: €28.4m

€17.6m

12 mth Dec 2017: €26.2m

€49.2m

12 mth Dec 2017: €67.7m

Revenue 
9 mth Sept 2018

S

€193.8m 

12 mth Dec 2017: €269.8m

 Source(s):
1.  IWSR total Italy, total off-trade and on-trade,  

total spirits MAT Volume 2017

2.  IRI total Italy, total modern trade, discounters and cash & 

carries, total spirits MAT Value September 2018

3.    IWSR total Czech Republic, total off and total  

on-trade, total spirits MAT Volume 2017
4.  Nielsen total Czech Republic, total off-trade,  
total spirits MAT Value September 2018

5.  IWSR total Poland spirits MAT Volume December 2017

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 GROUP REVENUE  
BREAKDOWN

POLAND

CZECH REPUBLIC

ITALY

OTHER

€105.6m

12 mth Dec 2017: €147.5m

6.  Nielsen total Poland, total off-trade, total vodka, 

flavoured vodka and vodka-based liqueurs MAT Volume 
September 2018 (note: A “coverage factor” of 1.18x has 
been applied by management to the Nielsen traditional 
trade data. The coverage factor is derived from the 
historical difference between IWSR data and Nielsen 
data. Management considers that IWSR data more 
accurately represents the traditional trade in Poland)

7.   Nielsen total Poland, total off-trade, total spirits  

and spirit-based RTD’s MAT Value September 2018

Other

% REVENUE

11%

Poland

% REVENUE

55%

  Regional Review see page 36

HEADCOUNT

140

  Regional Review see page 30

HEADCOUNT

602

TOTAL SPIRITS MARKET BY CATEGORY 20175

67% vodka

17% flavoured vodka and 
vodka-based liqueurs

10% whisky

6% others

VOLUME SHARE OF TOTAL MARKET: VODKA, FLAVOURED 
VODKA AND VODKA-BASED LIQUEURS BY TRADE6

69% traditional trade

17% discounters

9% supermarkets

5% hypermarkets

TOTAL RETAIL VALUE OF OFF-TRADE SPIRITS MARKET7

€3.3bn

TOTAL HEADCOUNT

1,003

602 Poland

52 Italy

209 Czech Republic

140 Others

Statutory figures

·  03  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationBožkov Republica 

The First Republic was an era 
of noble ideals and elegance, 
a time when the Czechs 
were renowned for exercising 
honesty and pride in their 
crafts. Božkov Republica is a 
celebration of these values. 

·  04  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Strategic Review

06 Chairman’s statement

08 Why invest in Stock Spirits? 

10 Our markets

12 Our business model

14 Our strategy

16 Our strategy in action

18 Key performance indicators (KPIs)

20 Principal risks and uncertainties

26 Chief Executive’s statement

30 Regional reviews

30

32

34

36

Poland

Czech Republic

Italy

Other

38 Responsible business report

44 Financial review

48 Proforma financial information

·  05  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Chairman’s statement

David Maloney
Chairman

Looking to the future with 
a stronger base

As Chairman of Stock Spirits Group PLC, I am 
pleased to present our Annual Report and 
Accounts for the 9 month period ended 30 
September 2018. This refl ects our adopti on of 
30 September as the Group’s new accounti ng 
reference date.

Following on from the results of 2017, I am pleased 
to announce another period of growth, refl ecti ng 
the conti nued turnaround of the business, 
parti cularly in Poland. The results refl ect the early 
positi ve impact of the reformulated strategy of 
focusing on premiumising our range and increasing 
the use of digital channels in order to engage with 
consumers, especially the millennial cohort.

While it was very encouraging to see real progress 
in our two largest markets of Poland and the Czech 
Republic, Italy, however remained diffi  cult.

With regards to mergers and acquisiti ons (M&A), 
we conti nue to assess a range of acquisiti on 
opportuniti es that would deliver enhanced growth 
and shareholder value for the future. 

Dividend

I am pleased to announce an ‘enhanced’ fi nal 
dividend for the 9 month period. We are proposing 
a fi nal dividend that is in excess of what would 
have been declared based on the 9 months of 
profi t generated in the period. Eff ecti vely, it is a 
full fi nal dividend as though we were reporti ng for 
a full 12 month period. Hence, the fi nal dividend 
proposed of 6.01 €cents per share (12 month to 
Dec 2017: 5.72 €cents), represents growth of 5.1% 
from the prior year fi nal dividend. Shareholders 
are therefore not only receiving the full ‘enhanced’ 
fi nal dividend, but are also receiving this three 
months earlier than in previous years.

This dividend represents the conti nued approach, 
as outlined previously, of a progressive dividend 
policy which can be supported by the ongoing 
strength of the Group’s free cashfl ow conversion. 
It also does not preclude pursuit of M&A 
opportuniti es and allows us to retain a solid 
balance sheet which is important in the current 
economic climate.

Dividends per share for 2018 

8.51€cents

(2017: 8.10 €cents)

·  06  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Kate Allum joined the Group as an Independent Non-Executi ve 
Director, being appointed with eff ect from 1 November 2018. Her 
experience will be hugely benefi cial as the Group conti nues to develop.

   See our Responsible business report secti on 
on page 38

      See our Governance secti on
on page 56

Board and people

As announced in September 2018, Kate Allum 
joined the Group as an Independent Non-
Executi ve Director, being appointed with eff ect 
from 1 November 2018. Kate brings a wide variety 
of experience in both human resources and supply 
chain management, and from within Central and 
Eastern Europe, which will be hugely benefi cial 
as the Group conti nues to develop. Kate has 
been appointed to the Audit and Remunerati on 
Committ ees and we are delighted to welcome her 
to the Board.

The success of any company is down to the 
quality of its leadership and is reliant on the skills 
and talent of the team working throughout the 
organisati on. On behalf of the Board, I would 
like to thank all of the employees of Stock Spirits 
for their conti nued hard work, commitment 
and dedicati on.

Corporate governance

The Company complies with all applicable laws 
and regulati ons, and the Board adopts the UK 
Corporate Governance Code as part of its culture. 
A statement relati ng to compliance with the Code 
is included within the Governance secti on on page 
59. Our Annual Report also sets out the processes 
which have been put in place to deliver long-
term success. 

The Board and its various Committ ees have met 
regularly throughout the year, and an internal 
Board evaluati on exercise took place during 
the period which showed conti nued progress 
in overseeing and guiding the business. Further 
informati on can be found on page 62. 

Looking ahead

The possible implicati ons of Brexit on the Group 
will conti nue to be closely monitored, but, as 
previously reported, the likely eff ect is not 
considered to be material as we do not produce
in or export from the UK. 

We now have an enhanced Board, a stable 
management team that is working to a clear 
strategy and a portf olio of brands that are growing 
in strength. Notwithstanding the conti nued 
competi ti ve environment in our main market of 
Poland, we remain confi dent of being able to 
achieve further growth in the future. 

David Maloney
Chairman

5 December 2018

·  07  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Why invest in Stock Spirits?

WE 
PREMIUMISE

WE 
SELL

WE 
MARKET

Our range commands 
higher margins
Consumers’ increasing disposable 
income prompts growing demand 
for perceived higher quality, 
diff erenti ated spirits. We develop 
our brands and range conti nuously 
in selected categories to provide 
consumers with compelling reasons 
to pay more and to build equity that 
can withstand price competi ti on. 

Our distributi on 
platf orms
Our markets combine off -trade 
distributi on platf orms with criti cal mass 
and quality of commercial executi on 
in the on-trade. We pride ourselves in 
our management of customer and key 
account relati onships.

Management of third 
party brands
Our distributi on, sales and marketi ng 
capabiliti es, combined with excellent 
legal and ethical compliance, provide 
a strong platf orm for third party 
brand distributi on. We have recently 
renewed our contract with Diageo 
in the Czech market and conti nue to 
strengthen the Beam Suntory portf olio 
in Poland and other markets. 

·  08  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

WE 
MANUFACTURE

WE 
REINVEST

WE 
GROW

Our manufacturing 
capabiliti es
We have world-class manufacturing 
capabiliti es in Poland, the Czech 
Republic and Germany, able to 
produce high volumes to a high 
quality standard with high levels 
of customer service. Having a 
centralised procurement team results 
in signifi cant purchasing power.

Low fi nancial
leverage
Our fi nancial leverage allows the 
Company to have an effi  cient capital 
structure with headroom to support 
organic and M&A projects. Our 
cashfl ow conversion is also robust, 
for the 2018 fi nancial period we 
converted 133.6% of profi ts into cash.

Competence in spirits
We are conti nually growing our core 
competencies by investi ng in and 
developing our people. In this way, we 
have a highly capable team – we know 
our spirits, we conti nue to develop 
our portf olio of brands and products 
and we are passionate about growing 
our business.

·  09  ·

Our markets

Total spirits volume shipments in Stock Spirits Group’s wholly owned  
distribution markets are estimated at c.542 million litres1

After falling back temporarily in 2013 to 2014 
(driven primarily by excise duty changes in Poland), 
total spirits volume shipments returned to growth 
over the last two years.

Vodka remains by far the largest category in our 
markets, accounting for c.42% of total volume, 
almost four times the size of the second biggest 
category, herbal bitters, and almost five times that 
of whisky, the third largest category.

Whilst total vodka volumes have contracted over 
the last five years, the premiumisation observed in 
spirits globally is evident in vodka. The double digit 
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) achieved 
by premium and ultra-premium vodka over the last 
five years in Stock’s markets is significantly higher 
than that of any other spirits category.

Herbal bitters and rum, where Stock enjoys brand 
leadership in several markets, are in volume 
growth, as is whisky, where Stock has built share 
via distribution partnerships with Diageo and 
Beam Suntory and is now also building presence 
with its own whisky brands and, most recently, 
the Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey 
Limited investment.

The gin category is also in growth, but this is far 
less material in Stock’s markets, where gin is a 
niche category compared to Western European 
markets. Given different consumer spirits usage 
and tastes in Stock’s markets, gin is unlikely to 
impact total spirits to the degree it has elsewhere 
in the short to medium term.

Spirits performance in Stock’s markets, as 
in any other geography, is linked to shifts in 
demographics, fluctuations in the performance of 
local economies with their associated impact on 
consumer confidence and disposable income, plus 
the regulatory environment.

In the short-term, disposable incomes may 
fluctuate with economic and regulatory 
circumstances, but the long-term evolution of 
our markets has seen a progressive growth in 
standards of living and disposable income and, with 
them, an expansion of consumer choice which is 
positively impacting the demand for higher value 
spirits in the region. 

A number of positive underlying macro consumer 
trends, outlined in more detail below, are anticipated 
to contribute to spirits value growth in our markets.

The sustainable growth of Stock Spirits reflects 
our ability to identify and take advantage of these 
trends by evolving our brand portfolio, supported 
by consistent investment in brand communications, 
innovation and operational capabilities. 

Desire for affordable luxury 

As disposable income grows, greater numbers 
of consumers in our markets are able to choose 
higher quality products for which they are 
prepared to pay more. They seek spirits from 
trustworthy brands of better and more consistent 
quality than they were able to purchase historically. 
This can be through a desire to display their own 
success, expertise, values or lifestyle through their 
choice of brands, but the behaviour can also be 
driven by the desire to enjoy accessible everyday 
luxuries when economic times are challenging. 
Affordable, high perceived quality brands remain 
the preferred choice and spirits are an increasingly 
affordable luxury. 

Evolving needs of the next generation of 
spirits consumers 

The next generation of spirits consumers in Stock’s 
core markets are ‘millennials’ (broadly defined as 
21 to 34 year old drinkers). These consumers are 
entering their peak spending years and can still be 
recruited by spirits brands. Their brand choices are 
not yet fixed but are heavily influenced by their 
peer group’s ‘word of mouth’ recommendations.

For this generation, big brands are not ‘over’, but 
they need to have credible heritage, values and 
authenticity. These consumers are ‘digital natives’, 
who grew up with new technology and are already 
purchasing other categories heavily online. Whilst 
this is still a relatively low penetration trade 
channel for spirits in Stock’s core markets, it is 
forecast to grow significantly.

Millennials expect a greater degree of personalised 
communication from brands than their predecessors 
did. Unisex drinking occasions and mixed gender 
friendship groups are of growing importance, as are 
the spirits brands which cater for them.

·  10  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Technological change and the digital revoluti on 

Rapidly changing technology and the advent of 
the digital era is impacti ng consumer behaviour 
and atti  tudes in Stock’s core markets, just as it 
is globally. The impact of technology is more 
than a marketi ng device. It should be leveraged 
throughout the whole business to speed up 
decision-making and facilitate joined up acti on.

At the Business to Consumer level, it provides an 
easily accessible route to our target consumers with 
all the benefi ts of real ti me consumer tracking and 
bett er targeted spend. At Business to Business level, 
it can complement distributor and retailer coverage, 
enabling brand owners to communicate and serve 
customers they could not do so profi tably historically 
using traditi onal means. Whilst e-commerce is sti ll a 
niche channel in Stock’s core markets, esti mated at 
less than 1.0% of alcohol beverages sales currently2, 
it is the fastest growing channel and forecast to rise 
signifi cantly over the next decade.

Rising need for convenience and range are 
anti cipated to supersede current extra costs for 
home deliveries. In spirits, e-commerce is already 
working in the premium segment, appealing to ti me 
poor, money rich consumers with greater ability 
and readiness to pay higher prices. Spirits players 
which develop their capabiliti es in the digital arena 
most eff ecti vely will gain competi ti ve advantage.

Growing confi dence in local provenance 

Historically in Stock’s Central European markets, 
there were a limited number of high quality brands 
of local provenance available. There was also a sense 
that internati onal brands were superior, coupled 
with a historical suspicion of inconsistent quality and 
counterfeiti ng. Now that the economies in Central 
Europe are more mature, there is a resurgence of 
pride in local achievements, provenance and culture 
and a dawning recogniti on that local brands can be as 
good as, or superior to, imported brands. Local spirits 
remain the vast majority of spirits volume in Central 
and Eastern Europe and there is a noti ceable trend to 
drink bett er quality exponents of those local spirits 
from trusted brands. The fact that many of these 
markets are ‘dark’ i.e. marketi ng communicati ons 
are strictly regulated and limited, makes it harder 
for imported brands to build share rapidly through 
the deployment of heavyweight adverti sing 

investment in the fashion oft en witnessed in other 
markets. In this context, aff ordable, high quality local 
brands with authenti city and provenance are well-
placed to act as a bridge to the fulfi lment of rising 
consumer aspirati ons. 

Increasing internati onal mobility

A combinati on of greater numbers of consumers 
in our core markets travelling widely abroad for 
economic reasons as migrant workers or for 
educati on or pleasure, plus hugely increased 
numbers of visitors from abroad visiti ng our 
markets for the same reasons, is infl uencing local 
drinking cultures. New usage, categories and 
drinks retail formats are developing in response 
to increased internati onal mobility.

Raised awareness of health and social 
responsibility 

A combinati on of government regulati on and 
increased consumer awareness of the health and 
social responsibility issues associated with alcohol 
consumpti on is prompti ng demand for lower 
alcohol by volume spirits ranges and increased 
consumpti on of spirits in longer mixed drinks 
rather than purely as shots, the traditi onal mode 
of consumpti on in much of Central and Eastern 
Europe. There is also a growth in consumer 
interest in the use of perceived ‘natural’ rather than 
‘arti fi cial’ ingredients, sourced, where possible, 
from identi fi able, trustworthy local producers. 
Spirits brands whose ranges include lower 
alcohol by volume and versati le mixers and which 
use ‘natural’ ingredients are well-placed to take 
advantage of this trend. 

Stock Spirits well-placed to grow 
value sustainably 

The combinati on of our aspirati onal brands, wide 
range of innovati ve taste profi les, breadth of 
alcohol by volume opti ons and fl exible packaging 
formats means Stock Spirits Group is well-placed 
to grow sustainably in our markets by conti nuing 
to meet these evolving consumer needs. 

Source(s): 

1.   IWSR 2017, aggregated spirits data from Poland, Czech Republic, 

Italy, Slovakia, Croati a and Bosnia & Herzegovina

2.   IWSR e-commerce studies 2018, Italy, Poland, Czech Republic 

and Croati a

·  11  ·

Our business model

What we do

We develop
We develop profitable new products 
swiftly, to capitalise on consumer trends 
and enhance our core range.

We reinvest
We see ample opportunities for acquisitions 
to complement our organic growth strategy.

We engage
Digital is a core channel, not only for us to 
market our brands but also to engage with 
consumers, whose feedback informs our 
new product development.

We research
We undertake extensive market research 
to understand emerging consumer trends 
globally as well as in our local markets.

We sell
We employ dedicated sales teams to serve the differing needs of on-trade, off-trade and 
wholesale customers. We have wholly owned sales and marketing operations in Poland, 
the Czech Republic, Italy, Slovakia, Croatia and Bosnia & Herzegovina. We work with third 
party distributors in 40+ other countries.

How we think

Mixing global FMCG 
best practices and local 
insights to create value 
for our stakeholders.

Investment to grow
From development of our people 
to investment in IT, consumer and 
customer insights and marketing 
support, we allocate resources to drive 
the sustainable, profitable growth of  
the Group.

Continuous improvement
We aim to ensure that our product 
quality and operational processes 
are of the highest standard and 
constantly seek to improve.

·  12  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 We source
We operate a central buying function with 
the aim of sourcing raw materials on the 
most competitive terms. 

We deliver
Financial performance

Financial strength

Market position

We manufacture
We have significant bottling capacity at our 
two main production sites in Poland and the 
Czech Republic, and an ethanol alcohol 
distillery in Germany.

We also operate a small distillery in the 
Czech Republic.

We market
Our own 45+ brands span a range of spirits including vodka, vodka-
based flavoured liqueurs, rum, whisky, brandy, bitters and limoncello. 
We seek to offer profitable products across price points and 
supplement our in-house portfolio with premium third party brands.

Efficiency
We seek to optimise efficiency – 
whether in our operations, marketing, 
the utilisation of our working capital 
or our financing strategy – but 
without compromising quality.

Accountability
We have cascaded accountability for 
shareholder value and profitability 
throughout the Group.

Responsibility
Ethical practices, sustainability 
and providing opportunities for 
our colleagues are important to us, 
and we work hard to promote a 
responsible attitude to drinking.

  Governance on page 56

  Responsible business report on page 38

·  13  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationOur strategy

Looking out to 2020

Four priorities 
for growth built 
upon a strong 
foundation. 

Early in 2018 we reiterated the strategy which would enable 
Stock Spirits to deliver sustainable and valuable growth across 
its existing operations and beyond.

The strategy can be summarised as driven by four pillars based 
upon a solid foundation of values, people and resources.

·  14  ·

Premiumisation

Ensuring brand equity is 
increased; driven by clear 
brand marketing strategies 
and positioning of our brands 
that enables us to command 
higher price positions

Aim: 30% of Group  
revenue to come from 
premium brands

How:

Whisky strategy

New Product Development 
(NPD) process

World-class brand partners

A solid foundation 
forged from:

Strong governance

Compliance

Ethics

Transparency

  See Our strategy in action page 16

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Millennials

Digital

M&A

Increased awareness of 
and focus on this valuable 
segment of consumers

Using digital marketing to 
underpin brand execution 
and to engage and keep pace 
with consumer habits

Looking at larger, more 
strategic opportunities 
to deliver growth and 
shareholder value for  
the future

Aim: Attract internationally-
minded consumers to our 
local brands

Aim: Regularly 
communicating with 75% of 
targeted consumers through 
digital channels

Aim: Consider larger, more 
transformational M&A 
opportunities

How:

How:

How:

Marketing insight investment

Combined IT/digital strategy

Cost and growth synergies

Provenance of local brands

High Potential (HIPO)  
management pipeline

Common digital marketing 
architecture

Digitalised processes

Brand portfolio enhancement

Geographic expansion

Strategic move

A solid foundation 
forged from:

A solid foundation 
forged from:

A solid foundation 
forged from:

Engaged people

Empowerment

Talent management

Line of sight

Focused resources

Small company agility

Sales and operational planning  
(S&OP) process

Insight-driven

Strategic planning

Flat structures

Devolved responsibility

Speed

  See Our strategy in action page 16

  See Our strategy in action page 17

·  15  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Our strategy in action

VALUE GROWTH

VALUE SHARE

+13%

28.9%

Premiumisati on 

Millennials 

Digital

Božkov Republica

Czech Republic

Consumer Insight: Consumers are 
prepared to pay a premium for higher 
perceived quality from trusted brands.

Aim: Increase core brand equity and 
margins.

How: Republica, a new premium range 
extension of the Czech Republic’s 
best-selling spirits brand, Božkov1, was 
launched in February 2018. Republica 
combines imported rum with premium 
packaging from the best-selling Božkov 
brand. Republica retails at double 
the price of Božkov Original. It off ers 
consumers an opti on to trade up to 
a more premium but sti ll aff ordable 
variant of a trusted brand, delivering 
improved margin per litre for Stock 

Spirits Group. Supported by a 360˚
trial building campaign across the on 
and off -trade, including integrated 
digital, TV, outdoor and press and 
sampling communicati on. Božkov 
Republica is a celebrati on of the Czech 
First Republic, the period between the 
fi rst and second world wars, regarded 
by many Czechs as a ‘golden age’ 
associated with authenti city, honesty 
and self-esteem. A ti me when Czech 
craft smanship and inventi on fl ourished.

Result: Achieved 25.9% value share of 
premium rum eight months post launch 
in Czech Republic2. Contributed to 
year-on-year value growth of +12.5% 
on total Božkov rum3. 

Saska

Consumer Insight: Amid the constant 
rush of modern life, everyone seeks 
moments to enjoy unhurried pleasures.

Aim: Recruit young-adults in the high 
margin fl avoured category.

How: Saska encouraged its target 
millennial consumers to slow down the 
pace of their hecti c lives and take the 
ti me to enjoy experiences to the full in 
a meaningful way. A compelling new 
communicati ons campaign showed 
stylish young-adults enjoying good 
company, good food and good drink 
together in a variety of occasions. 
Pairing Saska fl avours with selected 
foods and occasions drove usage. 
Three innovati ve new contemporary 
fl avours – coff ee with a hint of brandy, 

·  16  ·

Poland

orange with a hint of bourbon and 
hazelnut with a hint of caramel – with 
specifi c appeal to millennials, were 
launched during 2018, supported by 
point of purchase merchandising and 
a heavyweight social media campaign 
which achieved reach of over two 
million views via Facebook, blogs 
and Instagram by working with food, 
drink and fashion infl uencers and 
linking Saska to 40 top restaurants. 
A new, improved packaging design 
to strengthen premium cues and aid 
navigati on around Saska’s range of 
fl avours was also introduced.

Result: Saska fl avours achieved 153.0% 
Moving Annual Total (MAT) value 
growth versus last year in the Polish 
off -trade4.

MAT VALUE GROWTH

153%

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

CAMPAIGN DIGITAL 
COVERAGE

2.7m

EVENTS 
ATTENDANCE

22,000

SOCIAL MEDIA
ENGAGEMENT

82%

Italy

Keglevich

Consumer Insight: Our target consumers 
are ‘digital nati ves’, who grew up with new 
technology and are already purchasing 
other categories heavily online.

Aim: Compelling communicati on of the 
Keglevich relaunch.

How: A multi -channel relaunch 
communicati ons plan, focused on the 
‘pure vodka, pure fruit’ propositi on, 
was executed from June to September 
2018 with the aim of raising awareness, 
considerati on and purchase intent. The 
campaign reached over 82% of the brand’s 
target 18–34 year old Italian consumers 
using impactf ul online video executi ons, 
via content on demand advertorials, 
Facebook and Instagram. 

A simultaneous public relati ons campaign 
generated 37 arti cles with an esti mated 
coverage of 2.7 million. Physical sampling 
and trial of the relaunched range of liquids 
and packaging was achieved through a 
‘Play On’ music tour in partnership with 
one of Italy’s biggest radio stati ons, RDS. 
It toured six high visitor traffi  c seaside 
locati ons during the peak summer season. 
Each tour locati on executed two days of 
pre-event sampling, followed by two days 
of day and night party events att ended by 
over 22,000 of our target consumers. The 
‘Play On’ sampling tour was itself designed 
to generate additi onal coverage via 
social media as the radio stati on and the 
party-goers shared images with their own 
networks of contacts. An innovati ve ‘click 

through butt on’ was embedded in the 
Keglevich digital communicati ons which 
enabled consumers to visit the e-retailers 
which sell Keglevich and to make an online 
purchase should they choose.

Result: Improved top of mind, 
spontaneous and prompted awareness 
scores post- than pre-campaign. Higher 
considerati on and purchase intent scores 
post than pre-campaign. Record breaking 
content on demand interacti on rates 
versus benchmarks. Engagement rates 
in Facebook and Instagram signifi cantly 
higher than benchmarks5. Increased use of 
digital communicati on enabled real ti me 
tracking of consumer responses to our 
communicati ons, allowing faster campaign 
adjustments and bett er targeted spend.

Source(s):

1.  IWSR 2017

2.   Nielsen, Czech Republic, total off -trade, total premium rum, 

MAT September 2018 

3.  Nielsen, Czech Republic, total off -trade, total rum, MAT September 2018

4.  Nielsen, Poland, total off -trade, MAT value, September 2018

5.  Zenith Media pre- and post-campaign tracking and evaluati on, September 2018

·  17  ·

Key performance indicators (KPIs)
Financial performance

Volumes of product sold 
(millions 9 litre cases)

Revenue 

Earnings per share 
(basic) 

Proforma KPIs

Total volume

Pf

Pf

Pf

13.3m

Total clear  
vodka volume

5.9

6.1

Total other  
volume

7.0

7.2

€282.4m

16.72

(€cents per share)

259.8

282.4

16.72

14.74

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

Statutory KPIs

Total volume

9.1m

Total clear  
vodka volume

Total other  
volume

6.0

4.2

7.1

4.9

S

S

S

€193.8m

269.81

193.8

9.71

(€cents per share)

9.71

5.72

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

Why we measure it:

To ensure that we are growing the  
business in a balanced manner. 

Why we measure it:

To ensure that we are growing the  
revenue of the business.

Why we measure it:

To provide a measure of underlying  
shareholder value.

Measuring our success
The Board has chosen a number of key 
performance indicators to measure the 
Group’s progress. These indicators are 
set out here, along with how they relate 
to strategic priorities and how we  
performed against them.

The Group retains very strong liquidity, 
significant headroom in our borrowings  
and a robust balance sheet, providing us 
with the financial strength to take the 
business forward and deal with shocks.

·  18  ·

Financial strength
Leverage4

0.53

(Dec 2017: 0.94)

Why we measure it:

To ensure that we have an efficient capital  
structure with headroom to support organic and 
inorganic growth. This is an important measure  
for both our banks and shareholders. 

Source(s):

1.   The Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the retrospective method and, 
as such, 2017 reported revenue has been restated. See note 3 in the 
financial statements on page 108

2.   Stock Spirits Group uses alternative performance measures as key 

financial indicators to assess the underlying performance of the Group. 
These include adjusted EBITDA and free cashflow (note 7). The narrative 
in the Annual Report and Accounts includes these alternative measures 
and an explanation is set out in note 7 to the consolidated financial 
statements (for statutory figures) and the proforma notes (page 48 for 
proforma figures) included in the Annual Report and Accounts

3.   The proforma cashflow conversion reconciliation is within the notes to 

the proforma consolidated income statement on page 50 

4.   Leverage for 2018 is the net debt as per page 153 of the financial 

statements as at 30 September 2018 divided by proforma 12 months 
Adjusted EBITDA for the 12 months to 30 September 2018 as per page 
51. Leverage for 2017 is as reported in the Annual Report and Accounts 
for 2017 as at 31 December 2017

5.   Data for this section: 

Poland: Nielsen, total Poland, total off-trade, total vodka, flavoured vodka 
& vodka-based liqueurs MAT value and volume September 2018 

Czech: Nielsen, total Czech Republic, total off-trade, total spirits, MAT 
volume and value September 2018 

Italy: IRI retail sales data, total Italy, total modern trade and discounters 
and cash & carry, total spirits, MAT value and volume September 2018 

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Proforma figures

Pf
For clarity following our year-end change,  
proforma figures are denoted by this symbol

S

Statutory period

For clarity following our year-end change, statutory 
reported figures are denoted by this symbol

Adjusted EBITDA & 
adjusted EBITDA margin2

Adjusted free  
cashflow conversion3 

% revenue from  
premium brands

Adjusted EBITDA

Pf

€59.4m

Adjusted EBITDA
 €m

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin %

91.5%

53.2

59.4

20.5

21.0

99.1

91.5

Pf

Pf

25.9%

25.9

21.2

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Sept 2017

12 mths  
Sept 2018

Adjusted EBITDA

S

€35.8m

Adjusted EBITDA
 €m

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin %

56.3

35.8

20.9

18.5

S

S

 133.6% 

 26.1% 

133.6

86.3

26.1

21.9

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

12 mths  
Dec 2017

9 mths  
Sept 2018

Why we measure it:

Why we measure it:

Why we measure it:

To track the underlying performance of the 
business and ensure that sales growth is 
translated into profit.

To ensure that we are converting  
profit into cash. 

To ensure brand equity is increased, which 
enables us to command higher price positions.

Market position5
Value market share

Czech Republic 

33.1%

(Sept 2017: 33.7%)

Volume market share

Czech Republic 

35.2%

(Sept 2017: 36.3%)

Poland 

27.4%

(Sept 2017: 26.2%)

Poland 

27.0%

(Sept 2017: 25.2%)

Italy 

4.2%

(Sept 2017: 4.4%)

Italy 

4.1%

(Sept 2017: 4.3%)

Why we measure it:

Value market share: to maintain focus 
on growing value, not just volume at 
any expense. 

Why we measure it:

Volume market share: to ensure that we 
measure our underlying market position 
relative to our competitors.

·  19  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Principal risks and uncertainties

Our internal controls framework miti gates risk

Risk level change key

 Higher  

 Lower  

 Level

Risk rati ng key

 High   

 Medium   

 Low

Viability statement

The Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over a three-year period 
and confi rm that they have a reasonable 
expectati on that the Group will conti nue 
to operate and meet its liabiliti es, as they 
fall due. The Directors have determined 
that the three-year period to September 
2021 is an appropriate period over 
which to provide its viability statement, 
aft er taking into considerati on a number 
of factors, including that the Group’s 
strategic planning process covers a three-
year period and that the spirits industry
is considered to be non-cyclical.

The Directors’ assessment has been made 
with reference to the Group’s current 
positi on, the Group’s strategy, the Board’s 
risk appeti te and the principal risks facing 
the Group in severe but plausible scenarios, 
taking account of the velocity of the 
risk impact and the eff ecti veness of any 
miti gati ng acti ons, including insurance, as 
detailed above. The strategy and associated 
principal risks underpin the Group’s three-
year plans and scenario testi ng, which the 
Directors review annually.

This assessment has considered the 
potenti al impacts of these risks on the 
business model, future performance, 
solvency and liquidity over the period. 
Whilst this review does not consider all 

of the risks that the Group may face, 
the Directors consider that this stress-
testi ng based assessment of the 
Group’s prospects is reasonable in 
the circumstances.

Approval of Strategic Review 

The Strategic Review comprising pages 
1 to 53 was approved and signed on 
behalf of the Board.

Mirek Stachowicz 
Chief Executi ve Offi  cer

5 December 2018

Principal risks 
Principal risks 

Stock Spirits Group believes the following to be the principal risks facing its business and the steps we take to manage and miti gate 
these risks. Risks are identi fi ed and assessed through a combined bott om-up and top-down approach. If any of these risks occur, 
Stock Spirits’ business, fi nancial conditi on and performance might suff er and the trading price and liquidity of the shares may decline. 
Not all of these risks are within our control and this list cannot be considered to be exhausti ve, as other risks and uncertainti es may 
emerge in a changing business environment. References to changes in 2018 mean changes during the 9 month period ended 
30 September 2018.

Risk descripti on and impact
Risk descripti on and impact

Change in 2018
Change in 2018

 How we manage and miti gate
 How we manage and miti gate

Rati ng
Rati ng

We have not been 
signifi cantly impacted by 
major economic or politi cal 
changes in our key markets 
during 2018, although we 
conti nue to monitor the 
budget dispute between the 
new Italian government and 
the EU.

We monitor and analyse economic 
indicators and consumer consumpti on 
trends which, in turn, infl uence our product 
portf olio and new product development. 
The majority of countries that we currently 
operate in are part of the European Union 
and, therefore, are subject to EU regulati on. 
We monitor the economic conditi ons 
within each market and review our product 
portf olio, route to market and adjust our 
positi on accordingly. 

Risk 1
Risk 1
Economic and politi cal change
Economic and politi cal change

The Group’s results are aff ected by overall economic 
conditi ons in its key geographic markets and the 
level of consumer confi dence and spending in those 
markets. The Group’s operati ons are primarily in 
Central and Eastern European markets where there 
is a risk of economic and regulatory uncertainty. In 
the Group’s experience, the local laws and regulati ons 
in the region where it operates are not always fully 
transparent, can be diffi  cult to interpret and may be 
applied and enforced inconsistently. In additi on, the 
Group’s strategy involves expanding its business 
in some emerging markets, including in certain 
Central and Eastern European countries that are not 
members of the European Union. Politi cal, economic 
and legal systems and conditi ons in emerging market 
economies are generally less predictable. 

·  20  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Risk descripti on and impact

Change in 2018

 How we manage and miti gate

Rati ng

Risk 2 
Taxes 

Increases in taxes, parti cularly increases to excise 
duty rates and VAT, could adversely aff ect demand 
for the Group’s products. Demand for the Group’s 
products is parti cularly sensiti ve to fl uctuati ons in 
excise taxes, since excise taxes generally consti tute 
the largest component of the sales price of spirits. 
The Group may be exposed to tax liabiliti es resulti ng 
from tax audits. The Group has previously faced, 
currently faces and may in the future face, audits 
and other challenges brought by local tax authoriti es. 
Changes in tax laws and related interpretati ons and 
increased enforcement acti ons and penalti es may 
alter the environment in which the Group does 
business. In additi on, certain tax positi ons taken 
by the Group are based on industry practi ce and 
external tax advice and/or are based on assumpti ons 
and involve a signifi cant degree of judgement.

Risk 3
Strategic transacti ons 

Key objecti ves of the Group are: (i) the development 
of new products and variants; (ii) expansion, in the 
Central and Eastern European region and certain 
other European countries, through the acquisiti on of 
additi onal businesses; and (iii) distributi on agreements 
with world-class brand partners. Unsuccessful 
launches, or failure by the Group to fulfi l its 
expansion plans or integrate completed acquisiti ons, 
or to maintain and develop its third-party brand 
relati onships could have a material adverse eff ect 
on the Group’s growth potenti al and performance.

Through our membership of local market 
spirits associati ons, we seek to engage 
with local tax and customs authoriti es as 
well as government representati ves and, 
where appropriate, provide informed input 
to the unintended consequences of excise 
increases e.g. growth of illicit alcohol and 
potenti al harm to consumers. The Group 
engages the services of a professional 
global fi rm of tax advisers and undertakes 
regular audits of our own tax processes, 
documentati on and compliance. We aim to 
operate the business in a tax-effi  cient and 
compliant manner at all ti mes. We make 
appropriate provisions where tax liabiliti es 
appear likely.

We conti nue to seek value-accreti ve 
acquisiti on targets and have an experienced 
management team capable of exploring, 
pursuing and executi ng transacti on 
opportuniti es swift ly and diligently; 
however, the owners of target businesses 
may have price expectati ons that are 
beyond the valuati on that we can place 
on their business. If we are unable to 
complete meaningful acquisiti ons, we 
will consider distributi ng surplus cash to 
shareholders. We also conti nue to invest 
signifi cant resources in our NPD process as 
well as exploring opportuniti es to extend 
and enhance our third-party distributi on 
arrangements.

See note 13 Income Taxes 
in the consolidated fi nancial 
statements for details of the 
ongoing tax inspecti ons in 
Poland and Italy and other 
tax matt ers.

Our new product development 
(NPD) process has been improved 
and conti nues to deliver 
successful innovati ons such as 
Božkov Republica rum and Black 
Fox herbal bitt er liqueur in the 
Czech Republic. We conti nuously 
seek to strengthen our portf olio. 
During 2018, we commenced 
launches across our markets of 
The Dubliner and The Dublin 
Liberti es Irish whiskey brands, 
building on our 25% investment 
in Quintessenti al Brands Ireland 
Whiskey Limited. In the period, 
we extended our partnership 
with Beam Suntory to include 
the Czech Republic and Slovakian 
markets, alongside existi ng 
markets in Poland, Croati a and 
Bosnia and Herzegovina. 

The recent impositi on of EU 
tariff s on US bourbon imports 
did not impact us immediately, 
however, we expect the increased 
costs will fl ow through with eff ect 
from the start of 2019.

·  21  ·

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk level change key

 Higher  

 Lower  

 Level

Risk rating key

 High   

 Medium   

 Low

Risk description and impact

Change in 2018

How we manage and mitigate

Rating

Risk 4
Consumer preferences 

Shifts in consumer preferences may adversely 
affect the demand for the Group’s products  
and weaken the Group’s competitive position.  
A decline in the social acceptability of the 
Group’s products may also lead to a decrease 
in the Group’s revenue. In some countries in 
Europe, the consumption of beverages with 
higher alcohol content has declined due to 
changing social attitudes towards drinking.  
See the Our Markets section on pages 10  
and 11 for further details.

Our Keglevich brand in Italy 
continues to suffer from 
ongoing changes in its target 
consumers’ habits, resulting 
from continuing poor macro-
economic conditions in Italy, and 
we continue to see a general 
decline in consumption of higher 
alcohol drinks, particularly by 
young-adult drinkers. 

During the period we invested 
significant resources in digital 
marketing, with the formation 
of our new Digital Marketing 
Group to drive more effective 
use of digital media and analytics 
and share best practice across 
the Group.

The Group undertakes extensive consumer 
research and has a track record of successful 
NPD to constantly meet changing consumer 
needs. We have developed a range of 
lower alcohol products and feel confident 
that we have the expertise to continue to 
develop products that meet and satisfy 
consumer needs.

Risk 5
Talent

The Group’s success depends substantially 
upon the efforts and abilities of key personnel 
and its ability to retain such personnel. The 
executive management team has significant 
experience and has made an important 
contribution to the Group’s growth and 
success. The loss of the services of any member 
of the executive management team of the 
Group, could have an adverse effect on the 
Group’s operations. The Group may also not 
be successful in attracting and retaining such 
individuals in the future.

During the year we continued to 
strengthen our management team 
with new appointments in key 
marketing and commercial roles 
in our largest businesses in Poland 
and Czech respectively. 

The results of our first annual 
Employee Engagement Survey 
were received during the year 
and the action plans arising from 
those results continue to be 
implemented.

The Group operates a competitive remuneration 
policy that aims to retain, motivate and, where 
necessary, attract key individuals. We have 
developed a leadership framework to guide our 
talent management and a formal succession 
planning process to mitigate the risk of losing key 
personnel. Our annual Employee Engagement 
Survey enables us to assess employee 
engagement levels across the Group and act 
upon the feedback in a systematic way.

·  22  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Risk descripti on and impact

Change in 2018

 How we manage and miti gate

Rati ng

Risk 6
Marketplace and competi ti on

The Group operates in a highly competi ti ve 
environment and faces competi ti ve pressures 
from both local and internati onal spirits producers, 
which may result in pressure on prices and loss of 
market share. This has been parti cularly evident 
in Poland historically. Changes in the Group’s 
distributi on channels may also have an adverse 
eff ect on the Group’s profi tability and business. 
A signifi cant porti on of the Group’s revenue 
is derived from a small number of customers. 
The Group may not be able to maintain its 
relati onships with these customers or renegoti ate 
agreements on favourable terms, or may be 
unable to collect payments from some customers, 
which will lead to an impact in its fi nancial 
conditi on. The Group is also dependent on a few 
key products in a limited number of markets which 
contribute a signifi cant porti on of its revenue.

Risk 7
Exchange rates

The Group’s business operati ons and results 
reported in Euros are subject to risks associated 
with fl uctuati ons in currency exchange rates. 
The Group generates revenue primarily in Polish 
Złoty and secondarily in Czech Koruna and a 
large porti on of the Group’s assets and liabiliti es 
are denominated in Złoty and Koruna. The 
Group’s non-trading acti viti es are conducted 
through its corporate offi  ce in the UK and are 
mainly transacted in GB Pounds. Additi onally, the 
Group’s fi nancial covenants are tested in Euros. 
Consequently, movement in the other currencies 
in which the earnings, assets and liabiliti es of 
the Group’s subsidiaries are denominated could 
adversely impact the Group’s ability to comply 
with these fi nancial covenants.

Risk 8 
Disrupti on to operati ons or systems

The Group’s operati ng results may be adversely 
aff ected by disrupti on to its producti on and 
storage faciliti es, in parti cular its main producti on 
faciliti es in Poland and the Czech Republic, or by 
a breakdown of its informati on or management 
control systems.

In Poland, we conti nued to 
respond to price reducti ons by 
competi tors and demonstrated 
our resilience by growing our 
market share in key categories 
without a signifi cant impact on 
our profi t margins. 

We saw a signifi cant growth in 
sales of private label spirits and 
liqueurs in the Czech Republic 
which our Czech business 
conti nues to miti gate through 
strengthening its management 
of promoti ons, brand support 
and acti vati ons.

The Group has mechanisms and strategies in place 
to miti gate the damage of profi t erosion but there is 
no assurance they will work in the economies and 
competi ti ve environments in which we operate. 
We constantly review our distributi on channels 
and our customer relati onships. We understand 
the changing nature of the trade channels and 
customer positi ons within those channels. We 
trade across all channels and acti vely manage 
our profi t mix by both channel and customer. We 
have well-established credit control policies and 
procedures and we put in place trade receivables 
insurance where it is cost eff ecti ve to do so.

Recent world trade volati lity, 
including tariff s imposed by 
the US, EU and China together 
with the strength of the US 
dollar and Brexit, have led to 
increased currency fl uctuati ons.

During 2018, we commenced 
an IT project to upgrade to a 
single version of SAP S4/Hana, 
to improve access to consistent 
informati on across the Group, 
deliver analyti cal reports and 
insights and further automate 
controls and standardise 
processes across the Group.

The Group aims to hedge transacti on risk by 
matching cashfl ows, assets and liabiliti es through 
normal commercial business arrangements 
where possible. For example, all debt is currently 
drawn in local currency by market. For locati ons 
where we have non-trading acti viti es, there is a 
limitati on on the natural hedging that is available 
to cover currency exchange risk. We monitor 
currency exposure as an integral part of our 
monthly review process and, where appropriate, 
implement hedging instruments. We provide a 
sensiti vity table showing the impact on profi t 
before tax, based on changes in the spot exchange 
rates of our primary earnings currencies, in the 
foreign currency risk secti on of note 30 to the 
consolidated fi nancial statements.

In additi on to holding appropriate insurance cover 
to protect the business in the event of a producti on 
disrupti on or other business interrupti on, our two 
primary bott ling sites off er suffi  cient fl exibility 
that each site is capable of bott ling all of our core 
SKUs. We also have well-established and tested 
Business Conti nuity and Disaster Recovery 
policies. Our informati on and management control 
systems are subject to internal audit following 
a risk-based methodology. We also periodically 
engage independent specialists to assess and test 
the security and resilience of our network against 
hacking and other cyber threats, which include 
penetrati on testi ng, and we retained our Cyber 
Essenti als certi fi cati on.

·  23  ·

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk level change key

 Higher  

 Lower  

 Level

Risk rating key

 High   

 Medium   

 Low

Risk description and impact

Change in 2018

How we manage and mitigate

Rating

The Group has established clear processes 
and controls to monitor compliance with laws 
and regulations, and changes to them, and also 
any litigation action. We operate a detailed 
anti-bribery and anti-trust policy and process. 
Regular update training is conducted across the 
business and we undertake regular reviews and 
independent internal audits to assess the adequacy 
and effectiveness of our policies and processes.

We closely monitor the key markets in order 
to optimise our purchasing. Where possible 
and appropriate, the Group will negotiate term 
contracts for the supply of core raw materials and 
services on competitive terms to manage pricing 
fluctuations. 

We implemented new 
policies and procedures to 
ensure compliance with the 
EU General Data Protection 
Regulation which took effect 
in May 2018. 

The EU passed a law to 
restrict the use of a particular 
rum aroma used in our 
Božkov Tuzemský product 
in the Czech Republic. 
Through the Czech spirits 
industry association and the 
relevant Czech government 
departments, we closely 
monitored and participated 
in the process and thereby 
avoided significant impact 
upon our business. 

In Slovakia, a law was passed 
in September 2018 to permit 
home distillation of spirits, 
subject to certain restrictions 
and requirements.

Grain prices were adversely 
affected by poor harvests, 
however, our cost 
optimisation initiatives in 
procurement, including more 
centralised purchasing, have 
ensured that cost of goods 
sold to remains broadly 
consistent with the prior year. 

Risk 9  
Laws and regulations

The Group is subject to extensive laws and 
regulations limiting advertising, promotions 
and access to its products, as well as laws and 
regulations relating to its operations, such 
as health, safety and environmental laws. 
These regulations and any changes to these 
regulations could limit its business activities 
or increase costs. In some cases, such as the 
recent introduction in Poland of restrictions 
on retailers trading on Sundays, the changes 
in law impact the Group indirectly. The Group 
may be affected by litigation directed at the 
alcoholic beverages industry and other litigation 
such as intellectual property disputes, product 
liability claims, product labelling disputes and 
administrative claims. The Group may be 
exposed to civil or criminal liabilities under anti-
bribery or anti-trust laws and any violation of 
such laws could have a material adverse effect 
on its reputation and business.

Risk 10 
Supply of raw materials

Changes in the prices or availability of supplies 
and raw materials could have a material adverse 
effect on the Group’s business. Commodity 
price changes may result in increases in the cost 
of raw materials and packaging materials for the 
Group’s products due to a variety of factors 
outside the Group’s control. The Group may 
not be able to pass on increases in the costs of 
raw materials to its customers and, even if it is 
able to pass on cost increases, the adjustments 
may not be immediate and may not fully off-set 
the extra costs or may cause a decline in sales 
volumes. Extreme weather conditions and 
climate change may damage supplies of key 
raw materials such as grain, resulting in more 
extreme price spikes and supply shortages. 
Energy price fluctuations can impact us both 
directly and indirectly through our supply chain. 
Labour costs may also rise ahead of our ability 
to pass through such costs.

·  24  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Risk descripti on and impact

Change in 2018

 How we manage and miti gate

Rati ng

Risk 11
Funding and liquidity

Market conditi ons could subject the Group 
to unexpected needs for liquidity, which may 
require the Group to increase its levels of 
indebtedness. Access to fi nancing in the longer-
term depends on a variety of factors outside 
the Group’s control, including capital and credit 
market conditi ons. Higher interest rates and 
more stringent borrowing requirements could 
increase the Group’s fi nancing charges and 
reduce profi tability.

Signifi cantly lower fi nance 
costs conti nued during 2018 
as a result of the refi nancing 
of bank faciliti es in 2015 
and we conti nue to enjoy 
those fi nancing faciliti es unti l 
November 2022.

The Group maintains a strong focus on cash, our 
future requirements for funding and the overall 
external market for fi nancing. We undertake regular 
and detailed reviews of both short-term and longer-
term liquidity requirements by market, including our 
growth ambiti ons. We are confi dent that we have 
the appropriate processes and relati onships in place 
to respond to any unexpected liquidity needs and 
have not only secured lower cost and more fl exible 
re-fi nancing, but have also placed ourselves in the 
best positi on to access funding in the longer-term.

As far as Brexit is concerned, we do not consider it to be a principal risk. For completeness, we include a summary of our risk 
assessment below. For risk management purposes, it is prudent to assume the most disrupti ve outcome of a no-deal exit in March 2019. 
As stated in our previous reports, given that we do not produce or export from the UK and have minimal sales in the UK, we conti nue 
to believe the impact of Brexit is unlikely to be signifi cant for us. We have analysed the potenti al impacts under six main categories:

Trade

Taxes

Our supply chain is predominantly non-UK 
based. We have very few UK suppliers, 
therefore the risk of additi onal duti es, 
tariff s or import/export procedures is 
unlikely to aff ect us in a material way. One 
of our few UK-sourced supplies for our 
EU businesses is Scotch whisky, which 
could be subjected to EU tariff s or other 
restricti ons. However, it represents an 
insignifi cant part of the Group’s revenues 
and profi ts. Some of our suppliers may 
supply other customers in the UK and 
therefore could be fi nancially weakened 
by duti es, tariff s or other increased costs 
arising from Brexit, possibly causing a 
knock-on impact on their ability, or cost, 
to supply us; but we are not aware of any 
suppliers on whom we are dependent 
who would fall into this category. We 
do not have any selling acti vity from our 
UK companies to EU customers. Whilst 
there may be additi onal Customs and/or 
VAT rules for supply of our products from 
our EU subsidiaries to our UK distributor, 
which could increase prices and 
delivery lead ti mes, the UK market is an 
insignifi cant part of the Group’s revenue 
and profi ts.

The loss of EU directi ves such as the 
parent-subsidiary directi ve may cause 
payment of dividends, interest and/or 
royalti es from an EU subsidiary to a UK 
parent to be subject to withholding tax, 
but double taxati on agreements or specifi c 
exempti ons may fully or partly miti gate 
this and we will seek to apply them 
accordingly. We expect transfer pricing 
involving UK and EU group companies to 
come under even greater scruti ny post-
Brexit and we are confi dent that the intra-
group services arrangements we have in 
place are robust, well documented and 
compliant with current legislati on.

People

Aft er Brexit, it is expected that employees’ 
ability to transfer between the UK and 
EU countries will be restricted. We have 
relati vely litt le internati onal mobility 
among our employees therefore we 
would not expect any material impact. 
In additi on, the removal of the UK from 
European legislati on and the rulings of 
the European Court of Justi ce may, over 
ti me, create diff erences in employment 
laws in relati on to social security, working 
ti me, minimum wage and equality. 

Again, we do not expect this to have any 
signifi cant impact given our very small 
populati on of UK employees.

Economic

The loss of the UK’s net contributi on to the 
EU budget is likely to impact the remaining 
EU countries, parti cularly net recipients 
such as Poland and Czech Republic. The 
impact may be both direct, through a 
reduced EU funding pot, but also indirect 
by causing the GDP per capita in such 
countries to increase compared to the 
EU average and therefore reduce such 
countries’ eligibility for EU funds.

Financial

The Group’s credit facility runs unti l 
November 2022, therefore we have no 
need to access credit markets in the near 
future when they may be aff ected by Brexit.

Other

It is currently intended that the ‘Great 
Repeal Bill’ will implement the vast 
majority of EU law that currently applies in 
the UK directly into UK law. As a result we 
do not anti cipate signifi cant disrupti on in 
our compliance processes.

·  25  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Chief Executive’s statement

Mirek Stachowicz
Chief Executi ve Offi  cer

We believe in the strength of our 
brands and that our strategy is 
delivering results.

Group fi nancial performance

Given the change in our accounti ng year to 30 September, 
we have presented summarised proforma results for the 12 
months to 30 September 2018 along with proforma 12 month 
comparati ves. On this basis, we have delivered growth in 
volume, revenues and profi tability and the balance sheet has 
strengthened further as net debt was reduced.

Conti nued growth in Poland

Our Polish business conti nued to grow from the foundati ons 
that have been re-laid in recent years. Given it contributes 
some half of Group revenues, success in Poland is criti cal. 

The economic environment remained favourable, and the 
total vodka category was stable, with welcome growth in 
premium segments. Total vodka category growth is sti ll 
driven by the fl avoured sub-category, with clear vodka seeing 
a small decline. Trade channel dynamics were also stable 
notwithstanding some regulatory changes in retailing. Against 
this backdrop, we were able to capitalise on rising consumer 
affl  uence by conti nuing to strengthen our portf olio with 
att racti ve premium brands. 

Stock out-performed the total vodka market, conti nuing to 
grow volume and value share. Our total vodka volume share 
grew from 25.2% last year to 27.0% this year, and value 
share grew from 26.2% to 27.4%1. In recent months, both our 
volume and value growth rates outpaced our key competi tors.

A signifi cant contributor was the conti nued strong growth of 
our leading premium brand, Stock Presti ge, which is the number 
one brand in premium vodka in Poland. In the top premium 

·  26  ·

segment, our Amundsen Expediti on grew volume well ahead of 
that segment’s volume growth. Our leading mainstream brand, 
Żołądkowa de Luxe, was re-launched and also achieved volume 
growth, outperforming its segment. In the economy segment 
our Żubr and 1906 brands grew their combined volume 
strongly, benefi ti ng from pack size innovati on. We also grew 
total fl avoured vodka volume and value versus last year, led by 
Stock Presti ge Flavours and Saska Flavours. 

We are building on our progress in fl avoured vodka to achieve 
our longer term aim of growth ahead of that sub-category. Our 
revised fl avoured strategy will entail an increasing focus on our 
top fl avoured brands: Żołądkowa Gorzka, Lubelska and Saska.

We conti nued to grow whisky category share via the Beam 
Suntory portf olio. Our co-operati on with Synergy Brands, 
which has been in place since July 2016, also generated 
positi ve results as Beluga grew value in the fast growing 
ultra-premium vodka segment. 

The strengthening of our sales capabiliti es conti nued with a 
signifi cant programme of store re-layouts in traditi onal trade 
channel which improved results at point-of-purchase. 

Overcame headwinds in the Czech Republic

The Czech Republic is the Group’s second largest market. We 
have held spirits market leadership for over 20 years2, leading 
in the three key spirits categories of rum3, vodka and herbal 
bitt er liqueurs4. The Czech economy is also performing well, 
and with higher consumer incomes we see an increasing desire 
for premium products, which in turn drives value growth5. The 
total spirits market grew value and volume despite reduced 
levels of retailer promoti onal acti vity4.

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Our brands are responding well to increased investment. Our 
strengthened core brands have delivered steady growth and 
improved mix; they position us well for ongoing success. 

Given our scale in these categories, Stock was heavily 
impacted by the shift  in retailers’ promoti onal strategy, 
resulti ng in only marginal total volume growth. Despite 
this, the combinati on of our premium innovati ons, benefi ts 
from previously-acquired brands and the additi on of new 
distributi on brands delivered value growth, maintaining our 
market leadership and achieving value share of 33.1%4.

Stock grew value share in the biggest spirits category, rum, 
through the outstanding success from the Q1 launch of 
Božkov Republica. This has achieved 24.5%4 value share of 
imported rum. Captain Morgan, which we distribute on behalf 
of Diageo, remains the number one internati onal rum and also 
achieved solid value growth. 

In the highly competi ti ve vodka category, the Bohemia Sekt 
spirits brands that we acquired in 2016, helped maintain 
our category leadership despite massive growth of retailer 
private labels. 

Our established partnership with Diageo, coupled with the 
new distributi on agreement with Beam Suntory, have created 
the strongest whisky portf olio in the market. We grew whisky 
value share to over 10% despite signifi cant price reducti ons by 
some leading competi tors.

Success in rum, vodka and whisky outweighed a decline in 
herbal bitt ers value share, driven primarily by the changed 
retailer promoti onal strategy, coupled with aggressive price-
discounti ng by Jägermeister. Our new premium herbal bitt er, 
Black Fox, which was launched late last year, increased its 
value share of the premium segment counteracti ng, in part, 
the decline of Fernet Stock in the mainstream segment. 

EU Commission deliberati ons on the use of rum ether 
concluded that the aroma will not be banned in domesti c 
rum (Tuzemak) for fi ve years. Our team managed this 
challenge without signifi cant business implicati ons. 

A new debate that has opened between the EU Commission 
and the Czech Ministry of Agriculture and Food Inspecti on 
regarding inclusion of milk in egg liqueurs carries no material 
risk to Stock.

We conti nued to develop our sales and trade marketi ng 
capabiliti es, achieving step-change in category-management. 
We also stay focused on price management and promoti onal 
effi  ciency, as price competi ti on remains strong, especially 
with the growth of private label. Our Czech business has a 
demonstrable ability to deliver value growth through focus on 
premiumisati on, both of our own core brands and by working 
with our distributi on partner brands.

Tough trading conditi ons in Italy

Italy is our third largest market in terms of revenue and 
EBITDA. The market is highly fragmented with several mature 
spirits categories including, bitt ers, vodka, brandy, whisky and 
liqueurs. Whilst Stock has a relati vely small overall share of 
total spirits, with 6.0% volume share in our main focus area 
of the modern off -trade channel, we hold leading positi ons 
in several key categories including number one brands in the 
clear vodka, vodka-based liqueurs and limoncello categories, 
and the number two brand in brandy.

Trading conditi ons remain very tough as a result of high 
levels of unemployment and consumer consumpti on is being 
impacted by rising infl ati on. As a result of these trends, the 
total market declined slightly in value in the period. 

Against this backdrop, Stock’s total volume share was slightly 
down to 6.0% with value share slightly down to 5.7% in the 
modern trade channel6. Stock held overall volume and value 
share in its four key categories, with slight gains in brandy, 
but as a result of the soft ening market and strong growth of 
private label, there were slight losses in fl avoured vodka-based 
liqueurs, limoncello and clear vodka. 

Source(s):  

1.   Nielsen, total Poland, total off -trade, total vodka MAT September 2018. For the purposes of this esti mate, total vodka = total clear vodka plus total fl avoured vodka plus total 

fl avoured vodka-based liqueurs 

2.   IWSR 

3.   In the Czech Republic the “rum” category of the spirits market includes traditi onal rum, which is a spirit drink made from sugar cane, and what is widely referred to as “local rum”, 
known as “Tuzemák” or Tuzemský”, which is made from sugar beet. As used in this Report, “rum” refers to both traditi onal and local rum, while “Czech rum” refers to local rum. 

4.   Nielsen MAT to end September 2018, total Czech off -trade

5.  OECD 2018 

6.  IRI total Italy, total modern trade, total spirits, MAT September 2018

·  27  ·

Chief Executive’s statement continued

Looking ahead, continuing economic challenges and political 
uncertainty are expected to constrain consumer confidence 
and disposable income with a continuing negative impact 
on overall spirits sales. There is also a possible VAT increase 
from 22% to 24.2% on 1 January 2019, with further smaller 
increases possible in 2020 and 2021.

Despite this, in the early summer we relaunched the Keglevich 
fruit flavoured range, supported by new packaging and a 
programme of investment in a new ‘Pure Vodka, Pure Fruit’ 
campaign using both digital and traditional media. Early 
indications point to a positive consumer response.

Our iconic brandy, Stock 84, which was refreshed last year, 
achieved value and volume share growth, to which our 
premium XO variant contributed significantly.

We continue to carry out focused brand-building in selected 
premium on-trade outlets for Syramusa, the premium sub-
brand of Limoncè limoncello, which was launched in late 2017. 
The brand is also now listed in travel retail.

Finally, our distribution brand range expanded further with 
new distribution agreements with Nuove Distillerie Vicenzi, 
Dictador rum and The Dubliner Irish whiskey.

Continued strong results in Slovakia

Our Slovakian team delivered another strong performance 
growing both volume (+4.9%) and value (+3.9%) ahead of 
the market7. Stock maintained its leadership in herbal bitters, 
with growth supported by the Fernet Stock grapefruit flavour 
extension, coupled with revised price-positioning of Fernet 
Stock Grand8. The continued roll-out of Black Fox added a 
premium dimension to our bitters portfolio, whilst in vodka, 
Amundsen achieved double digit volume and value growth9.

As in other markets, NPD also drove premiumisation. Božkov 
Republica was rolled out, and we entered the borovička 
(Juniper) category using the premium Golden Ice brand.

Stock’s second highest value growth in Slovakia came from 
whisky. Having begun distribution of Beam Suntory’s range in 
May 2017, Jim Beam’s value share was increased to 7.5% from 
3.6%, with strong growth in sales10. The distribution brands 
portfolio was expanded to other growth categories through 
adding the Quintessential Brands gin range, The Dubliner and 
The Dublin Liberties whiskeys, and Barcelo premium rum.

These initiatives contributed to overall volume and value 
growth for Stock in Slovakia, and reinforced our position as 
the second biggest spirits company in the off-trade7. 

Other markets

In Croatia we grew volume and value11, primarily through an 
increased focus on the on-trade, supported by the relaunch of 
Stock 84, and an increased range of distribution brands from 
Beam Suntory plus Beluga, Botran Rum and Lucas Bols.

In our export markets, reorganisation of our route to market 
in Germany was completed successfully, and contributed 
to a strong volume uplift. New distribution in Taiwan for 
Hammerhead Single Malt Czech Whisky also generated high 
margin incremental sales.

Innovations

We continued to build our core brands via a focused 
programme of NPD. In addition a new online NPD process 
flow was implemented to streamline and speed up this 
critical process.

In Poland in clear vodka, we relaunched our leading brand by 
volume, Żołądkowa de Luxe, with a new, smoother taste and 
impactful new packaging. The relaunch was supported by 
awareness and trial building activity, including an innovative 
digital campaign and a Guinness Book of World Records entry 
winning the largest ever linked-arms toast.

We also introduced an evolutionary update of Stock Prestige’s 
packaging to retain consumer appeal in the fast evolving 
premium vodka segment.

In the flavoured category, a strong package of consumer-
activation on Lubelska and Saska, coupled with the launch 
of two new Lubelska flavours and three new Saska flavours 
contributed to volume growth. We continued to have a strong 
NPD pipeline in flavoured vodka.

Building on our history of successful flavour innovation on 
Božkov, and with the ambition of premiumising the brand, we 
launched new Božkov Republica imported rum in February 
2018 in the Czech Republic. It has achieved outstanding 
growth, growing the overall rum category. Božkov Republica 
is fast becoming one of the most successful NPD launches in 
Czech spirits history.

Source(s):

9.  Nielsen, total Slovakia, total off-trade, total vodka MAT to end September 2018

7.  Nielsen, total Slovakia, total off-trade, total spirits MAT to end September 2018

10. Nielsen, total Slovakia, total off-trade, total whisky MAT to end September 2018

8.  Nielsen, Slovakia, total off-trade, total herbal bitters MAT to end September 2018

11. Internal Stock Spirits Group audited sales data

·  28  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

A full review of the Keglevich fl avoured range in Italy resulted 
in the launch of a new improved liquid. The new recipe 
uses six ti mes disti lled grain vodka coupled with 100% fruit 
juice. The range was also relaunched with new packaging. 
Keglevich clear vodka has also been relaunched, again with an 
improved quality six ti mes disti lled liquid and more impactf ul 
packaging. It has outperformed the category in both volume 
and value growth.

In Slovakia, Fernet Stock Grapefruit won the Consumer 
Choice Award 2018, which is awarded to the most successful 
innovati on in the spirits category by Slovak consumers.

Božkov Republica was also rolled out in Slovakia, and we 
entered the borovička (Juniper) category using the premium 
Golden Ice brand.

Operati ons and supply chain

Smarter purchasing strategies coupled with new systems tools 
delivered encouraging results, and helped to miti gate adverse 
market conditi ons in certain categories of input.

Digital and technology

We are enhancing our marketi ng and sales capabiliti es 
with the latest technology to deliver enhanced brand 
experiences. Digital communicati ons played a leading role in 
our Keglevich relaunch in Italy, where we pilot tested a new 
smart e-commerce tool which links our social media acti vati on 
directly to opportuniti es to purchase. 

In Poland, Stock established the fi rst ever virtual bartender 
league, along with tools to encourage brand advocacy and 
increased consumer engagement.

In the Czech Republic we began working with our customers 
to develop our reach beyond the established ‘bricks and 
mortar’ channels into the emerging e-retail arena. 

In respect of our IT infrastructure, we have consolidated 
and strengthened our network architecture which will also 
facilitate us running more Group-wide soft ware soluti ons 
in future. 

Our people

We made senior Marketi ng and Sales appointments in Poland 
and the Czech Republic. We also invested in our Italian 
marketi ng team in order to support the Keglevich relaunch.

A number of updated health and safety initi ati ves were put in 
place across the Group, the improvements from which have 
been recognised by third party auditors.

The results from our very fi rst employee engagement survey 
have been acted upon, providing a base-line from which to 
create an engaged, agile culture. 

Our partners

The integrati on of the distributi on brands with Stock’s leading 
local brands has brought signifi cant benefi ts to the combined 
portf olio, further strengthening our overall off ering to 
customers and consumers. 

We will soon complete our fourth year as exclusive distributor 
of Diageo’s core brands in the Czech Republic, where we 
are delighted with the conti nued value growth that has been 
achieved on Captain Morgan, Johnnie Walker and Baileys. The 
additi on of the Beam Suntory range to our Czech portf olio 
made a material increase to our total whisky share and we also 
began distributi on of The Dubliner and The Dublin Liberti es 
whiskeys from Quintessenti al Brands.

In Italy, the Vicenzi range of liqueurs from Nuove Disti llerie 
Vicenzi was introduced from 1 January 2018. The 
distributi on brand range expanded further with the additi on 
of two new distributi on agreements with Dictador rum and 
The Dubliner Irish whiskey.

In Slovakia, we began the distributi on of Beam Suntory’s range 
in May 2017. The distributi on brands portf olio was further 
expanded to other growth categories, adding the Quintessenti al 
Brands gin range, as well as its whiskeys The Dubliner and The 
Dublin Liberti es, and Barcelo premium rum.

Outlook

We are pleased with the ever increasing strength and 
resilience of our core Polish business, and also with the way in 
which we have combatt ed the headwinds experienced earlier 
in the year in the Czech Republic. While challenges remain 
in certain parts of our operati ons, most notably in Italy, we 
believe that the strength of our brands and the fact that our 
four pillar strategy is starti ng to deliver tangible results means 
that we are well positi oned for further success.

Mirek Stachowicz
Chief Executi ve Offi  cer 

5 December 2018

·  29  ·

Regional reviews – Poland

Poland is our largest market in terms  
of net sales and profit

Value market share 

27.4%

26.2%

2017

2018

Source(s):

1.  IWSR to end of calendar year 2017

2.   Nielsen, total Poland, total off-trade, 

total spirits MAT September 2018. For 
the purposes of this estimate, total 
vodka = total clear vodka plus total 
flavoured vodka plus total flavoured 
vodka-based liqueurs

3.   OECD

4.   Nielsen, total Poland, total off-trade, 

total vodka MAT September 2018. For 
the purposes of this estimate, total 
vodka = total clear vodka plus total 
flavoured vodka plus total flavoured 
vodka-based liqueurs

5.   Nielsen, total Poland, total off-trade, 
total brandy, MAT September 2018

6.  Nielsen, total Poland, total off-trade, 
total whisky, MAT September 2018

·  30  ·

The success of Stock Polska remains the 
Group’s highest priority.

Poland is the world’s third largest vodka 
market by value and fourth largest by 
volume1. Vodka is still by far the largest 
spirits category in Poland (c.80% of total 
spirits value2). Poland is the Group’s largest 
market in terms of revenue and profit. 

During 2018, the Polish economy 
grew steadily, disposable income rose 
and unemployment fell, increasing 
Polish consumers’ confidence and 
purchasing power3.

These positive macro trends were 
reflected in a stable performance from the 
total vodka category, with encouraging 
growth from the premium segments. Total 
vodka value grew +1.0% during 2018, 
slightly ahead of volume growth at +0.6%. 
Total premium vodka grew significantly 
faster +6.7% value and +6.5% volume4.

At a total category level, overall growth 
was driven by the flavoured sub-category, 
+7.0% value, whilst clear vodka’s value 
declined -1.2%4.

The largest trade channel, the traditional 
trade, continues to outperform the market, 
achieving +1.9% value growth in contrast 
to the combined modern trade and 
discounters, where value declined -0.7%4.

The trend to premiumisation in spirits 
globally is visible in Poland. The ultra-
premium (+29.1%), top international 
premium (+5.2%) and premium vodka 
segments (+6.9%) are in strong volume 
growth, ahead of the total category, 
reflecting Polish consumers’ readiness to 
pay more for premium quality vodka as 
affluence increases4. 

The mainstream vodka segment continues 
to outperform economy, with a stable 
value performance of -0.2% versus last 
year, whilst economy remains in decline 
at -1.4% value (although a significantly 
reduced rate versus recent years)4. 
Competitive prices on the leading 
mainstream brands have switched 
consumers from economy to higher 
perceived value mainstream, in what is 
now effectively a single price segment.

Core brands4

Stock is out-performing the total vodka 
market in Poland, driving continued share 
gains. Stock grew total vodka volume +7.5% 
and value +5.7% ahead of the total vodka 
market volume +0.6% and value +1.0%. 

Stock’s total vodka volume share grew 
from 25.2% last year to 27.0% this year and 
value share grew from 26.2% to 27.4%.

Our MAT volume growth rate +7.5% 
remains ahead of Roust +5.4% and in 
September, our YTD value growth rate 
+5.9% overtook Roust at +5.0%. for a 
second successive month. Marie Brizard, 
our other largest local competitor declined 
heavily –20.4% volume and -20.5% value.

A significant contributor to our share 
growth was the continued double digit 
growth of our leading premium brand, Stock 
Prestige, total volume +20.7%, supported 
by consistent consumer-activation at the 
point of purchase, including a unique Stock 
Prestige World Cup limited edition. Stock 
Prestige is now number one brand in the 
premium vodka segment. 

In the top premium vodka segment, 
Amundsen grew volume by +62.2%, well 
ahead of top premium segment volume 
growth of +6.0%. 

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Stock is out-performing the total vodka market in Poland, driving 
continued share gains, with total vodka volume up 7.5%. 

Our leading mainstream brand, Żołądkowa 
de Luxe achieved volume growth of 
+2.6%, outperforming the mainstream 
category, whilst in the economy segment 
our Żubr and 1906 brands grew their 
combined volume +22.9%, supported by 
9cl bottle pack size innovation on Żubr 
(instead of market standard 10cl) and 
closely monitored price execution.

Stock also grew total flavoured category 
volume and value versus last year, 
achieving growth on premium-priced 
Stock Prestige Flavours (volume +10.7%) 
and Saska Flavours (+158.8%). Our 
ambition is to lead flavoured category 
growth, which will require stronger 
performance from our core flavoured 
critical mass brands, which are performing 
behind the total category, Lubelska +2.3%, 
and Żołądkowa Gorzka -2.6%.

New Product Development (NPD) 

We continued to build our core brands 
via a focused programme of NPD 
introductions of strategic importance. 

In clear vodka, we relaunched our leading 
brand by volume, Żołądkowa de Luxe, with 
a new, smoother taste and impactful new 
packaging. The relaunch was supported 
by awareness and trial building activity 
including an innovative digital campaign 
and a Guinness Book of World Records 
record breaking ‘linked arms toast’ in 
Kraków by the largest number of people  
in one place at one time ever achieved!

We introduced an evolutionary update of 
Stock Prestige’s packaging to ensure its 
design retains consumer appeal in the fast 
evolving premium vodka segment.

In the flavoured category, a strong 
package of consumer-activation on 
Lubelska and Saska, coupled with the 
launch of two new Lubelska flavours (pear 
and blackberry) and three new Saska 
flavours (orange with bourbon, coffee 
with brandy and hazelnut with caramel) 
contributed to volume growth. A strong 
pipeline of additional core brand flavour 
extensions planned for launch in 2019 will 
strengthen our flavoured range further.

Leveraging the Group-wide Stock 84 
brandy relaunch with its new, more 
premium packaging, achieved volume 
growth of +3.6%, ahead of total brandy 
and cognac category volume -2.5%5. 

Distribution brands

We continued to grow our whisky 
category share via the Beam Suntory 
portfolio. Jim Beam grew +13.0% in value, 
ahead of the +12.6% whisky category 
value growth6. 

Our cooperation with distribution partner 
Synergy Brands, in place since July 2016, 
generated positive results. Beluga grew 
value +24.4% in the fast growing ultra-
premium vodka segment4. 

Organisation 

A stable management, sales and marketing 
team were in place throughout 2018.

Progressive strengthening of our sales 
team has resulted in closer co-operation 
with key customers. We have step-changed 
the intensity and quality of promotional 
support and have engaged in a significant 
programme of fixture re-layouts in the 
traditional trade which is yielding improved 
results at the point of purchase.

We are using the latest technology to 
deliver enhanced brand experiences. Stock 
Polska was first to start a virtual bartender 
league and educational activity aimed 
to create brand advocacy and increase 
consumer engagement in the HORECA 
(Hotel, Restaurant & Café) channel.

Future outlook 

2018 saw continued portfolio growth 
in Poland through strengthening our 
core brands. Our clear vodka business 
is in growth with share gains for Stock 
Prestige, Amundsen, Żołądkowa de 
Luxe and Żubr. Stock also grew volume 
and value in the flavoured category. 
We will build further on our progress in 
flavoured to achieve our longer-term aim 
of growth ahead of the category. Our 
revised flavoured strategy will address 
this challenge by increasing focus on our 
top flavoured brands, Żołądkowa Gorzka, 
Lubelska, and Saska.

For the 9 month period to 
30 September 2018, revenue for 
Poland was €105.6m, (12 months to 
31 December 2017: €147.5m), with 
adjusted EBITDA of €27.5m (12 months 
to 31 December 2017: €37.7m). 

For the proforma years of 2018 and 
its 2017 comparative, revenue was 
€152.6m, an increase of 8% from 
€141.2m in 2017. Adjusted EBITDA 
also increased 16% from €34.9m in 
2017 to €40.4m. In 2018, this division 
represented 54% of Group revenue 
(2017: 54%).

·  31  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationRegional reviews – Czech Republic

We retain spirits market leadership in 
the Czech Republic

Value market share 

33.7%

33.1%

2017

2018

Source(s):

1.  IWSR 

2.   In the Czech Republic the “rum” 

category of the spirits market includes 
traditional rum, which is a spirit drink 
made from sugar cane, and what is 
widely referred to as “local rum”, known 
as “Tuzemák” or Tuzemský”, which is 
made from sugar beet. As used in this 
Report, “rum” refers to both traditional 
and local rum, while “Czech rum” refers 
to local rum

3.   Nielsen MAT to end September 2018, 

total Czech off-trade

4.  OECD 2018

·  32  ·

The Czech Republic is the Group’s second 
largest market. Stock has held spirits 
market leadership in the Czech Republic 
for over 20 years1 and has brand leaders 
in the key spirits categories of rum2, vodka 
and herbal bitter liqueurs3.

Original, which Stock distributes in the 
Czech Republic on behalf of Diageo, 
remains the number one imported rum 
and a key growth driver, achieving value 
growth of +9.9%, slightly ahead of the 
total rum category at +9.6%. 

The Czech economy is performing well, 
which has increased consumer disposable 
income4 and with it the desire for premium 
products, driving value growth in spirits.

The total Czech spirits market grew 
both value +7.3% and volume +3.7%4. 
The four core categories on which Stock 
focuses: rum, vodka, herbal bitters and 
whisky (together accounting for c.75% 
of total spirits value) all grew total value 
and volume, despite reduced levels 
of promotional activity in economy 
and mainstream in a number of major 
retailers3.

Core Brands3

Given our scale in these categories, Stock 
was heavily impacted by the shift in the 
retailers’ promotional strategy, leading 
to relatively flat total volume growth at 
+0.4%. Despite this, the combination 
of our premium innovation, benefits 
from previously acquired brands and 
the addition of new distribution brands 
delivered value growth of +5.3%, 
maintaining market leadership and 
achieving value share of 33.1%.

Stock grew value share of the biggest 
Czech spirits category, rum, from 60.2% 
to 61.6%. The outstanding success in rum 
was the launch in Q1 of Božkov Republica, 
which has already achieved a 24.5% value 
share of imported rum. Captain Morgan 

In the highly competitive vodka category, 
the continued benefits from the Bohemia 
Sekt spirits brands acquisition made 
in 2016, helped maintain our market 
leadership in the vodka category with 
28.7% value share, despite the massive 
growth of retailer own label during 2018, 
led by Penny and Tesco. Private label 
vodka grew +48.4% in volume, adding 
over 700,000 litres to its MAT volume and 
gaining 6.6 share points. 

Our well-established partnership with 
Diageo, coupled with the new distribution 
agreement with Beam Suntory which 
commenced in Q1 2018, gives us – we 
believe – the strongest whisky portfolio 
in the Czech Republic. We achieved 
whisky value share growth from 9.0% 
to 10.3%, despite significant average 
price reductions by leading competitors 
Tullamore Dew and William Grants.

These successes outweighed decline 
in total herbal bitters -8.6% value, 
driven primarily by the changed 
retailer promotional strategy coupled 
with aggressive price discounting by 
Jägermeister. Our new premium herbal 
bitter, Black Fox – launched in Q4 last 
year – increased its value share of the 
premium segment by 3.5 share points, 
counteracting in part, the decline on 
Fernet Stock in mainstream. 

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Stock grew value share of the biggest Czech spirits category, rum,  
from 60.2% to 61.6%. 

NPD

Regulatory issues

Future Outlook

The debate in the EU Commission on 
the continued use of rum ether has 
now concluded that the aroma should 
not be banned from use in domestic 
rum (tuzemák). Our team managed the 
challenge highly professionally without 
significant business or PR implications.

A new debate has opened between the 
EU Commission and the Czech Ministry 
of Agriculture and Food Inspection 
regarding the inclusion of milk in egg 
liqueurs. There is no material risk to 
Stock from that debate and plans are 
in place to address it should that  
prove necessary.

Organisation

A new Sales Director, Jan Riha, joined  
us from Coca-Cola HBC.

We continued to develop our sales and 
trade marketing capabilities, achieving 
a step-change in category-management 
with two of our major customers, 
Ahold and Billa, plus continued focus 
throughout our sales team on enhanced 
price management and promotional 
efficiency. We began to build 
relationships and to dedicate specific 
resources to the development of our 
e-retail customer base.

A number of updated health and  
safety initiatives were put in place;  
the improvements from which have  
been recognised by third party auditors. 

We continued to invest in the development 
of Black Fox, our premium herbal bitter 
launched in October 2017. Its accessible 
taste and differentiated packaging, 
supported by a heavyweight programme of 
consumer awareness and sampling activity 
focused in selected on-trade outlets, is 
building Stock’s share in the fast growing 
premium herbal bitters segment. 

Building on our history of successful 
flavour innovation on Božkov, with the 
ambition of premiumising the brand, 
our Czech team launched new Božkov 
Republica imported rum in February 2018. 
It has achieved outstanding growth in its 
first eight months, achieving 6.1% value 
share of total rum and growing the overall 
rum category3. Božkov Republica is fast 
becoming one of the most successful NPD 
launches in Czech spirits market history.

Distribution Brands

We are close to completing our fourth 
year as the exclusive distributor of the 
core Diageo brands in the Czech Republic, 
and are delighted with the continued value 
growth that has been achieved on Captain 
Morgan, Johnnie Walker and Baileys3. 

The addition of the Beam Suntory range 
to our portfolio made a material increase 
to our total whisky share, and we began 
the distribution of The Dubliner and The 
Dublin Liberties Irish Whiskey Brands 
from Quintessential Brands.

The integration of the distribution 
brands with Stock’s leading local brands 
has brought significant benefits to the 
combined portfolio and has further 
strengthened our overall offering to 
customers and consumers. 

Price competition remains strong, with 
specific competitors in each of our key 
categories driving volume share growth 
using aggressive pricing.

A number of major retailers are expanding 
their private label ranges in key spirits 
categories.

We have undertaken a review of our 
plans and have begun to implement a 
number of changes which we anticipate 
will help to mitigate the potential risks 
associated with these developments and 
maximise the opportunities. 

Our Czech business has a demonstrable 
ability to deliver significant value growth 
through its focus on premiumisation, both 
of our own core brands and in collaboration 
with our distribution brand partners.

The team in the Czech Republic moves 
forward from a position of strength with 
ambitious plans for the future.

For the 9 month period to 
30 September 2018, revenue for Czech 
Republic was €49.2m, (12 months to 
31 December 2017: €67.7m), with 
adjusted EBITDA of €13.6m (12 months 
to 31 December 2017: €21.8m). 

For the proforma years of 2018 and 
its 2017 comparative, revenue was 
€73.2m, an increase of 13% from 
€64.6m in 2017. Adjusted EBITDA 
also increased 5% from €20.6m in 
2017 to €21.6m. In 2018, this division 
represented 26% of Group revenue 
(2017: 25%).

·  33  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
Regional reviews – Italy

Italy is our third largest market in 
revenue and EBITDA terms

The market in Italy remains highly 
fragmented from a supply perspective 
where the spirits market consists of a 
number of mature categories including 
bitters, vodka, brandy, whisky and 
liqueurs. Whilst Stock has a relatively 
small overall share of total spirits in Italy, 
at c.5.7% value share in our key focus 
modern trade channel1, we hold leading 
positions in a number of key categories in 
the off-trade, with number one brands in 
the clear vodka, vodka-based liqueurs and 
limoncello categories and the number two 
brand in brandy2.

Trading conditions remain extremely 
tough in Italy. Whilst there are some 
improvements in consumer confidence 
versus last year, unemployment remains 
high and private consumption growth 
is slowing with waning job growth and 
weaker household purchasing power  
due to rising inflation3.

Reflecting these macro trends, the  
outlook for the Italian spirits market 
has not improved. The total market has 
declined slightly -0.7% value in 2018. 

Core Brands

In a difficult market, Stock Italia has held 
total volume and value share in our key 
focus channel: the modern off-trade. 

Stock’s total volume share is 6.0% (versus 
6.3% LY) and value is 5.7% (versus 5.9% 
LY)4. Stock held MAT volume and value 
share in its four key categories, with slight 
gains in brandy but, with the softening of 
the market and strong growth of private 
label, slight losses in flavoured vodka-
based liqueurs, limoncello and clear vodka 
(less than 1% in each). At a total company 
level, Stock’s MAT value performance 
was stronger than several of its local 
competitors of similar scale, including 
Molinari, Casoni and Fratelli Branca.

Trade relationships were strengthened 
through the successful negotiation of 
annual deals with all buying groups and 
planned price increases achieved. Listings 
were also achieved with Aldi for the first 
time, a new entrant to the Italian market 
this year.

During Q2 2018 we commenced the 
relaunch of the Keglevich fruit flavoured 
range, supported by new packaging 
and heavyweight investment in a new 
‘Pure Vodka, Pure Fruit’ communications 
campaign via a combination of digital and 
traditional media. This has already reached 
over 89% of our millennial target audience, 
supported by a nationwide series of ‘Pure 
Party’ trial building events in collaboration 
with one of Italy’s biggest radio stations, 
RDS, which has over six million listeners. 
Our objective is to turnaround not just the 
brand but the flavoured category it leads.

NPD

A full review of the Keglevich flavoured 
range resulted in the launch of a new, 
improved liquid. The new recipe uses 
six times distilled grain vodka, coupled 
with 100% fruit juice. The range was 
relaunched with improved liquids and 
packaging, with a planned gradual phase 
out of old with new product during H1 
2018 before we commenced our relaunch 
communications campaign.

Source(s):

1.  IRI total Italy, total modern trade, total spirits, MAT September 2018

2.   IRI total Italy, total modern trade, total limoncello, total brandy, total flavoured  

vodka-based liqueurs and total vodka, MAT September 2018

3.  OECD 2018

4.  IRI total Italy, total modern trade, total spirits, MAT September 2018

5.  IRI total Italy, total modern trade, total brandy, MAT September 2018

6.  Stock Italia internal volume sales data

·  34  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 During Q2 2018 we commenced the relaunch of the Keglevich fruit 
flavoured range, supported by new packaging and a communications 
campaign, with digital and traditional media.

Keglevich clear vodka has also been 
relaunched with an improved quality, six 
times distilled liquid and more impactful 
packaging. It has outperformed the 
category in both volume and value growth.

Our iconic brand, Stock 84’s refreshed 
packaging across the range, and improved 
premium Stock XO range extension, have 
driven value and volume growth ahead 
of the brandy category. The new XO has 
achieved value growth of +28.4% in a 
category declining by -3.7%5. 

Distribution Brands

The Vicenzi range of liqueurs (including 
the renowned ‘gianduiotto’ liqueur) from 
Nuove Distillerie Vicenzi was introduced 
from 1 January 2018.

The distribution brand range expanded 
further during 2018 with the addition of 
two new distribution agreements with 
Dictador rum and The Dubliner Irish 
whiskey.

Organisation

We continue to invest in focused brand-
building in selected premium on-trade 
outlets for Syramusa, a new premium sub-
brand of Limoncè limoncello, launched in 
Q4 2017. Produced and bottled in Italy, 
with an elegant pack inspired by the classic 
shapes of Hellenic amphorae, recalling the 
Ancient Greek heritage of Syracuse and 
its colourful past, Syramusa takes Limoncè 
into a more premium future. The brand 
has also been listed in travel retail with 
distribution through Heinemann.

The pilot test of a new smart e-commerce 
tool commenced in October. It links our 
online social media activation directly to 
an opportunity to purchase the brand 
from a list of e-retailers with a click 
through mechanism.

The marketing team was reorganised 
to increase resources to support the 
Keglevich relaunch, with recruitment of a 
new senior brand manager for Keglevich, 
and two new (millennial age group) 
assistant brand managers.

Further development of our direct on-
trade organisation in Northern Italy is 
delivering positive results. On-trade sales 
grew +9% in Northern Italy, versus total 
on-trade sales growth nationally of +1%6.

Future Outlook

Continuing economic challenges and 
political uncertainty are forecast to 
constrain consumer confidence and 
disposable income with a continuing 
negative impact on overall spirits 
performance.

Duty and VAT Increases

Possible increase in VAT from 22% to 
24.2% on 1 January 2019 with further 
increases possible in 2020 (24.9%) and 
2021 (25%). 

For the 9 month period to 
30 September 2018, revenue for 
Italy was €17.6m, (12 months to 
31 December 2017: €26.2m), with 
adjusted EBITDA of €1.7m (12 months 
to 31 December 2017: €6.3m). 

For the proforma years of 2018 
and its 2017 comparative, revenue 
was €25.8m, a decrease of 1% from 
€26.0m in 2017. Adjusted EBITDA 
also decreased 27% from €6.0m in 
2017 to €4.4m. In 2018, this division 
represented 9% of Group revenue 
(2017: 10%).

·  35  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Regional reviews – Other

In Slovakia, Stock outperformed total 
spirits, growing volume +4.9% 

Our other markets include Slovakia, 
Croati a and Bosnia & Herzegovina 
together with our export operati ons 
and Balti c disti llery.

NPD drove premiumisati on. Božkov 
Republica was rolled out and we entered 
the borovička (Juniper) category using the 
premium Golden Ice brand.

Slovakia

Stock outperformed total spirits, growing 
volume +4.9% and value +3.9% (compared 
to total spirits volume +2.3% and 
value +3.8%)1. Stock maintained brand 
leadership in herbal bitt ers, increasing 
Fernet Stock’s volume and value2. Growth 
was contributed to by our Fernet Stock 
Grapefruit fl avour extension, coupled with 
revised price positi oning on Fernet Stock 
Grand. Fernet Stock Grapefruit won the 
Consumer Choice Award 2018, awarded 
to the most successful innovati on in 
the Slovakian spirits category by Slovak 
consumers. The roll out of Black Fox 
added a premium dimension to our bitt ers 
portf olio, whilst in vodka, Amundsen 
achieved double digit volume and value 
growth, well ahead of the category3.

Aft er herbal bitt ers, Stock’s second 
highest value growth was from the whisky 
category. Having begun distributi on of 
Beam Suntory’s range in May 2017, Jim 
Beam’s MAT value share was increased to 
7.5% from 3.6% and +128.5% growth in 
value sales4. 

The distributi on brands portf olio was 
expanded to include other growth 
categories through the additi on of the 
Quintessenti al Brands gin range, The 
Dubliner and The Dublin Liberti es Irish 
whiskeys and Barcelo premium rum.

These initi ati ves contributed to Stock 
Slovensko’s volume and value growth in 
2018 and reinforced our positi on as the 
second biggest spirits company in the 
Slovakian off -trade1. 

Other Internati onal Markets

In Croati a, despite challenging Agrikor 
issues, SSG grew volume and revenue per 
litre5. This was achieved primarily through 
up-weighted on-trade focus, supported 
by the relaunch of Stock 84 and a 
broader range of distributi on brands from 
Beam Suntory, Beluga, Botran Rum and 
Lucas Bols.

In our export markets, the reorganisati on 
of our route to market in Germany was 
completed successfully and contributed 
to a +17% volume uplift 5 and new 
distributi on in Taiwan for Hammerhead 
Single Malt Czech Whisky generated high 
margin incremental sales.

Our Balti c disti llery is fully operati onal and 
the causes of the incident last year, which 
caused the facility to cease producti on 
of alcohol for a short period, have been 
addressed fully.

Source(s):

1.   Nielsen, total Slovakia, total off -trade, total 

spirits MAT to end September 2018

2.   Nielsen, Slovakia, total off -trade, total 

herbal bitt ers MAT to end September 2018

3.   Nielsen, total Slovakia, total off -trade, total 

vodka MAT to end September 2018

4.   Nielsen, total Slovakia, total off -trade, total 

whisky MAT to end September 2018

5.   Internal Stock Spirits Group audited sales 

data

·  36  ·

For the 9 month period to 
30 September 2018 revenue, for Other 
markets was €21.3m, (12 months to 
31 December 2017: €28.4m), with 
adjusted EBITDA of €2.8m (12 months 
to 31 December 2017: €4.9m). 

For the proforma years of 2018 and 
its 2017 comparati ve, revenue was 
€30.9m, an increase of 10% from 
€28.1m in 2017. Adjusted EBITDA 
also increased 24% from €4.6m in 
2017 to €5.7m. In 2018, this division 
represented 11% of Group revenue 
(2017: 11%).

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

NPD drove premiumisation. Božkov Republica was rolled out and 
we entered the borovička (Juniper) category using the premium 
Golden Ice brand. 

·  37  ·

Responsible business report

We are aware of our wider 
responsibilities

Our approach to Responsible Business

Alcohol and society 

Stock Spirits considers that having good corporate 
responsibility is an essential element of achieving 
our overall objectives and acting as a responsible 
organisation. This includes developing strong 
relationships with our suppliers and customers, 
ensuring best-in-class people are joining the 
organisation and our commitment to the 
environment. We are committed to doing business 
responsibly and ensuring a culture of integrity. 

Business and ethics

Our Group Code of Conduct and Ethics (our Code) 
together with our Anti-Corruption and Bribery 
Policy and other related policies, set out the ethics, 
principles and standards that are required to be 
consistently upheld in each business and corporate 
function within the Group. It also applies to our 
business partners: suppliers, agents and customers. 

The Group has a Speak-Up hotline available in all 
countries where the Group has operations. The 
Speak-Up line can be used by any employee in 
the Group or by third parties and allows them to 
report any incidents or inappropriate behaviours 
in their own language. The confidentiality of the 
information reported is correctly protected. The 
Group ensures all employees are aware of the 
principles of our Code as well as the Speak-Up line, 
so it is well known and, in the case of the Speak-Up 
line, can be used as needed, by any employee in 
the organisation. 

We are conscious that our products should be 
enjoyed responsibly by those who choose to drink 
them, and we do not want irresponsible drinking to 
harm the health of our consumers. We believe that 
efforts to reduce the misuse of alcohol are most 
effective if all parties involved (including authorities, 
individuals and producers) work together.

Poland 
Stock Polska belongs to the Association of 
Employers Polish Spirits Industry (ZP Polski Przemysł 
Spirytusowy), the trade organisation which, as part 
of its work, promotes responsible drinking through 
educational programmes and public campaigns. 
These include, ‘Don’t drink and drive’; ‘Better start 
for your child’ aimed at pregnant women; ‘Here we 
check Adulthood’, where the campaign’s objective is 
to reduce the availability of alcohol to the underage, 
by encouraging retailers to request identification 
from younger customers and the most recent 
campaign ‘Alcohol. Always responsibly’ which aims 
at building knowledge that all alcoholic beverages 
contain the same substance, therefore they have the 
same impact and all of them should be consumed 
responsibly. As the campaign is scheduled for three 
years, it will come to an end in mid-2019. 

A significant part of the activity is carried out 
across social media and through campaigns held at 
universities, industry meetings and events. There are 
also workshops for retailers during which guidelines 
on ‘Responsible selling and serving alcohol beverages’ 
are communicated and ZP PPS actively supports both 
local and national responsible alcohol campaigns, 
such as the ‘European Night without Accident’.

·  38  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Lost Time  
Incident trend

14

15

6

2016

2017

2018

Czech Republic and Slovakia 
Our companies in these markets are founding 
members of ‘Fórum PSR’, which brings together the 
countries’ major spirits producers and distributors 
to work against alcohol abuse. The forum focuses 
primarily on preventi ve and educati onal projects 
targeti ng the serving of alcohol to minors, drink-
driving and excessive drinking. 

Additi onally, we acti vely introduced the ‘PSR, (drink 
responsibly)’ platf orm within our media, in-store 
and other brand communicati on. Forum members 
have also pledged to observe a code of conduct 
that strictly regulates their adverti sing acti viti es. 
Stock Plzeň Božkov is a member of the Spirits Trade 
Associati on in the Czech Republic. This Associati on 
was acti ve during 2018 in supporti ng the local 
government in its ongoing eff orts to implement a 
strong regulatory environment in the spirits industry.

Italy
In Italy we are a member of Federvini, the nati onal 
trade associati on founded in 1917 which, as part 
of its role, promotes responsible drinking using 
educati onal and informati ve programmes. 

Health and Safety

The health and safety of our employees, 
contractors and visitors to our sites is taken very 
seriously and is a high priority for the Group.

With regard to performance during the period 
to 30 September 2018, there were no major 
accidents or incidents noti fi able to the authoriti es. 
There was a signifi cant reducti on in accidents at 
work and lost ti me incidents (LTIs) have decreased 
by 60% compared to the prior year. As the graph 
above demonstrates, the reducti on in LTIs over the 
three-year period between 2016–2018 emphasises 
the eff ect of our proacti ve focus on health and 
safety across the Group. There were six minor 
LTIs recorded in 2018 and Poland recorded a year 
without any LTIs in the supply chain. 

With regard to our focus on governance and 
conti nuous improvement, cross Group health and 
safety forums are held quarterly, which support the 
local monitoring and review of practi ces, systems, 
processes and initi ati ves. The annual externally 
facilitated property and safety management 
audits, carried out across the Group, resulted in
an improvement in scores across all locati ons.

Comprehensive and holisti c safety improvement 
plans are in place across all locati ons and cover 
culture and behaviour; educati on, training, 
awareness and ownership; asset safety; and 
systems, processes and ways of working.

·  39  ·
·  39  ·

Responsible business report continued

Audit action plans are managed locally and at Group 
level, and are supported by the compliance team.

Formal local and Group health and safety 
reporting is presented on a monthly basis to the 
local management team, Group leadership team 
and to the Board and includes updates on: safety 
performance for the period; safety initiatives; 
investment updates; action plan performance;  
and reviews and audit updates.

Safety engagement and accident prevention 
includes the following:

•  Quarterly safety days are held in Poland and 
the Czech Republic and focus on key safety 
improvements areas. Education, training, 
awareness and ownership for safety is a 
key component of our approach to health  
and safety and ensures our employees are 
aware, enabled, participating, empowered  
and engaged in safety at work.

•  Proactive safety reporting and actioning 

includes documenting unsafe acts, unsafe 
conditions and near miss reporting, which was 
introduced in 2015 and is embedded in our 
supply chain operations.

•  During the period to 30 September 2018 a 

target of one unsafe act/unsafe condition/near 
miss reported per employee per month was set 
and was achieved at a 98% completion rate for 
notifications.

•  The MILA driver safety initiative was 

introduced during the year for all company 
car users in Poland and Slovakia and monitors 
key safety and economy areas of driver 
performance such as speed, seat belt wearing, 
acceleration, braking and fuel economy.

•  Each month there is a hot topic to focus on and 
communicate. Some examples of those actions 
during the year were HALO pedestrian safety, 
slips trips and falls, hazardous areas training, 
contractor management, fire and explosion 
prevention and action, equipment and asset 
safety, car driver safety training, ergonomics 
and physiotherapy.

Continuous investment is made in the area  
of health and safety including property and  
asset protection.

Environment

Poland
In the 9 months to 30 September 2018, we 
continued our environmental awareness campaign, 
using the ‘Sztokus’ mascot. The campaigns’ 
purpose was to raise eco-awareness of both Stock 
Polska personnel and employees of the Company’s 
contractors, and to reduce our environmental 
impact as a business.

The campaign covered several areas including eco-
awareness and behaviour; reducing the amount of 
generated waste and its segregation; water, gas and 
electricity saving initiatives; and communication 
campaigns focused on environmental protection, 
including posters, banners and stickers displayed 
throughout the premises.

In 2018 the following projects were set up and 
completed:

•  On 23 April, to celebrate Earth Day, potted 

plants, reusable shopping bags and leaflets on 
consumer responsibility were distributed among 
the employees. 

•  To promote environmentally-friendly 

commuting, we encouraged our employees to 
participate in the carpooling programme and 
erected a roofed bicycle rack on the grounds  
of the employee car park. 

•  A waste segregation quiz was organised for 

the employees and winners received ecology-
related prizes. 

•  As part of the Health and Safety and 

Environmental Protection Day, employees 
visited a stand devoted to the idea of Zero 
Waste at Home and Work and were given 
practical advice on ways of reducing their 
impact on the environment. 

• 

In October the campaign ‘Tree for waste’ 
encouraged employees to bring recyclable 
waste such as paper, plastic or glass, in 
exchange for seedlings.

·  40  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 The main mottos of all environmental projects 
were “Zero waste” and “I’m a responsible consumer 
– I use no single-use packaging”.

In 2018 we reduced the amount of generated 
waste by 19.43% and recycled 96.75% (2017: 
89%) of the waste produced on site. In 2018 we 
reduced our utilities consumption in comparison 
to the corresponding period (January–September 
2017) electricity by 10.2%; gas by 36.11% and 
water by 20.7%. 

Czech Republic
In the 9 months to 30 September 2018, we 
improved efficiency of energy and water 
consumption. Gas consumption decreased by 
10% due to increase of the efficiency of heating 
by exchange of ventilation exchangers in the 
administrative building and replacement of electric 
controllers on the central heating distribution. 
Water consumption decreased by 3% and was 
achieved by better planning. 

In our production facility in Prádlo, electricity 
consumption decreased by 6% due to several 
projects including new electrical installation, 
newly installed efficient lights in blending 
premises and outdoors. 

We were able to recycle 96% of the waste 
produced through employee training and  
improved processes of waste sorting.

Greenhouse gas emissions

In the financial period 2018 (1 January 2018– 
30 September 2018), the Group’s total Scope 1 
(direct) and Scope 2 (indirect) Greenhouse Gas 
(GHG) emissions were 26,230 tonnes and 6,924 
tonnes of CO2e respectively, a total of 33,154 
tonnes. This is a 13.5% increase compared to 
28,938 tonnes during the same 9 months period in 
2017 (22,398 tonnes of Scope 1 and 6,540 tonnes 
of Scope 2 CO2e).

The emissions intensity for the financial period rose 
by 9.9% to 403 grams CO2e per litre of packaged 
product compared to 365 grams during the same 
period in 2017.

This increase is due to the higher level of activity 
at the Baltic distillery site in the financial period 
relative to the same period in 2017 when the 
facility was not operational due to the breakdown 
of the grain dryer for a period. Baltic’s core 
activity is energy-intensive rectification, which 
is why it accounted for 77.6% of total Group 
emissions in the financial period. In addition, the 
site’s energy mix results in higher emissions per 
unit of energy used compared to other sites. An 
increase in activity at Baltic consequently leads to 
a disproportionate increase in emissions intensity 
at Group level.

As in prior years, we have applied the latest 
available DEFRA UK location based conversion 
factors (2018) to calculate the current year 
emissions. All data capture procedures, conversion 
and reporting have undergone independent limited 
assurance by ERM Certification and Verification 
Services (CVS).

·  41  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationResponsible 
business report 
continued

Female  
managers

Admin 83%
 Customer Service 83%
Finance 57%
Health and Safety 100%
Human Resources 86%
IT 25%
Legal 75%

Marketing 44%
New Process Development 33%
 Production 32%
Purchasing 40%
Sales and Operational Planning 33%
Supply Chain 30%
Trade Marketing 53%

The Group complies with all current regulations 
on emissions including greenhouse gas emissions, 
where such regulation exists in our markets. We 
have reviewed the impact on the business from 
the EU Energy Efficiency Directive (2012/27/
EU), and are conducting audits in line with 
these requirements.

We have reported on all of the emissions sources 
required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013. 
These sources fall within our consolidated financial 
statements. We do not have responsibility for 
any emission sources that are not included in 
our consolidated financial statements.

Diversity 

The success of a business depends on its people 
and we are committed to providing equality of 
opportunity to every employee and potential 
employee in all areas of employment.

The Group benefits from having a workforce 
reflecting the composition of the local communities 
in which it operates. The Group takes its 
responsibilities with regard to equality and 
diversity seriously and expects employees at all 
levels to not only respect and observe this, but also 
to take personal responsibility for driving equality 
and diversity. 

We have an Equality and Diversity policy, 
that applies to all employees, which lies at the 
foundation of our recruitment process, in order 
to ensure that we recruit high-calibre individuals 
matched to the requirements of the role we wish 
them to undertake, irrespective of gender, age, 
race, religion, sexual orientation, national origin 
or disability.

As a consumer-focused business, we recognise the 
value that a diverse mix of people provides us with, 
particularly in terms of consumer insights, but also 
in terms of driving business performance. Diversity 
is key to the success of the Group, with emphasis 
not only on gender but also on culture, nationality 
and experience. 

As at 30 September 2018, at Board level, 100% 
of the Directors were male, however, Kate Allum 
was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director on 1 November 2018 reducing the 
percentage of male Directors to 87.5%. As detailed 
in the Nomination Committee Report on page 
69, the Board will work towards 33% female 
representation on the Board when the next 
vacancy arises. 

At the Group senior management level, 91% and 
across the Group 60% of all employees were 
male. From a cultural perspective, our Board 
continues to demonstrate broader diversity in 
the wider sense, with Directors from Poland, Italy 
and the UK, bringing a range of both domestic 
and international experience to the organisation. 
The Board’s diverse range of experience and 
expertise covers not only a wealth of experience 
of operating in FMCG but also extensive financial, 
marketing and commercial expertise.

The senior management teams in our markets 
comprise predominantly of local nationals who 
understand the cultures in which we operate. 
In the local senior management teams the 
proportion of females is 40% and the percentage 
of female managers is 38%. The graph above 
shows the percentage of females by department 
across the Group. 

As a Group we harness the experience, knowledge 
and points of view of our employees representing 
the various generations. The graph on page 
43 shows the split for employee population 
by generation as at 30 September 2018. The 
proportion of employees under the age of 30 
remained at 18% compared to the previous year, 
whilst the employees aged over 50 increased from 
12% to 14%. The average age of employee across 
the Group was 39.

·  42  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 1%

48%

Population 
generations

8%

43%

 Baby Boom (1946–1964)

  Generation X (1965–1980)

 Generation Y/Millenial (1981–1996)

  Generation Z/Post-Millennial (1997–2012) 

Human rights

Charity

During the year the UK corporate office raised 
over £4,000 for charity which included taking part 
in the ‘World’s Biggest Coffee Morning’ supporting 
Macmillan Cancer and continuing to support the 
Project Artworks ‘Art on Loan’ programme. 

Stock Polska donated 30,000 PLN to enable a 
group of local children to attend the ‘Odyssey of 
The Mind World Finals’ in USA. 

In Slovakia retired laptops were donated to local 
charities and as part of their ‘Healthy Company’ 
initiative, a life balance lecture was organised 
alongside First Aid training for office staff in April 
as part of World Health & Safety Day. 

The Group strives to comply fully with relevant 
legislation in the countries in which it operates 
and ensures that human rights are protected in all 
the production plants and offices from which the 
Group operates. As mentioned previously, we have 
a Code of Conduct that we ask all our suppliers to 
adhere to. This requires that they and the persons 
acting on their behalf act without regard to gender, 
age, race, religion, sexual orientation, national 
origin or disability in accordance with our Equality 
and Diversity Policy.

Employee involvement and policy regarding 
disabled persons 

A description of the action taken by the Group in 
relation to employee involvement, including how 
the Group provides employees with information 
on matters concerning them and the Group, can be 
found on page 29. Procedures are in place that are 
designed to provide for full and fair consideration 
and selection of disabled applicants to ensure 
they are properly trained to perform safely and 
effectively, and to provide career opportunities 
that allow them to fulfil their potential. Where an 
employee becomes disabled in the course of their 
employment, the Group will actively seek to retain 
them wherever possible by making adjustments 
to their work content and environment, or by 
retraining them to undertake new roles.

·  43  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Financial review

Paul Bal
Chief Financial Offi  cer

Change of year-end and the 
proforma results

As previously announced, we have now 
adopted 30 September as our accounti ng 
year-end. The transiti on to this has 
been achieved without any major issues 
or business disrupti on. Given there is 
very limited comparability between the 
results reported for the 9 months to 30 
September 2018, and the results for the 
12 months ended 31 December 2017 
(‘2017’), we have presented certain 
additi onal proforma fi nancial statements 
and notes in this Annual Report and 
Accounts. The proforma fi nancial 
statements cover the 12 months ended 
30 September 2018 (‘2018 proforma’) 
and the 12 months ended 30 September 
2017 (‘2017 proforma’). We have also set 
out the basis on which these proforma 
fi nancial statements have been compiled, 
and provided reconciliati ons to the 
reported fi nancial statements, see page 
48. The proforma fi nancial statements 
are not audited.

In the 9 months to 30 September 2018, 
we sold 9.1m 9 litre cases (2017: 13.1m). 
In 2018 proforma, volumes were up 2.8% 
as we sold 13.3m 9 litre cases (2017 
proforma: 12.9m 9 litre cases). 

Total Group revenue was €193.8m for 
the 9 month period (2017: €269.8m as 
restated for IFRS 15). On a proforma 
basis in 2018, revenues were up +8.7% to 
€282.4m (2017 proforma: €259.8m) and 
up +6.9% on a constant currency basis1.

Revenue per litre2 in the 9 month period 
was €2.36 (2017: €2.33). On a proforma 
basis it was €2.37 (2017 proforma €2.24), 
refl ecti ng the progress in improved sales 
mix as our focus on premiumisati on 
gains tracti on.

Costs of goods per litre2 rose during the 
9 months to 30 September 2018 to 
€1.22 (2017: €1.16). This refl ects 
the impact of infl ati on as well as the 
premiumisati on focus, including the 
increased proporti on of distributi on 
brands volume in our sales mix. Reported 
gross margin therefore slipped from 
49.1% to 48.2%, although this was 
distorted by the shorter reporti ng period 
and the seasonality of Group sales. On a 
proforma basis, gross margin improved to 
48.9% (2017 proforma: 47.3%); and cost 
of goods per litre were held to general 
infl ati onary levels.

As previously communicated, we invested 
more on the development and marketi ng 
of our brands and products than in recent 
years. This included several New Product 
Developments (NPDs) during the period. 
Whilst this increased investment is not 
apparent in the reported results selling 
expenses (9 months 2018: €42.5m, 2017: 
€56.0m), it can be seen in the proforma 
results (2018 proforma: €57.7m, 2017 
proforma: €54.9m). 

Other operati ng expenses, whilst lower 
in the reported results (9 months 2018: 
€22.0m, 2017: €29.6m), were higher on a 
proforma basis (2018 proforma: €30.1m, 
2017 proforma: €25.1m). This largely 
refl ects higher people costs parti cularly in 
Central Europe, and also includes higher 
variable reward costs as a result of the 
stronger performance across the business 
as a whole during the period. Underlying 
corporate costs refl ect infl ati onary 
increases only. 

Adjusted EBITDA for the 9 month period 
was €35.8m (2017: €56.3m). Proforma 
adjusted EBITDA was 2018: €59.4m, 
(2017 proforma: €53.2m) up +11.5%; or 
+8.1% on a constant currency basis1.

Source(s):

1.  Constant currency is calculated by converti ng 2017 results at 2018 FX rates

2.   Revenue and cost of goods per litre is calculated by dividing total Group revenue or cost of goods sold by litres sold

·  44  ·

We have invested more on the development and marketing of our 
brands and products than in recent years; revenue and adjusted 
EBITDA have increased year-on-year as a result.

The change in year-end has implications 
for our Financial Calendar, notably in 
respect of results announcements and 
dividends. Further details are set out on 
page 180.

As reported previously, the Group does 
not expect a material impact from the  
UK’s proposed exit from the European 
Union. This position will continue to be 
monitored as will all the principal risks  
that the Group faces (see page 20). 

Finance income and expense

The decline in net finance expense in 
the 9 months to 30 September 2018 
of €1.7m (2017: €2.6m) as reported, 
is lower principally due to the shorter 
reporting period. On a proforma basis, 
the increase in net finance expense (2018 
proforma: €3.1m, 2017 proforma: €1.7m) 
was primarily due to interest payable 
on settling historic tax issues and higher 
interest rates in the Czech Republic. 

Taxation

The income tax expense, as detailed in 
note 13 of the consolidated financial 
statements, reflects a number of factors, 
primarily being: the tax expense for the 
current period, changes in provisions 
for taxation relating to prior years 
and movements in deferred tax. The 
higher reported effective tax rate of the 
Group, at 27.3% (2017: 26.7% excluding 
exceptionals), primarily reflects the 
settlement of prior year open tax issues. 
A small increase in the effective rate is 
also seen on the proforma basis (2018 
proforma: 27.1%, 2017 proforma: 27.0%). 

Group tax provisions totalled €8.0m at  
30 September 2018, an increase of €0.5m 
from 31 December 2017. As set out in 
the principal risks and uncertainties (see 
page 20) and in note 4 of the consolidated 
financial statements, the Group is exposed 
to a number of tax risks in the countries 
in which it operates. There have been a 
number of developments in the period 
with respect to the Group’s unsettled tax 
years in several countries. This includes 
in Poland where, in recent years, the 
Group has noted the Polish authorities 
increasingly adopting a more aggressive 
approach towards the interpretation of 
tax laws and regulations. Taken as a whole, 
and in common with other companies 
operating in Poland, this increases the 
uncertainties relating to the treatment 
of historical tax positions. Further details 
are set out in note 13 of the consolidated 
financial statements. The Group takes 
professional advice, and has undertaken 
a review of potential tax risks and current 
tax assessments, and whilst it is not 
possible to predict the outcome of any 
pending enquiries, adequate provisions 
are considered to have been included 
in the Group accounts to cover any 
likely or expected future settlements. 
Nevertheless, in some circumstances 
the Group may have to pay over sums 
assessed as due by the authorities and 
then seek their recovery as appeals 
processes run their course.

Exceptional items

There are no exceptional items arising 
in the 9 months to 30 September 2018 
(2017: €14.9m Italian impairment charge 
and €4.7m deferred tax charge). 

During the year-ended 31 December 
2017, there were two non-cash 
exceptional items. First, there was an 
impairment charge against the carrying 
value of the Italian business, of €14.9m. 
Second, there was a one-off deferred 
tax charge of €4.7m in respect of Poland 
resulting from changes in tax legislation 
whereby tax deductibility of intangible 
asset amortisation is no longer allowed. 

For the purposes of comparability, these 
exceptional items have been completely 
excluded from the proforma results. 

Earnings per share

The basic earnings per share (EPS) for the 
9 months to 30 September 2018 was 9.71 
€cents per share (2017: 5.72 €cents per 
share). On a proforma basis, the basic EPS 
for the 12 months to 30 September 2018 
was 16.72 €cents (2017: 14.74 €cents). 

Cashflow and working capital

The Group continues to generate strong 
cashflow from operating activities. Using a 
measure by which we judge our underlying 
operational cashflow, the Group generated 
free cashflow (see note 7 on page 126) of 
€47.9m in the 9 months to 30 September 
2018 (2017: €48.6m). This represents a 
conversion rate from Adjusted EBITDA 
of 133.6% (2017: 86.3%), and reflects 
the reversal of the high-level of trade 
receivables at 31 December 2017.  

·  45  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationFinancial review continued

On a proforma basis, the Group generated 
free cashflow of €54.3m in the year to 
30 September 2018 (2017 proforma: 
€52.8m). This represents a strong 
conversion rate from Adjusted EBITDA  
of 91.5% (2017: 99.1%).

shareholders: the final dividend is to be 
paid some three months ahead of last year 
as a result of the year-end change; and 
the 8.51 €cents total dividend becomes 
the base for future dividends under our 
progressive dividend policy.

Dividend and reserves

The Board has proposed a final dividend 
to shareholders which, when combined 
with the interim dividend, represents 
a significant enhancement over the 
progressive underlying dividend that 
would have otherwise been paid for the  
9 month period to 30 September 2018. 

The Board proposes a final dividend of 
6.01 €cents per share for the 9 months 
to 30 September 2018 (2017: €5.72 
€cents per share). In effect, the Board 
has proposed what would be a 12 month 
dividend that was progressive versus the 
5.72 €cents final dividend paid for the 
year ended 31 December 2017. 

When combined with the interim 
dividend of 2.50 €cents per share paid 
in September 2018 (2.38 €cents interim 
dividend paid in September 2017), 
this totals 8.51 €cents per share for 
the 9 months to 30 September 2018 
(2017: 8.10 €cents per share), and 
represents an increase of 5.1%. Besides 
the enhancement of some 3.41 €cents, 
there are two further benefits for our 

If, through the combination of continued 
strong cash generation and limited M&A 
activity, the Group finds itself with an 
inefficient capital structure, the Board 
will consider making additional 
shareholder distributions.

During the period, the Company 
undertook a Reduction of Capital. 
This involved the cancellation of 
£155,428,080 standing to the credit of 
the Company’s share premium account. 
This correspondingly increased the 
Company’s distributable reserves by the 
same amount. The Reduction of Capital 
itself did not involve any return of capital 
to shareholders, or any reduction in the 
Company’s net assets. The rationale for 
the Reduction of Capital was to increase 
the Company’s distributable reserves, 
providing the Company with greater 
headroom and flexibility in the future for 
the paying of dividends.

Net debt and maturity profile

The Group’s Revolving Credit Facility 
(RCF), which was taken out in 2015, was 
amended and extended in 2017, and now 

expires in 2022. Debt can be drawn and 
repaid at the Group’s discretion without 
penalty or charge. Further details can be 
found on page 144 of the consolidated 
financial statements. At 30 September 
2018, €10.6m of the RCF is used to 
back excise duty guarantees in Italy and 
Germany. We also retain a factoring 
facility capability of €50.0m.

The continued strong cashflow during the 
9 month period to 30 September 2018 
resulted in Net Debt of €31.6m at 30 
September 2018, a decrease of €21.6m 
from 31 December 2017. Leverage fell 
to 0.53x (calculated using the proforma 
Adjusted EBITDA for 2018 not the 
9 month reported Adjusted EBITDA) from 
0.94x at 31 December 2017.

Our relatively low leverage combined 
with the significant headroom in our bank 
facilities leaves us well-placed to finance 
our strategic aspirations.

Foreign exchange

The Group remains exposed to the impact 
of foreign currency exchange movements, 
with the major trading currencies 
continuing to be the Polish Złoty and the 
Czech Koruna. Details of how the Group 
manages this risk is outlined on page 23. 
At 30 September 2018, there were no 
formal hedging instruments in place.

 30 Sept 2018
Closing Rate

2018
 Average Rate

2017
 Average Rate

4.28

25.70

0.89

4.25

25.57

0.88

4.25

26.32

 0.88

Polish Złoty

Czech Koruna

GB Pound

·  46  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 A net positive foreign currency exchange 
gain of €0.8m was reported within the 
Adjusted EBITDA over the 9 month period 
to 30 September 2018. This has arisen 
on the appreciation of the Polish Złoty 
and the Czech Koruna versus the Euro. 
The table on the previous page shows the 
stated currency versus the Euro.

Changes in accounting policies

The Group adopted IFRS 15 (Revenue 
from contracts with customers) from 
1 January 2018. The impact of this 
adoption on the 9 month period to 30 
September 2018, and the year ended 31 
December 2017 is set out on page 110  
of the consolidated financial statements.

The Group adopted IFRS 9 (Financial 
Instruments) from 1 January 2018. As 
previously communicated, there was no 
material impact from this adoption. 

The Group will adopt IFRS 16 (Accounting 
for leases) from 1 October 2019.

Equity structure

There has been no change to the equity 
structure of the business in the 9 month 
period to 30 September 2018. This 
remains at 200 million issued shares with  
a nominal value of £0.10 each. 

The Company purchased 1.2 million 
of its shares in the period, at a cost of 
€3.5m, to settle future obligations under 
its share-based reward schemes. These 
shares provide a natural hedge to the 
P&L charge arising from the various 
share schemes in place under IFRS 2 
(Classification and Measurement of 
Share-based Payment Transactions). 

Paul Bal
Chief Financial Officer 

5 December 2018

Net debt bridge: 31 December 2017 to 30 September 2018 (€m)

53.1

(47.0)

3.5

3.5

16.4

1.7

(4.1)

31.6

0.53x

0.94x

4.5

Net debt 
Dec 17

Net cash inflow 
from op. 
activities

Income tax paid

Dividends paid

Purchase of own 
shares

Capital 
expenditure net 
of disposals

Net interest 
paid

FX

Net debt  
Sept 18

Y-YYX

Net debt to EBITDA ratio 

·  47  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationBlack Fox 

A fascinating, new and  
original herbal elixir crafted 
from selected forest herbs 
with a hint of orange. 
Black Fox presents a truly 
unforgettable blend which 
tastes best chilled. 

·  54  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Governance

56 Board of Directors

58 Chairman’s letter

59 Corporate governance framework

64 Audit Committee report

69 Nomination Committee report

71 Directors’ remuneration report

87 Directors’ report

91

92

Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities
Independent auditor’s report 

·  55  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Board of Directors

An international team with strong 
experience

Our Board is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance and business integrity in a constantly evolving 
regulatory environment. 

David Maloney 
Non-Executive Chairman 

Mirek Stachowicz 
Chief Executive Officer

Paul Bal 
Chief Financial Officer

Appointed David was appointed to the 

Board as Senior Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director in 
October 2013 and in May 
2015 was appointed Non-
Executi ve Chairman. 

Mirek was appointed to the 
Board as an Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director in 
November 2015 and as 
Chief Executi ve Offi  cer in 
August 2016.

Paul was appointed to the 
Board as Chief Financial 
Offi  cer in November 2017. 

Experience During a long career in 

fi nance, David was Chief 
Financial Offi  cer of Le 
Méridien Hotels and Resorts, 
Thomson Travel Group and 
Preussag Airlines, and Group 
Finance Director of Avis 
Europe. Since embarking on 
a plural career, David has 
served on several Boards 
including Virgin Mobile plc, 
Micro Focus Internati onal 
plc, Cineworld plc and Ei 
Group plc.

During a highly internati onal 
career of more than 20 
years, Mirek’s previous roles 
include General Manager 
of Bestf oods (Romania), 
Managing Director of ICI 
Paints (Poland, Eastern 
Europe and Russia) and more 
recently Managing Director 
of AkzoNobel Deco (Central 
Europe). 

A Fellow of the Insti tute of 
Chartered Accountants, Paul 
has 20 years of experience 
in the tobacco industry. In 
a very internati onal career, 
he has held various senior 
fi nance and management 
positi ons in the Briti sh 
American Tobacco plc Group. 
Several of these also included 
responsibility for IT. Most 
recently, he held a senior 
fi nance, IT and strategy 
role in the EEMEA business 
of Tupperware Brands 
Corporati on Inc.

Other appointments None

None

None

Committee membership N

·  56  ·

John Nicolson 
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director 

John was appointed to the 
Board as an Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director 
in October 2013 and in 
October 2016 was appointed 
Senior Independent Non-
Executi ve Director. 

His previous roles include 
President of Heineken 
Americas, Executi ve Director 
of Scotti  sh & Newcastle plc, 
Deputy Chairman of CCU 
SA (Chile), Chairman of both 
Balti ka Breweries (Russia) 
and Balti c Beverages Holding 
(Sweden) and Executi ve 
Director for Fosters Europe. 

He is currently the Chairman 
of A.G. Barr and Senior 
Independent Director at 
P Z Cussons plc.

A   N   R

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Board structure 

Non-Executi ve Chairman

Four other Independent, 
Non-Executi ve Directors

BOARD

Two Executi ve Directors

Senior Independent Non-
Executi ve Director

Committ  ee status 

A  Audit Committ ee

N  Nominati on Committ ee

R  Remunerati on Committ ee

  Relevant Committ ee
Chairman

For full bio’s visit
www.stockspirits.com

Kate Allum 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 

Mike Butt  erworth 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Diego Bevilacqua 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 

Tomasz Blawat 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 

Sally Kenward 
Company Secretary 

Kate was appointed to the 
Board as an Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director in 
November 2018.

Mike was appointed to the 
Board as an Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director in 
October 2016. 

Diego was appointed to the 
Board as an Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director in 
October 2016. 

Tomasz was appointed to 
the Board as an Independent 
Non-Executi ve Director in 
October 2016. 

Sally joined the Group in 
2015 as Deputy Company 
Secretary and was appointed 
Company Secretary in 
April 2017. 

Previous roles have included 
Chief Executi ve of First 
Milk Ltd, and various senior 
management positi ons 
at McDonalds and OSI 
Internati onal Foods.

He is a Chartered Accountant 
and previous roles include 
Group Finance Director 
of Cookson Group plc, 
Group Finance Director of 
Incepta Group plc and Group 
Financial Controller at BBA 
Group plc. 

Previous roles have included 
Chief Executi ve Offi  cer of 
ING in Poland and a number 
of roles for SAB Miller and 
Procter and Gamble (Poland, 
Czech Republic, Slovakia, UK 
and Balti c States). Tomasz 
is a Polish nati onal and also 
speaks fl uent Czech.

An Associate of the 
Governance Insti tute (ICSA), 
Sally has over 20 years 
experience in the drinks 
industry. Sally joined JD 
Wetherspoon Plc in 1997 and 
worked in a number of roles 
before being promoted to 
Deputy Company Secretary 
in 2013. 

With over 40 years 
experience in the food and 
beverage sector, he has 
recently been an adviser to 
Bain & Company. His most 
recent executi ve positi ons 
were as Chief Customer and 
Marketi ng Offi  cer of Metro 
AG, having previously been 
President of Africa, Middle 
East and Turkey for Unilever. 
He has served as a Non-
Executi ve Director of both 
Danisco AS and Pepsi Lipton 
Internati onal.

She is currently the Chief 
Executi ve of CeDo Ltd, a 
Non-Executi ve Director and 
Chair of the Remunerati on 
Committ ee for Origin 
Enterprises plc, and serves as 
a Non-Executi ve Director for 
Cranswick plc. 

He commenced a Non-
Executi ve career in 2012 
and is currently Senior 
Independent Director and 
the Chairman of the Audit 
Committ ee for Johnston 
Press plc and Kin and Carta 
Group plc.

He is Chairman of Solevo 
Holding B.V. and serves 
on the Advisory Board of 
POSpulse GmbH. 

He is currently the Managing 
Director of Carlsberg Poland. 

None

A   R

A   N   R

N   R

A   R

A   N   R

·  57  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Chairman’s letter

Dear Shareholders 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our Corporate 
Governance report for the period ended 30 September 2018. 
The Board is fi rmly committ ed to ensuring that our corporate 
governance arrangements conti nue to evolve and are eff ecti ve 
and complied with in all jurisdicti ons in which the Group 
operates. We are convinced that strong corporate governance is 
good for our business and underpins the delivery of shareholder 
value. During 2018 we conti nued to comply with the 2016 UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

At the Company’s last Annual General Meeti ng (AGM) held 
in May 2018, a signifi cant number of votes were cast against 
the resoluti on proposing the re-electi on of a number of the 
Directors. Having discussed with shareholders, it is apparent that 
this was due in part to the lack of gender diversity on the Board, 
so I am pleased to explain the recent Board recruitment process 
which is outlined on page 70 of the Nominati on Committ ee 
Report. A statement was also issued on 9 October 2018 and 
can be found on our website: htt p://www.stockspirits.com/
investors/agm.aspx. I am always available to meet or speak with 
shareholders at any ti me during the year. As Chairman, I want to 
ensure I am fully aware of any concerns or issues they may have. 

Ahead of the upcoming AGM in February, I have specifi cally 
contacted the top 20 shareholders, representi ng 77% of our 
register, seeking a meeti ng or call. Of these, I was able to speak 
to 9, representi ng 49% of the register.

As previously indicated, the Board and Nominati on Committ ee 
supports diversity for both internal and external appointments 
and the most important area when recruiti ng will conti nue 
to be appointi ng the best person for the role. In May 2018, 
a process was put in place to search for an additi onal Non-
Executi ve Director (NED) which led to the appointment of 
Kate Allum who joined the Board on 1 November 2018. More 
details can be found on page 69. This appointment will enhance 
the diversity and independence on the Board. 

Any future appointments will be made in line with the Board 
Diversity Policy and will conti nue to be made on merit and 
take into account diversity, in terms of gender and ethnicity, as 
well as the appropriate mix of skills, background, knowledge, 
internati onal and industry experience. As stated on page 42 the 
Board will work towards the voluntary 33% target for female 
representati on on the Board. 

·  58  ·

David Maloney 
Chairman

As Chairman of the Board, I work with the Company Secretary 
to set the agenda for Board meeti ngs. These are structured to 
ensure that suffi  cient ti me is spent on important matt ers and all 
Directors have the opportunity to contribute. During the year, the 
Board discussed the Group’s refreshed strategy focussing on the 
four pillars: increased focus on premiumisati on of our products, 
att racti ng more millennials to our brands, increasing the use of 
digital communicati ons with our consumers and reviewing M&A 
opportuniti es. The Board also regularly reviews, among other 
things, the performance of each of the markets and in parti cular 
Poland, our largest market; considers the principal risks and 
associated procedures and processes to miti gate them; an ongoing 
focus on people including analysing the results of the annual 
employee survey; and health and safety across the markets. 
Further detail on the principal risks can be found on pages 20 to 25.

Another area of focus for the Board was succession planning 
including acti ons to strengthen the pipeline through the 
development of the leadership framework. Management 
conti nued to work on the pool of emerging talent within the 
Group, providing bespoke training and development plans to 
create a strong pipeline of internal candidates. 

In the second half of the year, an internal evaluati on of the 
Board was carried out to review the performance of the 
Board, its Committ ees and the individual Directors, including 
the Chairman. The exercise was facilitated by the Company 
Secretary under my directi on and details of the process and 
outcomes are shown on page 62. In 2019 we will carry out an 
external evaluati on. 

Your Board regularly meets with Group Management, 
both at Board and Board Committ ee meeti ngs and in other 
routi ne meeti ngs, which enables the NEDs to gain a good 
understanding of the business and what is happening on the 
ground. We believe that this is an essenti al requirement for 
Directors. We have set out in the following pages, details 
of how the Company has applied the main principles of the 
2016 version of the UK Corporate Governance Code and its 
compliance with the various provisions.

David Maloney 
Chairman 

5 December 2018

Corporate governance framework

Board 
Expertise

FMCG/Drinks

Finance

Marketing
CEE
Technology/IT
Management
Strategy

6

4

3
8
2
8
8

4

2

2

e
r
u
n
e
t
d
r
a
o
B

0

0–1 yrs

2–3 yrs

4–6 yrs

7–9 yrs

Introduction 

This report explains key features of the Company’s governance 
structure to provide a greater understanding of how the main 
principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code), 
published in 2016 by the Financial Reporting Council, have 
been applied, and to highlight areas of focus during the year. 
The report also includes items required by the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules. A copy of the Code can be obtained at 
www.frc.org.uk.

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

The Company has complied with the provisions of the Code in 
this financial year.

Governance overview

The Board is collectively responsible to the shareholders 
for the long-term success of the Company. The Board has 
delegated certain responsibilities to Board Committees to 
assist it with discharging its duties including ensuring that 
appropriate processes are in place to manage risk and monitor 
the Company’s financial and operational performance. The 
Board Committees play an essential role in supporting the Board 
to implement its vision and strategy, and to provide focused 
oversight of key aspects of the business. The full terms of 
reference for each Committee are available on the Company’s 
website www.stockspirits.com.

How the Board works

The Board composition and qualification 
The Company is led and controlled by the Board. The names, 
responsibilities and details of the current Directors appointed 
to the Board are set out on pages 56 and 57. The biographies 
illustrate that the NEDs have a range of skills and experience 
including expertise in the food and drinks industry within Europe 
and beyond, that is relevant to the management of the Company.  

The Board believes that there is an appropriate balance between 
the Executives and NEDs and that this balance is enhanced by 
the varying lengths of service, diversity and expertise of the 
Non-Executive Directors. 

The Board composition, experience, balance of skills and 
effectiveness are regularly reviewed to ensure the right mix 
of people are on the Board and its Committees. Following 
the appointment of Kate Allum in November 2018, the Board 
comprises eight Directors: a Chairman (who, for the purposes 
of the Code, was independent on appointment); a Senior 
Independent Director (SID); four Independent NEDs; and two 
Executive Directors.

The Board agrees the strategic direction and governance 
structure that will help achieve the long-term success of the 
Company and deliver shareholder value. The Board takes the 
lead in areas such as strategy, financial policy, operational 
performance and ensuring the Company maintains a sound 
system of internal control. 

The Board’s full responsibilities are set out in the ‘Matters 
Reserved for the Board’ and are available on the Company’s 
website www.stockspirits.com.

Role of the Chairman
The Board is chaired by David Maloney, a NED who met the 
independence criteria in the Code on his appointment. It is the 
Chairman’s duty to lead the Board and to ensure Directors have 
sufficient resources available to them to fulfil their statutory 
duties. The Chairman is responsible for setting the Board’s 
agenda, ensuring adequate time is available for discussion of all 
agenda items and ensuring a particular focus on strategic issues.

The Chairman promotes a culture of openness and debate by 
facilitating the effective contribution of NEDs in particular, 
and by encouraging constructive relations between Executive 
Directors and NEDs.

·  59  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
Corporate governance framework continued

Role of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Mirek Stachowicz is the CEO. Through delegation from the 
Board, he is responsible for executive management of the Group, 
including the implementation of the Group’s strategic objectives. 
In fulfilling his duties, the CEO is supported by the senior 
management team, whom he also leads.

Interaction between the Chairman and the CEO
The roles of the Chairman and the CEO are separate, with a 
distinct division of responsibilities.

The partnership between David Maloney and Mirek Stachowicz 
is based on mutual trust and is facilitated by regular contact 
between the two. The separation of authority enhances 
independent oversight of the executive management by the 
Board and helps to ensure that no one individual on the Board 
has unfettered authority.

Role of the Senior Independent Director (SID)
John Nicolson is the SID and is available to shareholders if 
they have concerns that the normal channels of Chairman, 
CEO or other Executive Directors have failed to resolve, or for 
which such channels of communication are inappropriate. The 
SID also acts as an internal sounding board for the Chairman, 
and serves as intermediary for the other Directors, with the 
Chairman, when necessary. The role of the SID is considered to 
be an important check and balance in the Group’s governance 
structure. In accordance with the Code, neither the Chairman 
nor the SID are employed as executives of the Group.

Non-Executive Director independence 
The Board considers and reviews each NED’s independence 
on an annual basis, as part of the Directors’ performance 
evaluation. In carrying out the review, consideration is given 
to factors such as their character, judgement, commitment 
and performance on the Board and relevant Committees, and 
their ability to provide objective challenge to management. 
The Board has considered the findings from the internal Board 
evaluation exercise and reviewed the independence of each 
NED. The Board is of the view that all were and continue to be, 
independent in accordance with the provisions of the Code.

Committees
The Company has established an Audit Committee, a 
Nomination Committee, a Remuneration Committee and 
a Disclosure Committee. The Board delegated specific 
responsibilities to these Committees. The role and 
responsibilities of each Board Committee are set out in formal 
Terms of Reference, which are available on the Company’s 
website. The Board Committees make recommendations to 
the Board as they see fit, as contemplated by their Terms 
of Reference.

Meetings and attendance
In the 9 months to 30 September 2018, there were six scheduled Board meetings, plus two additional ad hoc meetings held by 
telephone. In the months when there is not a Board meeting, a Board call will be held to review the latest performance and cover 
any other matters requiring our attention. Attendance at the formal pre-scheduled Board and Committee meetings was as follows:

Director

David Maloney

Mirek Stachowicz

Paul Bal

John Nicolson1

Mike Butterworth

Diego Bevilacqua

Tomasz Blawat

Randy Pankevicz2

Board 
Maximum 6

Audit Committee 
Maximum 4

Remuneration 
Committee 
Maximum 5

Nomination 
Committee 
Maximum 5

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

2

–

–

–

4

4

–

4

–

–

–

–

5

5

5

5

–

5

–

–

4

5

5

–

–

1.  Mr Nicolson was unable to attend one Nomination Committee meeting due to ill health

2.  Resigned as a Director on 6 March 2018

During 2018, certain Executive and Non-Executive Directors who are not Committee members attended Committee meetings by 
invitation (other than meetings where there would be a conflict). These details have not been included in the table. 

·  60  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Board meetings are structured in an open atmosphere, 
conducive to challenge and debate and all Directors are 
expected to attend. In the event that a Director is unable to 
attend a meeting, they will receive the papers scheduled for 
discussion at the relevant meeting, and are encouraged to 
provide comments to the Chairman or CEO on key items in 
advance of the meeting, so their views and opinions can be 
shared and taken into account at the meeting.

Generally on the evening before the Board meeting, a dinner 
is held for Directors to discuss strategic matters and matters to 
be covered the next day in a more informal environment. Senior 
management who are presenting to the Board may be invited to 
attend the dinner if appropriate. 

The Board delegates authority to its Committees to carry out 
certain tasks on its behalf, so that it can operate efficiently and 
give the right level of attention and consideration to relevant 
matters. The composition and role of each Committee is 
summarised in each of the respective Committee Reports.

Appointment and tenure
All NEDs, including the Chairman, serve on the basis of 
letters of appointment that are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office. The letters of appointment set out 
the expected time commitment of NEDs who, on appointment, 
undertake that they will have sufficient time to meet what is 
expected of them. 

The Executive Directors’ service contracts are also available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office.

The Company does not place a term limit on a Director’s service, 
as all continuing Directors will present themselves for annual 
re-election by shareholders at the Company’s Annual General 
Meetings (AGMs).

Director induction and training 
The Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary, is 
responsible for the induction of new Directors and the ongoing 
training and development of all Directors. New Directors 
receive a full, formal and tailored induction on joining the Board, 
designed to provide an understanding of the Group’s business, 
governance and key stakeholders. The induction process 
includes site visits, meetings with key individuals, and briefings 
on key business, legal and regulatory issues facing the Group.

As the internal and external business environment changes, it 
is important to ensure the Directors’ skills and knowledge are 
refreshed and updated regularly. Accordingly the Chairman, with 
the assistance of the Company Secretary, ensures that regular 
updates on corporate governance, regulatory and technical 
matters are provided to Directors at Board meetings. 

During the year, operational site visits for the Board were 
arranged in Poland and Slovakia which included a deep dive 
presentation on the market, meetings with the local senior 
management team and a town hall meeting with the whole team 
followed by lunch. In this way, Directors keep their skills and 
knowledge relevant so as to enable them to continue to fulfil 
their duties effectively and employees are able to meet the 
Directors and ask questions in an informal environment.

Information and support available to Directors
All Board Directors have access to the Company Secretary, who 
advises them on Board and governance matters.

The Chairman and the Company Secretary work together to 
ensure Board papers are clear, accurate, delivered in a timely 
manner to Directors and of sufficient quality to enable the Board 
to discharge its duties. As well as the support of the Company 
Secretary, there is a procedure in place for any Director to take 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in 
the furtherance of their duties, where considered necessary.

Director re-election 
In accordance with the Code and the Directors’ letters of 
appointment, the Directors will put themselves forward for annual 
re-election. Following recommendations from the Nomination 
Committee, the Board considers that all Directors continue to 
be effective, committed to their roles and to have sufficient time 
available to perform their duties. Accordingly, all Directors will 
seek re-election at the Company’s forthcoming AGM. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid situations in which 
they have, or may have, interests that conflict with those of 
the Company, unless that conflict is first authorised by the 
Board. This includes potential conflicts that may arise when 
a Director takes up a position with another company. The 
Company’s Articles allow the Board to authorise such potential 
conflicts, and there is a procedure in place to deal with any 
actual or potential conflict of interest. The Board deals with each 
appointment on its individual merit and takes into consideration 
all relevant circumstances. All potential conflicts approved by the 
Board are recorded in an Interests Register, which is reviewed 
by the Board at least quarterly to ensure the procedure is 
working effectively.

·  61  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationCorporate governance framework continued

Board evaluation and effectiveness 
An internal evaluation of the performance of the Board, its 
Committees and the Chairman was carried out during the year. 
The process of evaluating the performance was undertaken by 
the Company Secretary under the direction of the Chairman. 
A tailored, high-level questionnaire was distributed for the 
Directors to complete. This was structured to provide Directors 
with an opportunity to express their views about: 

•  The performance of the Board and its Committees, including 

how the Directors work together as a whole

•  The balance of skills, experience, independence and 

knowledge of the Directors and

• 

Individual performance, and whether each Director 
continues to make an effective contribution.

Following evaluation, it was agreed that all Directors contribute 
effectively, demonstrate a high-level of commitment to their role, 
and together provide the skills and experience that are relevant 
and necessary for the leadership and direction of the Company.

The responses to the evaluation of the Board and its 
Committees were reviewed with the Chairman and considered 
by the Board. The results of the evaluation were discussed 
individually between the Chairman and each Director. The 
outcome of these meetings and the overall Board discussion 
on the results, indicated that the Board is working well and 
that there were no significant concerns among the Directors 
about its effectiveness. It was generally felt that the actions 
agreed from the previous year’s internal evaluation had been 
progressed. These actions included succession planning; 
more focus on engagement with the management teams; 
and improving management information. For the year ahead, 
the Board will continue to focus on improving management 
information, focus on supporting the Executives as they embed 
culture, values and behaviours across the Group, and focus more 
on strategic options and plans at Board meetings. 

The results of the evaluation of the Chairman’s performance 
were considered by the SID and were discussed with the 
Chairman at a separate one-to-one meeting. The performance  
of individual Directors was evaluated by the Chairman, with 
input from the Committee Chairmen and other Directors. 

For 2019, an external evaluation of the performance of the 
Board, its Committees and the Chairman will take place. 

Relations with Shareholders
The Company has a comprehensive investor relations 
programme including meetings with institutional shareholders, 
buy and sell-side analysts and potential shareholders. Primary 
responsibility for shareholder relations rests with Mirek 
Stachowicz, CEO and Paul Bal, CFO. They ensure there is 
effective communication with shareholders on matters such 
as governance and strategy. David Maloney offers calls and 
meetings to institutional shareholders regularly throughout the 
year. Regular presentations take place at the time of the interim 
and final results, as well as during the rest of the year. An active 
programme of communication with potential shareholders is also 
maintained. All of the Directors make themselves available for 
meetings with shareholders as required and will be available at 
the AGM. 

The Board receives regular updates from the CFO including 
feedback from meetings held and analyst reports are circulated 
to the Directors when available. During the year, roadshows 
were held in London, Poland and North America with 
institutional investors as well as attending various conferences. 
Following the interim results in August 2018, a strategy update 
was presented to sell-side analysts followed by a tasting session 
of our products. One-to-one investor meetings were held 
throughout the year with the CEO and CFO. 

Ahead of the AGM being held in February 2019, governance 
meetings were offered to the top 20 shareholders with myself 
and the Company Secretary. We met or had a call with nine 
shareholders (representing 49% of the register) and discussed 
topics such as diversity, the change in the year end, succession 
planning, the Group’s strategy including M&A, the dividend 
policy and our relationship with our largest shareholder.

The Company’s website www.stockspirits.com includes a 
dedicated Investor section and provides an easily accessible 
communication channel for existing and potential investors. 
Private shareholders are encouraged to attend the Company’s 
AGM or to submit questions via the website. The website also 
provides the latest news, historical financial information, details 
about forthcoming events and other information regarding 
Stock Spirits. 

·  62  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The Company’s AGM will take place at 10am on Thursday, 
14 February 2019 at the offices of Numis Securities Limited at 
The London Stock Exchange Building, 10 Paternoster Square, 
London, EC4M 7LT. All shareholders have the opportunity to 
attend and vote, in person or by proxy, at the AGM. The notice 
of the AGM can be found on our website www.stockspirits.
com, and in a booklet that is being issued at the same time as 
this Report. The Notice of the AGM sets out the business of the 
meeting and an explanatory note on all resolutions. Separate 
resolutions are proposed in respect of each substantive issue.

The AGM is the Company’s principal forum for communication 
with shareholders. The Chairman of the Board and Directors will 
be available to answer shareholders’ questions at the AGM.

David Maloney 
Chairman 

5 December 2018

·  63  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Audit Committee report
Audit Committee report

Mike Butt erworth
Chairman of the Audit Committ ee

I am pleased to report on the role and acti viti es of the Audit 
Committ ee for the year.

The principal objecti ves of the Committ ee are to monitor the 
Group’s internal controls and fi nancial risk management, to 
review the integrity of the Group’s published fi nancial reports, 
including the Annual Report and Accounts (ARA), and to oversee 
the conduct of the external audit.

The Audit Committ ee is sati sfi ed that it is in compliance with the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code in relati on to 
Audit Committ ees and auditors.

The Committ ee has complied with the Competi ti on and 
Markets Authority Order on Statutory Audit Services for 
Large Companies for the period ended 30 September 2018, 
having completed a formal competi ti ve tender process for the 
appointment of the external auditor during the year ended 31 
December 2015.

Compositi on of the Committ  ee

During the period ended 30 September 2018, the Audit 
Committ ee held four meeti ngs. The members of the Committ ee 
during the year were Mike Butt erworth (Chair), John Nicolson 
and Tomasz Blawat. 

All the members of the Committ ee are independent and 
collecti vely have competence relevant to the beverage sector in 
which the Company operates, in accordance with Provision C.3.1 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code. Mike Butt erworth is a 
chartered accountant and the Board is sati sfi ed that he brings 
recent and relevant fi nancial experience to the Committ ee, as 
recommended by the Corporate Governance Code, having 
served as CFO of a FTSE 250 company for eight years unti l 
December 2012.

Committ ee meeti ngs are planned so as to enable review of 
trading statements, the half-yearly report and the ARA, with 
additi onal meeti ngs taking place as necessary.

Responsibiliti es and role of the Audit Committ  ee

The Committ ee’s main responsibiliti es are to oversee, monitor 
and make recommendati ons to the Board on:

•  The eff ecti veness of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management, including control over fi nancial reporti ng

•  The eff ecti veness of internal audit, including co-ordinati on 

with the acti viti es of external audit

•  The Group’s policies and procedures relati ng to business 

conduct, including whistle-blowing arrangements and fraud 
preventi on and detecti on procedures

• 

• 

 The Group’s overall approach to ensuring compliance with 
laws, regulati ons and policies

 The appointment of the external auditor, including a tender 
selecti on process, where appropriate, as well as terms of 
engagement and remunerati on

•  The scope of the external audit, its fi ndings and the 

eff ecti veness of the audit process

•  The overall relati onship with the external audit fi rm, 

including the provision of non-audit services to ensure that 
independence and objecti vity are maintained

•  The integrity of the fi nancial statements, including a review 
of the signifi cant accounti ng policies and fi nancial reporti ng 
judgements

•  Whether, taken as a whole, the ARA is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the informati on necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s positi on and 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Company Secretary served as Secretary to the Committ ee. 
The Chairman of the Company, NEDs not on the Audit 
Committ ee, CEO, CFO, Head of Internal Audit, Group General 
Counsel, and the audit engagement partner from our external 
auditor generally att end our Audit Committ ee meeti ngs by 
invitati on. We also ask other members of senior management to 
present to the Committ ee as appropriate. 

Risk management and internal control framework

We have a clear framework for identi fying, evaluati ng and 
managing the risks faced by the Group on an ongoing basis, both 
at an operati onal and strategic level, which has been in place for 
the period under review and up to the date of this report, and 
which accords with ‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal 
Control and Related Financial and Business Reporti ng’ issued 

·  64  ·

The Committee has reviewed the effectiveness of our risk 
management and internal controls process, including financial 
reporting, to ensure it remains robust.

by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC). Our risk identification 
and mitigation processes have been designed to be responsive 
to the constantly changing environment. Our internal control 
process starts with identifying risks, compliance matters and 
other issues at a local level in each of the Company’s markets, 
and then consolidates it at a Group level at the Board. We do 
this through routine reviews carried out by process owners and 
facilitated by relevant dedicated, specialist teams. We record risks 
in our risk registers, assess the implications and consequences 
for the Group, and determine the likelihood of occurrence. The 
Group’s risk register is subject to regular review and scrutiny by 
the Board, as well as by the Audit Committee with regards to the 
financial risks. Appropriate action is taken to manage and mitigate 
the risks identified. The Audit Committee receives an update on 
risk management and internal controls at every meeting. The 
report includes significant changes in risk registers; personnel and 
systems changes that may impact upon controls; any detected 
breaches of controls or investigations into possible breaches; and 
any concerns reported via our speak-up hotline. 

The main features of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to the process for preparing 
consolidated accounts include:

•  Organisational structure, delegations of authority and 

reporting lines

•  Group accounting and control procedures, with a centralised 

Group finance function that provides direction and support 
to market finance teams as well as managing the Group 
consolidation and reporting requirements

•  Budgetary process and financial review cycle, with a quarterly 

review of annual budget, business performance and assessment 
of risks

•  Risk management through monitoring and maintenance of a 

risk register for each business unit

•  Capital expenditure control

• 

Internal Audit regular reports on controls

•  Competence and integrity of our personnel.

Effectiveness of internal controls

The Committee has reviewed the effectiveness of our risk 
management and internal control process, including financial 
reporting, to ensure it remains robust. The review covered all 
material controls, including financial, operational and compliance 
controls, in the financial period to 30 September 2018 and the 
period to the approval of this ARA. 

The full ‘Terms of Reference of the Committee’, which have been 
subject to review during the course of the year are available on 
our website at www.stockspirits.com. 

The Committee’s role is primarily advisery: it reports its findings 
to the Board. Ultimate responsibility for internal control, the 
ARA, half-yearly reports and trading statements remains with 
the Board.

Main activities of the Committee during the year

Internal controls and risk management
As part of our continuous monitoring of risk management and 
internal controls, we receive and review the corporate risk 
register together with a report on changes in significant risks in 
our main businesses and other control-related information on 
a quarterly basis. Over the period, we have reviewed reports 
from the CEO and the Company Secretary, as well as from other 
members of management and the internal audit team.

The Committee continued to review progress on a major project 
that was initiated in 2015, to develop and implement more 
comprehensive controls across the business. This has involved 
cross functional teams across our principal markets challenging 
and redeveloping procedures and controls to ensure they are 
effective and not open to misuse. The process of implementing 
and embedding this enhanced internal control framework across 
all our markets has been completed and the ongoing internal 
audits of compliance with the controls are now producing very 
high pass rates in all markets.

·  65  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationAudit Committee report continued

Internal controls and risk management continued 
With this enhanced control framework now in place in all 
our principal markets, the main focus in 2018 has been on 
the ongoing auditing of the controls to ensure that they are 
operating effectively and also to seek to simplify and harmonise 
controls across the Group. 

In addition, the Committee reviewed a number of matters 
relevant to the financial structure of the Group. These included 
the adequacy of the Group’s financing facilities, updates on 
the Group’s risk management and insurance programmes, the 
availability of distributable reserves within the Company and its 
ability to pay dividends. 

Internal audit
The remit of internal audit is to undertake financial, operational 
and strategic audits across the Group using a risk-based 
methodology. In line with our usual practice, internal audit 
prepared an inventory of the key auditable control and risk areas 
across the Group, informed by the Principal Risks identified in 
our ARA and the latest quarterly risk registers prepared by our 
businesses, which drove priorities for the internal audit plan 
for 2018. This plan contained audits and reviews focused on 
areas identified as having the most risk to the business, covering 
all parts of the Group, down to individual sites, processes and 
activities, and all aspects of the business. 

During 2018, the main focus of internal audit activity continued 
to be on extensive post-implementation auditing of the controls 
project referred to above in our principal markets, to ensure 
compliance with controls is fully embedded. The results of the 
post-implementation audits were reported to the Committee, 
as it continued to provide strong oversight for this important 
project. In addition, the Committee received internal audit 
reports on the design and operating effectiveness of controls 
around our excise duty settlement processes in Poland and 
Czech, trade marketing activity and expenditure and health 
and safety management. In each case, the audits confirmed 
the general adequacy of controls and proposed areas for 
improvement. Results were graded, and where improvements 
were identified, appropriate remedial actions were agreed with 
the management concerned, with the Committee ensuring that 
these are followed up. We considered the internal control issues 
raised in internal audit reports that we received during the year, 
the adequacy of internal audit resources and the effectiveness 
of the internal audit function. The Committee also held a session 
with the Head of Internal Audit without other members of 
management being present. 

Whistle-blowing
Part of our remit is to oversee the Group’s processes for 
handling reports from whistle-blowers. Our Code of Business 
Conduct encourages all employees to report any potential 
improprieties in financial reporting or other matters. We have 
an independent compliance hotline (Speak-Up) operated by an 
external agency. This is available to all employees, suppliers, 
customers and other stakeholders, in each of the languages 
used throughout the Group and, subject to legal requirements, 
callers can remain anonymous if they wish. All contacts received 
are reported to, and reviewed by, the Audit Committee. Where 
appropriate, our legal and/or internal audit teams may be asked 
to investigate issues and report to us on the outcome. During 
2018, we received no Speak-Up hotline contacts.

The Committee also received regular updates from the Group 
General Counsel on significant litigation and disputes, initiated 
by or against the Company, and on legal compliance initiatives.

Review of ARA and preliminary results announcement
The Committee has considered the appropriateness of the 
accounting policies used. Further, the Committee carried out a 
comprehensive review of the ARA as a whole and considered a 
number of factors, including the balance between reporting of 
positive and negative aspects, consistency throughout the ARA 
and the results of enquiries made of business unit managers and 
other relevant management of the most significant challenges, 
set-backs and achievements during the year. Based on that 
review, the Committee has recommended to the Board that, 
taken as a whole, the ARA is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy. 

Significant issues considered in relation to the ARA
In reviewing the financial statements with management and 
the auditors, the Committee has discussed and debated the 
critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty set out in note 4 to the financial statements. As a 
result of their review, the Committee has identified the following 
issues that require particular judgement or have significant 
impact on interpretation of this ARA.

Revenue recognition 
In the Group’s main markets, procedures for appropriate 
cut-off and recording of revenue and related rebates to the 
correct period are important. In line with normal practice, the 
businesses within the Group provide a variety of discounts, 

·  66  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 rebates, promotions and marketing support to customers 
across a number of geographies and revenue is measured net 
of such items. A number of these arrangements are calculated 
retrospectively on a calendar year basis, rather than the 
Group’s recently changed financial year ending 30 September. 
Therefore not all sales incentives are confirmed by customers 
at our financial period end. The estimation of these incentives 
is an area of significant judgement, with varying complexity, 
depending on the nature of the arrangements. We reviewed 
the procedures performed by management and the auditors to 
ensure the accuracy and completeness of such reserves at the 
end of the period. The Group’s policy is set out in note 3 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Carrying value of intangible assets 
The Group’s policies on accounting for separately acquired 
intangible assets and goodwill on acquired businesses, are set 
out in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. The 
results of this period’s testing showed positive headroom in all 
cash-generating units, with the exception of Italy, where the 
continued low profitability resulted in only limited headroom.

As part of the testing, the Committee has reviewed the key 
assumptions behind these valuations; notably the expected 
development of future cashflows and the discount rates used, as 
well as considering reasonable sensitivities to these estimates, 
and concluded that these support the carrying values set out in 
notes 15 and 16. 

Taxation 
As is normal, the Group has a number of outstanding tax 
assessments, and regularly undertakes reviews to assess tax 
risks across the Group – for example, risks associated with VAT, 
transfer pricing and cost recharges between Group companies. 
As described in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, 
we are facing a number of tax investigations at subsidiary level. 
The Group has undertaken a review of potential tax risks and 
current tax assessments, and while it is not possible to predict 
the outcome of any pending enquiries, the Committee concurs 
with management’s assessment of the changes to provisions 
made during the year. Disclosure of significant tax risks has been 
made as appropriate.

Going concern

In assessing whether the Company is a going concern, and 
accordingly making our recommendation to the Board, we 
considered a paper prepared by management based on 
guidance published by the Financial Reporting Council and 
reviewed the findings of the external auditors. The assessment 
was made for the period of 12 months from the date of this 
report, in accordance with accepted practice. Based on internal 
forecasts, we reviewed the Group’s debt-maturity profile, 
including headroom and compliance with financial covenants, 
and its capital structure. We stress-tested this by adjusting the 
Company’s internal full-year forecast cashflow by a combination 
of the principal risks we have identified – notably an economic 
downturn leading to loss of revenue and customer default 
(see Principal Risks – Economic and Political Change; and 
Marketplace and Competition). See note 2 to the accounts 
(Going concern). The Committee concluded that the application 
of the going concern basis for the preparation of the financial 
statements remained appropriate.

Change of year end

As a result of the change in year-end to 30 September from 
31 December, the statutory results of the Group reflect a 
9 month trading period with 12 month comparatives. To 
assist shareholders in better understanding the underlying 
performance of the business, additional financial information 
has been provided, on a proforma basis, for the two 12 month 
periods ended 30 September, 2018 and 2017. The Committee 
reviewed the basis of preparation for this pro-forma financial 
information and its disclosure in the ARA alongside the statutory 
financial information. 

Changes to accounting standards

The Committee reviewed analysis and proposals from the 
Group finance team on the implementation of several changes 
to accounting standards starting on or after 1 January 2018. 
These are outlined in note 3 to the financial statements and the 
Committee concurs with the assessments of the impacts, which 
are deemed to not be material. 

·  67  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationAudit Committee report continued

External audit

During the year, the Audit Committee assessed the ongoing 
effectiveness and quality of the external audit process on the 
basis of a questionnaire-based internal review completed by 
members of the Audit Committee, the external auditors and 
key members of the finance team. The Committee concluded 
that the audit process was effective, while identifying a number 
of learnings that will be applied to future audits as part of our 
commitment to continuous improvement. 

The Committee maintained a dialogue with our external auditors, 
KPMG, on the key financial statement risks on which the half-
year review and full-year audit would focus. KPMG’s approach 
to materiality informed discussion of the appropriate level of 
materiality for the audit, and the Committee concurred with 
KPMG’s proposals as set out in their report. The Committee 
continued to meet regularly with the external auditors in the 
absence of management.

External audit continued 

Before concluding our recommendation on the ARA in 
December 2018, we reviewed a report from KPMG on the 
findings from their audit with particular attention on key issues 
arising out of the audit, including their views on critical estimates 
and judgements, key assumptions, clarity of disclosures 
and proposed audit adjustments. We discussed these with 
management and satisfied ourselves that the issues raised 
had been properly dealt with. We received and considered 
confirmation of the independence and objectivity of the 
auditors, and reviewed the effectiveness of the audit process by 
interrogation of management and auditors. The Committee also 
sought assurance from management that all appropriate matters 
had been brought to the auditors’ attention. 

We conducted a formal competitive tender for our external audit 
services in the second half of 2014, following which KPMG LLP 
was appointed as the Group’s auditor at the Annual General 
Meeting in May 2015 and has continued as auditor to date. We 
continue to review external audit effectiveness each year and, 
depending upon the outcome, will consider the need to re-tender.

Non-audit services policy and auditor independence 

We have a policy on non-audit services provided by the external 
auditors, which was updated in line with EU Regulation No. 
537/2014 on the statutory audit of public interest entities. 
Specific approval must be sought from the Audit Committee for:

•  Single or linked advice from our auditors, the cost of which 
is likely to exceed €50,000 in the financial year or bring the 
aggregate non-audit fee for that firm over €300,000 in the 
financial year and

•  Employment into control positions of individuals who have 

worked directly on the external audit in the previous two 
years.

Our policy also states that we require annual confirmation of 
the independence of an audit firm in accordance with its own 
and required regulatory and ethical guidelines. We review a 
quarterly report from the CFO of the actual level and nature 
of non-audit work and periodic confirmation from KPMG of 
their independence. 

The total fees paid to KPMG for audit services for the period 
were €760,000 and audit-related assurance services fees 
amounted to €61,000. The audit-related assurance services 
work entirely comprised of a half-year interim review. We are 
satisfied that this audit-related assurance services work did not 
detract from the objectivity and independence of our external 
auditors. Further details of the fees paid to the external auditors 
are set out in note 12.

Governance

The Committee has reported in accordance with its Terms 
of Reference and, in particular, has recommended to the 
Board the adoption of the ARA and the proposal to reappoint 
KPMG LLP as independent auditors at the AGM. A formal 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the Committee was carried 
out during the year (see page 58); based upon the results of 
that evaluation, the Committee believes that it has operated 
effectively during the year.

·  68  ·

Mike Butterworth
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

5 December 2018

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Nomination Committee report 
Nomination Committee report 

David Maloney 
Chairman of the Nominati on Committ ee

I am pleased to present the Nominati on Committ ee Report for 
the 9 months to 30 September 2018. 

Compositi on of the Committ  ee

The members of the Committ ee during the period consisted of 
David Maloney (Chair), John Nicolson, Mike Butt erworth and 
Diego Bevilacqua.

Meeti ngs

The Nominati on Committ ee met fi ve ti mes during the period. 
David Maloney, John Nicolson, Mike Butt erworth and Diego 
Bevilacqua met the independence criteria in the Code on 
appointment. The Company Secretary served as Secretary to 
the Committ ee. The Executi ve Directors att end Committ ee 
meeti ngs by invitati on as required. We also ask other members 
of the senior management team, such as the Interim Group HR 
Director, to present to the Committ ee during the year. 

Responsibiliti es and roles of the Committ  ee 

The Nominati on Committ ee is responsible for regularly reviewing 
the structure, size and compositi on required of the Board 
compared to its current positi on, and making recommendati ons 
to the Board with regard to any changes; giving full considerati on 
to succession planning for Directors, taking into account the 
challenges and opportuniti es facing the Company, and the skills 
and experti se that will therefore, be needed on the Board in the 
future; and identi fying and nominati ng for the approval of the 
Board, candidates to fi ll Board vacancies as and when they arise. 

The Nominati on Committ ee takes into account the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 (the Code) and any regulatory 
requirements that are applicable to the Company. It ensures that 
external evaluati ons of the Board are carried out according to the 
applicable regulati ons. The ‘Terms of Reference of the Committ ee’ 
(which are available on the website: www.stockspirits.com) were 
reviewed during the year to ensure they refl ect the remit of the 
Committ ee and it was concluded that they remain appropriate. 

In accordance with the recommendati on for FTSE 350 
companies set out in the Code, all of the Company’s Directors 
will stand for electi on or re-electi on at the forthcoming AGM. 

The biographical details of the current Directors can be 
found on pages 56 and 57. The Committ ee considers that the 
performance of each of the Directors standing for electi on 
or re-electi on conti nues to be eff ecti ve and that they each 
demonstrate commitment to their role, including commitment of 
ti me for Board and Committ ee meeti ngs and any other duti es.

Acti vity

The Committ ee meets at least twice a year and aft er each 
meeti ng, the Committ ee Chairman reports formally to the 
Board. The Committ ee held fi ve meeti ngs during the 9 months 
to 30 September 2018. 

Board appointments

In May 2018, the Board commenced a search for an additi onal 
Non-Executi ve Director (NED). The Committ ee, in consultati on 
with other Board members, agreed the key experience and skills 
and engaged the external search consultancy Odgers Berndtson 
(an independent external adviser with no other connecti on to 
the Group) to assist with the search. The Committ ee considered 
a list of potenti al candidates prepared by Odgers Berndtson 
and identi fi ed those whom it wished to take forward. A number 
of candidates were interviewed by myself and my colleague 
Diego Bevilacqua, and a short-list of two candidates then met 
individually with the remaining Executi ve and Non-Executi ve 
Directors. The proposed appointment of Kate Allum was 
unanimously approved by the Board. Kate joined the Board on 
1 November 2018 and also became a member of the Audit and 
Remunerati on Committ ees. 

Succession planning 

Succession planning has conti nued to be a key area of focus 
during the year, both in respect of the Board and for the senior 
management team. In January 2018, the Committ ee met and 
discussed the succession planning of senior management, both 
in terms of permanent succession and also short-term cover for 
senior roles. Succession planning is a key area for the Company 
and conti nues to be enhanced and developed. There was an 
increased focus on the high performing individuals with potenti al 
to develop into senior roles in the future and a training and 
mentoring programme has been put in place. 

·  69  ·

Nomination Committee report continued

Succession planning continued

At the meeting held in June 2018, I recommended continuing 
the mentoring programme between the NEDs and the senior 
management team and new partnerships were suggested and 
agreed. This programme was established to help the NEDs gain 
a greater understanding of a particular area of the business and 
to also provide a sounding board for individuals as required. 
As well as regular meetings between individual NEDs and their 
mentees, the senior management team meets regularly in more 
informal settings with the Board. The mentoring programme 
remains beneficial and will continue in 2019. The Committee will 
continue to focus on succession planning and development of 
both middle and senior management. 

Effectiveness

During 2018 an internal evaluation of the Board and its committees 
was carried out using questionnaires for the Board to complete. 
Details of the process and outcomes can be found on page 62.

Diversity

Following the AGM in May 2018 where there were high 
votes against the resolutions re-electing the members of the 
Nomination Committee, I contacted those shareholders who 
had cast votes against, suggesting a meeting or call. Out of 
the seven shareholders contacted, two responded. From 
those conversations, the lack of diversity on the Board was 
clearly a reason for voting against. As previously explained, the 
Committee had commenced a search for a new NED in May and 
Kate Allum joined the Board on 1 November 2018. Our Board 
now consists of one female (12.5%) and seven males (87.5%).

The Company remains committed to ensuring a diverse and 
representative Board and to ensuring that appointments are based 
on merit. Boardroom diversity will continue to be an important 
area of focus for the Committee with the aim of attracting and 
maintaining a Board which has a broad range of skills, backgrounds 
and experience, ensuring the best people are appointed. Whilst the 
Board does not currently meet the voluntary target for gender set 
by the Hampton-Alexander Review for FTSE350 Boards, this target 
has now been included within the Board Diversity Policy. The 
Committee will work towards the target when vacancies arise in the 
future, however, given the size and tenure profile of the Board, it 
may take slightly longer than 2020 to achieve. 

·  70  ·

The Committee will continue to seek diversity when considering 
new appointments to both the Board and the senior 
management team and will work with the Executive search 
firms, in a manner which enhances opportunities for diverse 
candidates. The Board Diversity Policy will continue to be 
reviewed on an annual basis to ensure it remains appropriate. 

The Policy will be fully taken into account when the next Board 
vacancy arises. As mentioned above this may not be in the very 
near future given the tenure profile of the Board.

Director induction and training

New Directors undertake an induction programme when 
joining the Board. Each induction is tailored to the needs of the 
individual and will include meetings with internal and external 
individuals who are key to the success of the Company and 
include visiting our production sites.

The NEDs are encouraged to meet the Group’s employees 
at all levels and ‘town hall’ meetings are held in our operating 
territories throughout the year, to enable employees to ask the 
Board questions and spend some informal time with them. 

The individual training and development needs of the Directors 
was discussed as part of the internal Board evaluation process. 
Directors are encouraged to attend external seminars and 
briefings as part of their continuous development and several are 
members of the Deloitte Academy, which provides updates on 
areas such as corporate governance matters and financial reports. 

A training session was provided by KPMG in August covering 
changes to Corporate Governance. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of NEDs, including the 
expected time commitment, are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office.

I will be available at the 2019 AGM to answer questions relating 
to the work of the Committee. 

David Maloney 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

5 December 2018

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Directors’ Remuneration report

John Nicolson
Chairman of the Remunerati on Committ ee

On behalf of the Remunerati on Committ ee and the Board, 
I am pleased to present the Remunerati on Report for the 
9 month period to 30 September 2018. 

earned in that period; further informati on is included on 
page 81. 25% of the bonus earned by Mirek Stachowicz and 
Paul Bal will be deferred into shares (and held for two years). 

During the period under review, we conti nued to apply the 
remunerati on policy (the Policy) that was adopted in 2017. 
No changes to the Policy are proposed for 2019. 

Neither Mirek Stachowicz nor Paul Bal had a PSP award which 
was capable of vesti ng in respect of the period ended 30 
September 2018. 

The Annual Report on remunerati on (pages 80 to 86) sets out 
how the Policy was applied in the 9 months to 30 September 
2018 and details the rewards earned by Directors. It also sets 
out how we intend to apply the Policy in the year to 
30 September 2019. 

As no changes are proposed to the Policy, it will not be subject 
to a vote at the AGM. The Annual Report on remunerati on will 
be subject to an advisery vote by shareholders at the AGM. 

Remunerati on for 2019 

Executi ve Director salaries for the 2019 calendar year will be 
decided by the Remunerati on Committ ee, at the same ti me as 
the salary review for the wider workforce. The increases will be 
implemented in January 2019. Any increase for the Executi ve 
Directors is expected to be modest and will not exceed the 
range of increases awarded to the wider workforce. Informati on 
regarding the increases will be provided in the 2019 ARA. 

Remunerati on in 2018

The outt urn for 2018 can be summarised as follows: 

•  Base salary 

Mirek Stachowicz’s salary for 2018 increased by 3% to 
£437,750 (€497,443) as reported last year, in line with the 
range of increases awarded to the wider workforce. Paul 
Bal was appointed as CFO in October 2017 with a salary of 
£300,000 (€340,909), which, as reported last year, was less 
than the salary earned by the former CFO. 

•  Annual bonus

Mirek Stachowicz’s and Paul Bal’s bonus opportunity 
for 2018 was up to 140% of salary earned in the period. 
The bonus was based on three performance metrics: 
(1) EBITDA (50% of the opportunity); (2) cashfl ow (30% 
of the opportunity); and (3) individual KPIs linked to the 
fi nancial, strategic and operati onal performance of the 
business (20% of the opportunity). Performance against 
the EBITDA measure was between on target and maximum 
and performance against the cashfl ow conversion measure 
exceeded maximum. The Committ ee used its discreti on to 
reduce the bonus outt urn which refl ects the challenge of 
setti  ng targets across the shortened 9 month period and the 
phasing eff ect on EBITDA over this period. Mirek Stachowicz 
and Paul Bal have earned bonuses of 97.24% of the salary 

No changes are proposed to the quantum or overall structure of 
the Executi ve Directors’ annual bonus and LTIP opportuniti es for 
the period to 30 September 2019.

The bonus opportunity will be up to 140% of salary earned 
during the period. 25% of any bonus earned will be deferred 
into shares for two years. As detailed on page 85, the 
Remunerati on Committ ee have changed the bonus metrics for 
the fi nancial year to 30 September 2019, removing individual 
KPIs and replacing with revenue growth, so that the metrics and 
weighti ngs will be: 

•  as regards 60% of the opportunity, EDITDA

•  as regards 20% of the opportunity, cashfl ow and

•  as regards 20% of the opportunity, revenue.

It is our intenti on to grant PSP awards at the level of 125% of 
salary. Awards will be subject to EPS and cash conversion targets 
as set out on page 86, and will be subject to a two-year holding 
period aft er vesti ng. 

Any proposed increase in fees for the Chairman and NEDs will 
be discussed and agreed at the same ti me at the Executi ve 
Directors and wider workforce review and will be implemented 
from January 2019 in line with the salary review for the 
Executi ve Directors and wider workforce, and will be reported 
within the 2019 ARA. 

·  71  ·

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Key activities

The key activities of the Remuneration Committee during the  
9 month period to 30 September 2018 included:

•  Reviewing the base salaries of the Executive Directors  

and senior management team for 2018

•  Setting the objectives for the 2018 annual bonus 

arrangements for Executive Directors and the senior 
management team

•  Reviewing targets for the Executive Directors’ bonus 
arrangements in respect of the 9 month period to  
30 September 2018

•  Approving the LTIP awards granted in March 2018

•  Reviewing the Remuneration Committee’s terms  

of reference

•  Reviewing the impact of the change in year-end on 

remuneration arrangements. 

In the year ending 30 September 2019, in addition to the 
Remuneration Committee’s usual work, we will review the Policy, 
both in advance of submitting it for shareholder approval at the 
AGM to be held following the end of the period and to consider 
the way in which we will reflect the provisions of the new 
Corporate Governance Code. 

Because the Policy is not subject to a shareholder vote at the 
2019 AGM, we have not included it in full in this year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. On pages 73 to 79, we have set out the 
parts of the Policy that we consider shareholders will find most 
useful, but with the ‘Reward Scenarios’ on page 76 updated 
to reflect the application of policy in 2019. The full policy as 
approved at the Company’s AGM on 23 May 2017 is set out 
on pages 77 to 84 of the Company’s 2016 Annual Report and 
Accounts, which is available on the Company’s website at:  
https://www.stockspirits.com/investors/results_reports_
presentations/annual_report_2016.aspx.

We remain committed to a responsible approach to Executive 
pay, as I trust that this Remuneration Report demonstrates, and 
value all shareholders’ views on our remuneration arrangements. 
On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank shareholders for 
their continued support and would encourage shareholders 
to get in touch should they have any questions regarding our 
Remuneration strategy. 

John Nicolson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Shareholder engagement

5 December 2018

The Remuneration Committee, and the Board of Directors 
more generally, recognise the importance of engaging with 
shareholders in relation to executive remuneration, and the 
members of the Remuneration Committee are available for 
meetings with shareholders as required. The Board issued a 
statement in October 2018 regarding the engagement which 
took place in connection with the 2017 and 2018 AGMs. See 
page 58 for further information. Ongoing engagement by the 
CEO and CFO has ensured that key shareholders have been 
regularly updated on progress and performance throughout the 
period. The Chairman of the Company has offered meetings with 
the top 20 shareholders ahead of the 2019 AGM as detailed on 
page 58. 

The Remuneration Committee is pleased to report that the 
Remuneration Report at the 2018 AGM received 99.89% in 
favour from those that voted; the full breakdown of the votes 
is reported on page 86. 

·  72  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Governance

Directors’ remuneration policy

This part of the report sets out those parts of the Directors’ remuneration policy approved at the 2017 AGM on 23 May 2017 
that we consider shareholders will find most useful, but with the ‘Reward Scenarios’ on page 76 updated to reflect the application 
of policy in 2019. The full policy, as approved, is set out on pages 77 to 84 of the Company’s 2016 ARA, which is available on the 
Company’s website at: https://www.stockspirits.com/investors/results_reports_presentations/annual_report_2016.aspx.

Remuneration structure

The table below sets out the elements that are included in the remuneration package for Executive Directors and explains how each 
element of the package operates. The Committee ensures that the incentive structure to be applied does not raise environmental, 
social or governance risks by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.

Purpose and link 
to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Element

Salary

Salaries are paid in equal monthly instalments 
and are normally reviewed on an annual basis.

To provide salaries 
that are sufficient 
to attract and 
retain experienced 
and capable 
Executives who 
can drive the 
business forward. 
In considering the 
base salary (and 
other elements 
of remuneration) 
of Executive 
Directors, the 
Committee takes 
due regard of the 
pay and conditions 
of the workforce 
generally.

Benefits

To operate a 
competitive 
benefits structure 
that aids in the 
recruitment and 
retention of our 
Directors.

Benefits currently provided include private 
medical cover, critical illness cover, life 
insurance, an annual car allowance and 
allowances to cover tax and legal advice to 
reflect the nature and location of the role.

Additional benefits may be provided as 
appropriate to take into account the nature 
and location of the role.

Not applicable, but the performance 
of the individual is taken into account 
when determining the amount of any 
increase.

Not applicable.

No maximum salary has been set. 
However, any increase will normally 
be within the range of increases (in 
percentage terms) awarded to the 
wider workforce. Increases may be 
awarded above the level awarded 
to other employees in appropriate 
circumstances, which include but are 
not limited to:

•  A change in the scope of the role
•  An increase in the complexity or 

size of the business

•  To take account of the individual’s 
performance in the role, which can 
include aligning a newly appointed 
Executive Director’s salary with 
the market over time 

•  To take account of changes in 

market practice.

There is no maximum value of 
benefits that may be provided, but 
the Committee monitors the overall 
cost of the benefit provision on a 
periodic basis. The current benefit 
cover includes:

•  Critical illness cover of 75% of 

salary

•  Life assurance of 4x salary
•  Car allowance of £12,000 p.a.
•  Private medical benefits.

Critical illness cover, life assurance 
and private medical cover are 
provided through third party 
providers and therefore the cost to 
the Company and the value to the 
Executive Director may vary from 
year to year.

·  73  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Element

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Retirement benefits

Annual Bonus Plan 
(ABP) and Deferred 
Annual Bonus Plan 
(DABP)

Provide a 
competitive means 
of long-term 
retirement saving 
for Executives.

Rewards 
achievement of 
annual financial 
objectives or other 
performance 
measures which 
support the 
delivery of the 
Company’s 
strategy while 
encouraging a 
long-term focus 
through the use 
of deferred share 
awards.

The Company will provide a monthly cash 
allowance in lieu of a contribution to a 
pension scheme or contribute an amount to 
a money-purchase pension scheme.

The annual bonus may be paid in cash or 
in deferred shares (under the DABP). The 
Committee’s current intention is for 25% of 
any bonus to be deferred under the DABP. 
However, under the rules of the ABP, the 
Committee may decide to satisfy up to 
100% of the annual bonus in shares.

Where the amount of the bonus to be 
deferred into shares is less than £5,000, 
the Committee may pay the whole bonus 
in cash.

Any deferred shares will be granted in 
the form of nil (or nominal) cost options 
or conditional awards, and will normally 
be subject to a two-year vesting period. 
Dividend equivalents may be payable on 
the deferred share awards in respect of 
dividends paid over the period from grant 
of the award to vesting calculated on such 
basis as the Committee shall determine, 
which may assume the reinvestment of 
dividends into shares.

Claw-back and, in the case of deferred 
share awards, malus provisions, will apply 
as referred to below.

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Up to 15% of salary.

Not applicable.

Maximum annual bonus (including 
cash and deferred shares) of 140% 
of salary.

The performance targets used for 
the annual bonus will be set by the 
Committee at the start of each 
financial year. The metrics and 
weightings used may vary from year 
to year to reflect changing business 
priorities. The measures will be 
based on financial performance 
and the individual Key Result Areas 
(KRAs) for each Executive, with at 
least 50% of the bonus opportunity 
being based on financial targets.

In the case of financial performance 
measures, there is no minimum 
bonus payment for threshold 
performance, with up to 50% of the 
maximum opportunity paid for target 
performance increasing to the full 
potential being paid for maximum 
performance. In the case of non-
financial performance measures, the 
bonus will be earned between 0% 
and 100% based on the Committee’s 
assessment of the extent to which 
the relevant metric has been 
achieved.

·  74  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Element

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Performance Share 
Plan (PSP)

Encourages 
sustained 
performance, 
assists with 
retention, 
incorporates 
long-term 
incentives into 
the remuneration 
package and aligns 
Directors’ interests 
with shareholders’ 
interests.

At the discretion of the Committee, 
Executive Directors will receive awards of 
shares in the form of nil (or nominal) cost 
options or conditional awards, which will 
usually vest following the assessment of 
performance conditions measured over a 
period typically of at least three years.

Awards will be subject to a two-year 
holding period following vesting, taking 
the form of either: (1) an additional period 
before the vested shares can be acquired; 
or (2) a requirement that any shares 
acquired pursuant to the award should be 
retained for the holding period (subject to 
sales to cover tax liabilities arising on the 
acquisition of the shares).

Dividend equivalents may be payable 
in respect of dividends over the period 
from grant to vest (or if the holding period 
is structured as an additional period 
before the vested shares can be acquired, 
from grant to the date on which those 
shares become capable of acquisition) 
calculated on such basis as the Committee 
shall determine, which may assume the 
reinvestment of dividends into shares.

Claw-back and malus provisions will apply, 
as referred to below.

Maximum PSP award opportunity 
of 125% of salary (or up to 250% 
in exceptional circumstances) in 
respect of a financial year.

The vesting of PSP awards granted 
to Executive Directors will be subject 
to performance conditions set by the 
Committee prior to grant.

Performance conditions will be 
based on financial measures aligned 
to the Company’s strategy which 
may include, but are not limited to, 
earnings per share or other earnings 
based measures, cash conversion 
or other cash-based measures and 
return based measures. Where 
more than one performance 
measure applies, the Committee 
will determine the weightings of 
the measures at the time of grant. 
Awards will vest on a sliding scale 
from up to 25% for threshold 
performance rising to 100% for 
maximum performance.

Shareholding 
guidelines

To encourage 
the Executive 
Directors to build 
and maintain 
shareholdings in 
the Company.

The Executive Directors are required to 
retain 50% of the shares (net of tax) vesting 
under the incentive schemes until the 
guideline has been achieved.

Further details on the operation of the incentive schemes

200% of salary.

Not applicable.

Annual bonus
The payment of any bonus is ultimately at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee retains the ability, in appropriate 
circumstances, to adjust previously set targets and/or set different performance measures if events occur that cause the Committee to 
determine that the measures are no longer appropriate, and that amendment is required so that they achieve their original purpose.

Performance share awards
The Committee may, acting fairly and reasonably, vary performance conditions applying to existing PSP awards if an event has 
occurred that causes the Committee to consider that it would be appropriate to amend the performance conditions, and the varied 
conditions are not materially less challenging than the original conditions would have been but for the event in question.

Operation of incentive plans
The Committee has discretion to operate the PSP and DABP in accordance with their rules, including the ability to settle awards 
in cash in appropriate circumstances and to adjust awards in the event of a variation of the Company’s share capital or any other 
relevant event. 

·  75  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Claw-back provisions
Claw-back provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of awards granted under the ABP, the DABP 
and the PSP in certain circumstances (including where there has been a material misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing any 
applicable performance condition or misconduct on the part of the participant). Claw-back may be operated during a period of two 
years following the vesting of a DABP award, or within two years following the payment of an ABP bonus. Claw-back may be applied 
during a period of two years following the vesting of a PSP award i.e. during the holding period. 

Malus provisions
Malus provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of awards granted under the DABP in certain 
circumstances (including where there has been a material misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing any applicable 
performance condition or misconduct on the part of the participant). Malus may be operated before the vesting of an award.

Differences in policy from the wider employee population
The Company’s approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across the Group. However, there are some differences between 
the policy for Executive Directors as set out above and its approach to payment of employees generally. For example, there 
is an increased emphasis on performance-related pay for Executive Directors through a higher annual bonus opportunity and 
participation in the PSP, plus a higher proportion of their total remuneration is also at risk. The Committee has not consulted directly 
with employees on the Executive remuneration policy, but it takes into account the pay and employment conditions of the general 
workforce when considering any changes to the quantum or structure of the Executive remuneration packages.

Non-Executive Directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

To attract and retain high-calibre 
Non-Executive Directors by offering 
competitive fees.

Fees are paid on a per-annum basis and are not varied for the 
number of days worked. The fees are set to take into account the 
responsibilities of the role, the experience of the Chairman and 
NED and the expected time commitment involved.

Additional fees may be paid to reflect extra responsibilities such as 
for the SID or when acting as Chairman or a member of any of the 
Board Committees. 

The Chairman and NEDs may also be eligible to receive benefits 
relevant to their role such as travel costs and secretarial support, 
or other benefits that may be appropriate.

Opportunity

The fee levels are usually reviewed 
biannually, and may be increased if 
appropriate to do so. The maximum 
aggregate fee to all Directors that 
may be paid is limited to the amount 
permitted under the Company’s 
Articles of Association from time 
to time.

Reward scenarios
The chart below shows the potential reward available to the Executive Directors under the remuneration policy. The charts have 
been updated to show how the policy will be applied in 2019. For illustration, target performance assumes a bonus of 50% of the 
maximum and threshold vesting under the Performance Share Plan (25% of the maximum). The Directors are paid in Sterling but the 
chart has been presented in Euros, which is the Group’s reporting currency using an exchange rate of €1:£0.88. No assumptions 
have been made as to possible share price growth or dividends earned in relation to share awards. 

Reward Scenarios (€000)

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

€1,915

32%

€1,063

36%

€597 

100%

15%
29%

56%

31%

€1,311

32%

36%

31%

€727

15%
29%

56%

€408 

100%

Fixed pay

Annual bonus1

Performance Share Plan (PSP)²

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Mirek Stachowicz

Paul Bal

1. Annual bonus 140% of salary at maximum, assumes bonus of 63.2% of salary at target 

2. Performance share plan (PSP) assumes grant of 125% of salary and threshold vesting (25% of max) at target

·  76  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Service contracts and letters of appointment
Each Executive Director has been appointed under a service contract. These contracts contain the following obligations on the 
Company that could give rise to, or impact on, remuneration payments or payments for loss of office:

•  To provide pay, contributions to a pension scheme (or a cash allowance in lieu) and benefits as specified in the contract

•  To give the Executive Director eligibility at the discretion of the Committee to participate in short and long-term incentive plans

•  To provide 30 working days’ paid holiday per annum, or pay in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday on termination of 

employment

•  To provide sick pay as specified in the contract

•  To terminate the contract on not less than 12 months’ notice by either the Company or the Director or to make a payment in lieu 
of notice equal to value of the base salary either in one lump sum or in phased instalments and reduced by amounts earned from 
alternative remunerative positions obtained during the notice period

• 

In the case of Mirek Stachowicz, to receive, subject to the prior agreement of the Company, up to £4,500 per year in respect of 
legal and tax advice for the duration of his employment and for up to five years thereafter. 

Each of the NEDs is appointed by letter of appointment for an initial term of three years. Their appointments may be terminated 
earlier without compensation on three months’ notice and are subject to annual re-election by the shareholders.

The Executive Directors’ service contracts and the NEDs’ letters of appointment are kept available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office.

Payments for loss of office
In the event of an Executive Director’s departure, the Company will honour the contractual entitlements of that Director. The 
Company’s approach to payments for loss of office will be based on the following principles:

Notice period/pay in lieu
Executive Directors have rolling contracts with 12 month notice periods. The Company may elect to terminate employment 
immediately by making a payment in lieu of notice equivalent to the Executive Director’s salary for the notice period. The payment 
in lieu of notice may be made in monthly instalments, which can be reduced to the extent the Executive Director obtains alternative 
paid employment. All other benefits including pension contributions or allowance (as the case may be) will cease on termination, 
unless the Committee determines otherwise. The Company may terminate a Director’s employment without notice (or payment in 
lieu) in certain circumstances, including where the Executive commits a serious breach of his or her service agreement or is found 
guilty of gross misconduct.

·  77  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Outstanding incentive awards
Leavers
As a general rule, unvested incentive awards (e.g. outstanding PSP and DABP awards and entitlement to annual bonus) will lapse  
on a participant ceasing to hold employment or to be a Director within the Company’s Group.

Good leavers
However, if the reason for the cessation of employment falls within certain good leaver categories (which include for example, 
cessation due to a participant’s injury, disability, retirement, redundancy, the employing company or business being sold out of the 
Company’s Group) or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, then the unvested incentive award may vest and  
be payable as set out below:

•  PSP: Awards will usually vest on the normal vesting date subject to performance and time pro-rating and be released at the  
end of the originally envisaged holding period. The Committee retains the discretion not to time pro-rate if it considers it 
appropriate to do so. The Committee may allow the outstanding share award to vest and be released early to a good leaver  
and if a participant dies, his or her award will ordinarily vest and be released early (unless the Committee decides otherwise).

•  Annual Bonus: A good leaver’s annual bonus for the year of cessation will ordinarily be paid in respect of the period of 

service during the year. Any payment will be subject to the performance conditions and be paid at the usual time, although 
the Committee retains discretion to make payments earlier in appropriate circumstances. Bonuses for the year of cessation or 
preceding year may be paid wholly in cash (with no deferral into shares) at the election of the Committee.

•  DABP: In the case of DABP awards, outstanding awards for a good leaver will vest early to such extent as the Committee 

determines appropriate.

• 

If a participant ceases employment after a PSP award has vested but during the holding period applying to it for any reason 
(other than summary dismissal, in which case his award will lapse), the holding period will usually continue until its originally 
scheduled end date, although the Committee retains discretion to bring the holding period to an end on cessation. 

Takeovers
In the event of a takeover or winding up of the Company (not being an internal corporate reorganisation), all unvested PSP awards 
will vest early, subject to: (i) performance and (ii) time pro-rating, although the Committee can decide to reduce or eliminate the pro-
rating of a PSP award or to disapply (or partially disapply) any performance conditions if it regards it as appropriate to do so in the 
particular circumstances.

In the event of a takeover or winding up of the Company (not being an internal reorganisation), vested PSP awards which are subject 
to a holding period, will be released early to the extent already vested. In the event of a takeover or winding up of the Company, the 
Committee may allow bonuses for that financial year to be paid early, subject to: (i) the extent that the performance conditions have 
been satisfied at that time; and (ii) the pro-rating of the bonus to reflect the reduced period of time between grant and the date of 
such event, although the Committee can decide to reduce or eliminate the pro-rating of a bonus.

In the event of a takeover or winding up of the Company (not being an internal corporate reorganisation), all DABP awards will vest 
early in full.

Internal corporate reorganisation
In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, PSP and DABP awards may, at the discretion of the Committee, be replaced by 
equivalent new awards over shares in a new holding company, provided that the Board of Directors of the new holding company 
agrees. If such replacement is not agreed before the internal corporate reorganisation takes place, then the PSP and DABP awards 
will vest on the basis that would apply in the case of a takeover.

Other payments and benefits
Outplacement services may be provided where appropriate and any statutory entitlements, sums to settle or compromise claims 
in connection with a termination would be paid as necessary, along with any accrued but untaken holiday and where appropriate, 
payments in respect of legal fees.

·  78  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Recruitment of Directors
Where a new Executive Director is appointed, the principles outlined above in relation to the structure, components and maximum 
opportunities of the existing Executive Directors’ remuneration package and service contract terms will also apply to any newly 
appointed Director. Salaries for new hires will be set to reflect their skills and experience, the Company’s intended pay positioning 
and the market rate for the role. In accordance with the policy table (on pages 74 and 75), the maximum variable pay that may be 
offered is 265% of salary (390% in exceptional circumstances), excluding any ‘buy-out award’ as referred to below.

It may be necessary to buy-out incentive awards that would be forfeited on leaving the previous employer. In determining the 
structure of any buy-out award, the Committee will take into account the form of the awards forgone (cash or shares), the timing of 
the awards and their expected value. Replacement share awards, if used, may be granted under the PSP, although awards may also 
be granted outside of this scheme if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

The Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance period, vesting period and holding period of the annual 
bonus, DABP or PSP if the Committee determines that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale will 
be clearly explained in a subsequent Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

In the case of an internal promotion, any outstanding variable pay awarded in relation to the previous role will be allowed to pay out 
according to its terms of grant.

Fees for a new Chairman or NED will be set in line with the approved policy.

Non-Executive positions by Executive Directors
The Company’s policy is to allow the Executive Directors to take only one NED role in another company with prior consent from 
the Board, which cannot be unreasonably withheld. The Committee may permit an Executive Director to take on additional roles 
following the giving of notice to terminate his employment with the Company. Up to 28 June 2018, Mirek Stachowicz was a Non-
Independent Member of the Supervisory Board of Paged S.A., for which he received a fee of 174,714PLN (€41,109).

Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee is committed to open and transparent dialogue with shareholders, and seeks major shareholder views in advance 
of proposing significant changes to its policy. The Committee considers shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM 
each year plus, any additional feedback received during any meetings from time to time. When there are material issues relating to 
executive remuneration or proposed changes in policy, we engage actively with major shareholders to ensure we understand the 
range of their views. 

·  79  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration

This part of the report provides details of remuneration earned by Executive Directors in respect of the 9 month period to 
30 September 2018 and how the Policy will be implemented during the year to 30 September 2019. It will be put to an advisory 
shareholder vote at the 2019 AGM. The information in this section has been audited where stated.

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee determines and agrees with the Board the framework or broad policy for the remuneration of the 
Executive Directors and the senior management team. The remuneration of NEDs is a matter for the Chairman of the Board and  
the Executive Directors, subject to the constraints contained in the Company’s Articles of Association. No Director or Manager  
shall be involved in any decisions as to their own remuneration. 

The Remuneration Committee will determine the policy for and scope of service agreements, termination payments and compensation 
commitments for the Executive Directors and the senior management team. It also ensures that Directors’ contractual terms on 
termination are observed, ‘that failure is not rewarded’ and that the duty to mitigate loss is fully recognised. The Remuneration 
Committee will also agree the policy for authorising claims for expenses from the Directors.

The full Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee are available on our website at www.stockspirits.com.

Composition of the Remuneration Committee 

The Committee consists entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors. The Committee is chaired by John Nicolson and during 
the period to 30 September 2018, its other members were Mike Butterworth, Diego Bevilacqua and Tomasz Blawat. 

During the 9 month period ended 30 September 2018 the Committee held five meetings, see the table on page 60 for further details.  
The Company Secretary served as Secretary to the Committee. Meetings were also attended by the Chairman, CEO, CFO and Interim 
Group HR Director by invitation. Members of the Remuneration Committee and any person attending its meeting do not participate in  
any discussion or decision on their own remuneration. 

Advice provided to the Remuneration Committee

Deloitte LLP acted as adviser to the Committee during the period to 30 September 2018 and have been in place since their 
appointment by the Committee in 2016. Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to 
its Code of Conduct in relation to Executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte’s fees for advice to the Committee during 
2018 were £10,170 (€11,557) plus VAT. 

The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of interest and the safeguards against them, and is satisfied that Deloitte does 
not have any such interests, or connections with the Group, that may impair its independence.

·  80  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Directors’ remuneration (audited)

The table below sets out the total remuneration for the Directors for the 9 month period 2018 and the 12 month year 2017.  
The Directors are paid in Sterling, but figures in this report are disclosed in Euros (the Group’s reporting currency).

The exchange rate used is €1:£0.88 for both reporting periods.

Total amount  
of salary  
and fees

All taxable 
benefits2

Annual incentive 
arrangements

Long-term 
incentive 
arrangements

Pension⁵

Total

9 mth 
period 
2018

12 mth 
period 
2017

9 mth 
period 
2018

12 mth 
period 
2017

9 mth 
period 
2018⁴

12 mth 
period 
2017

9 mth 
period 
2018

12 mth 
period 
20171

9 mth 
period 
2018

12 mth 
period 
2017

9 mth 
period 
2018

12 mth 
period 
2017

 373 

 256 

 483 

 85 

 19 

 12 

 26 

 3 

 363 

 249 

 155 

–

 145 

 193 

 61 

 48 

 56 

 48 

 81 

 64 

 75 

 64 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 56 

 38 

 72 

 13 

 811 

 555 

 736 

 101 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 145 

 193 

 61 

 48 

 56 

 48 

 81 

 64 

 75 

 64 

 22 

 52 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 22 

 52 

€000

Executive Directors
Mirek Stachowicz

Paul Bal

Independent NEDs
David Maloney

John Nicolson

Tomasz Blawat

Mike Butterworth

Diego Bevilacqua

Non-Independent NEDs
Randy Pankevicz3

1.   Long-term incentive arrangements of €744,000 for Mirek Stachowicz and €100,000 for Paul Bal were included in last years ARA in error and hence have been removed this year in the 

table above in relation to 2017. The value at vesting of those awards will be included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year in which they vest, in line with the regulations 

2.  Taxable benefits include car allowance, medical and dental healthcare

3.  Randy Pankewicz resigned on 6 March 2018 and his salary and fees for the period include three months payments in lieu of notice

4.   25% of the bonus earned by each of Mirek Stachowicz (€362,778) and Paul Bal (€248,620) will be deferred into an award of shares under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan which will 

vest after two years subject to continued employment

5.  With regard to the Executive Director pensions, a monthly cash allowance of 15% of salary is paid in lieu of a pension scheme contribution 

Annual bonus earned for 2018 (audited)

The key decision made by the Committee during the period was to determine how to manage reward in the shortened 9 month 
financial year with the new September year end. 

During the process of budgeting the Board reviewed a 12 month budget for the calendar year 2018, enabling detailed comparison 
with the previous financial years that ended in December. Once satisfied with the basis of the plan and its components, a five 
quarter analysis was completed including the Q4 period of 2017. Budget targets were then applied to the 9 month financial year.  
The Committee also concluded that the bonus achievement would be ratified once a judgement was made as to the likely outcome  
of the final quarter of the 2018 calendar year. This was reviewed in November and again in early December. 

The Remuneration Committee regards the financial period as a good period of progress in both financial and strategic terms. Mirek 
Stachowicz’s and Paul Bal’s bonuses for the 9 month period 2018 were based on a mix of financial (translated at the Group’s budget 
exchange rates for the year) and personal performance measures (KRAs), as summarised below. The Committee used its discretion 
to reduce the bonus outturn by around 13% which reflects the challenge of setting targets across the shortened 9 month period and 
the phasing effect on EBITDA over this period. 

The maximum bonus opportunity was 140% of salary earnt in the 9 month period. Based on the performance achieved, bonuses 
were earned as follows: 

Mirek Stachowicz:  
Paul Bal:  

97.24% of salary
97.24% of salary

Performance targets

Measure
Adjusted EBITDA (at budget rates)
Free cashflow conversion (at budget rates)
Individual KRA's

Weighting  
measure

Minimum On Target Maximum
50% €31.279m €32.925m €36.218m
110%
30%
See summary on page 82
20%

100%

95%

Bonus 
earned (% 
of salary 
earned in 
the period)
41.24%
42.00%
14.00%

Actual
€33.963
131.8%

·  81  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Individual KRAs
The individual KRAs were linked to the financial, strategic and operational performance of the business. Performance against them 
was assessed by the Remuneration Committee on the following basis: 

Mirek Stachowicz

KRAs

M&A

Performance outcome

As indicated in the Chairman’s Statement on page 6, we will continue to assess a range  
of acquisition opportunities that would deliver enhanced growth and shareholder value  
for the future.

Premiumisation: Brown Spirits

Successful launch of Božkov Republica rum and growth of 3rd party brands in Czech. 

Millennials: Italy and Poland

Keglevich re-launched in Italy and ZdL re-launched in Poland. Italy continues to be a 
challenging environment. 

Remuneration 
Committee 
assessment of 
performance

Not Achieved

Achieved

Partly Achieved

On the basis of the above performance and having regard to overall performance, the Remuneration Committee determined that 
Mirek Stachowicz receive a payment of 14% out of a maximum of 28% of the personal element. 

Paul Bal

KRAs

M&A

Digital

Foundation

Performance outcome

As indicated in the Chairman’s Statement on page 6, we will continue to assess a range  
of acquisition opportunities that would deliver enhanced growth and shareholder value 
for the future.

Increasing use of digital in our engagement with consumers. 

Implementation of the change to year-end from 31 December to 30 September in line  
with the plan agreed. 

Remuneration 
Committee 
assessment of 
performance

Not Achieved

Partly Achieved

Achieved

On the basis of the above performance and having regard to overall performance, the Remuneration Committee determined that 
Paul Bal receive a payment of 14% out of a maximum of 28% of the personal element.

Long-term incentives awarded in 2018 

As discussed in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s Statement last year, PSP awards in 2018 were granted at the level of 125% 
of salary pro-rated to 93.75% for the 9 month period to 30 September 2018. 

Director 
PSP awards1
Mirek  
Stachowicz

Paul Bal

Basis of award

Face value  
of award (£)

No. of share 
awards

% vesting  
at threshold

End of performance period²

125% of salary (93.75%  
for the 9 month period)

125% of salary (93.75%  
for the 9 month period)

£410,392.551

157,058

£281,250.261

107,635

25%

25%

30 September 2021³

30 September 2021³

1.   The face value of each PSP award is calculated by multiplying the number of shares by £2.613 (being the average share price over the five dealing days preceding the grant) 

2.   Neither Mirek Stachowicz nor Paul Bal may dispose of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the award before the expiration of a period of two years beginning with the date of 

vesting of his award (other than to fund tax liabilities associated with the award), unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise

3.  Each PSP award is subject to the following performance conditions assessed over the Company’s 2018, 2019 and 2020 financial years:

Performance condition

Annual compound growth in fully  
diluted adjusted EPS 

Average cash conversion for each  
year in the performance period

Weighting

Threshold (25% vesting)

Maximum (100% vesting)

50%

50%

6%

75%

12%

90%

 Straight-line vesting will apply between the performance levels stated. Each award is also subject to underpin conditions. The award will vest only to the extent that the Committee 

determines that the level of vesting reflects the overall financial performance of the Group over the Performance Period. In addition, the element of the award subject to the cash 

conversion performance measure shall vest only if the aggregate of the Adjusted EBITDA for the Financial Years in the Performance Period is at least €145.2m

·  82  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
Outstanding share options (audited)

The following table summarises the Executive Directors’ share awards as at 30 September 2018. 

Date  

of grant

Performance 
condition

Interest 
as at 31 
December 
2017

No. shares 
under award

No. shares 
under any 
lapsed 
portion of the 
award

Share options as 
at 30 September 
2018

Vesting date  
or (for options)  
exercise period

Type of interest

Mirek Stachowicz

DABP 2018

PSP 20181

PSP 2017

Paul Bal

PSP 20181

23.03.18

14.03.18

15.03.17

None

EPS and Cash 
conversion

EPS and Cash 
conversion

–

–

13,661

157,058

416,667

14.03.18

EPS and Cash 
conversion

–

107,635

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

13,661

23.03.20

157,058

December 2020²

416,667

15.03.20

107,635

December 2020²

40,184

10.10.20

Joiner option

10.10.17

None³

40,184

1.   The performance conditions for the 2018 PSP awards are set out on page 82

2.  The awards will vest on assessment of the performance condition following the end of the Company’s financial year ending on 30 September 2020

3.  This option was granted to Paul Bal to compensate him for incentive awards he forfeited in his previous role, as described in the 2017 Directors’ Remuneration Report

Payments to past Directors (audited)

There have been no payments to past Directors in the period, other than those noted in the 2017 ARA.

Directors’ share interests (audited)

The table below sets out the Directors’ shareholdings and, for the Executive Directors, a summary of their outstanding scheme 
interests. The Executive Directors are subject to shareholding guidelines requiring them to build and maintain a shareholding 
of a specified level. For 2018, this was 200% of salary, which reflects the current policy, see page 75 for further details. Their 
achievement against these guideline limits is set out in the table below. 

As at 30 September 2018 

Executive Directors

Mirek Stachowicz2

Paul Bal

Non-Executive Directors

David Maloney3

John Nicolson

Tomasz Blawat

Mike Butterworth

Diego Bevilacqua

Outstanding Scheme Interests

Beneficially 
owned 
shares1

Deferred 
Annual Bonus 
Plan

PSP⁵

Joiner 
award

 121,380 

 573,725 

13,661

–

 20,000 

 107,635 

 60,000 

–

–

 18,750 

 27,018 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

40,184

–

–

–

–

–

Value of shares counting 
towards the shareholding 
guideline

£000

% salary4

239

39

55%

13%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.   Only the shares beneficially owned count towards the thresholds set out in the share ownership guidelines. Achievement against the guideline is calculated using the year-end share 

price of £1.968 and expressed as a percentage of their annualised current salary

2.  All of which are held jointly with Katarzyna Lewicka-Stachowicz, his wife

3.  All of which are held in the name of Agneta Maloney, his wife

4.  This percentage has been calculated using the annualised salary of Mirek Stachowicz of £437,750 and Paul Bal of £300,000

5.  With regard to the vesting of the PSP, other than for the sale of shares to realise an amount equal to any tax, social security or dealing costs arising in connection with the exercise  

of the award, the Director may not deal with any shares acquired pursuant to the Award until the second anniversary of the vesting date 

·  83  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Total shareholder return performance

The chart below shows the Company’s total shareholder return performance relative to the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment 
trusts). The FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) has been chosen as a comparator as it represents a broad UK equity 
market index.

Stock Spirits Group

FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

22 Oct 

2013

31 Dec 

2014

31 Dec 

2015

31 Dec 

2016

31 Dec 

2017

30 Sep 

2018

This graph shows the value by 30 September 2018, of £100 invested in Stock Spirits Group on 22 October 2013 (the date of 
the IPO) compared with that of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts). 

Total remuneration of Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

The table below shows a summary of the total remuneration received by the CEO since 2013. 

2013

2014

2015

Chris Heath

Mirek 
Stachowicz

12 month year 
2017

9 month period  
2018

20161

Single-figure total remuneration (€000)

2,8462

717

795

Total annual bonus pay-out  
(as % of maximum opportunity)

Long-term incentive vesting  
(as % of maximum opportunity)

N/A2

N/A

N/A

222

N/A

382

N/A

N/A3

N/A3

N/A3

N/A3

N/A3

736⁴

23%

N/A3

811

69%

N/A3

1.   Chris Heath was CEO in 2016 from the start of the year until his retirement on 18 April 2016. Mirek Stachowicz became CEO from 18 April 2016

2.  Under the pre-IPO bonus scheme, the bonus opportunity was uncapped

3.  There have been no long-term incentives vesting to date

4.   As per the table on page 81, the CEO’s single figure total remuneration for 2017 has been corrected to exclude the long-term incentive arrangements incorrectly disclosed 

last year

·  84  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
Percentage change in the remuneration of the CEO

The table below shows the movement in salary, benefits and bonus for the CEO between the 9 month period 2018 and the 2017 
year, compared to the average remuneration for all employees. Recognising that the financial year ending 30 September 2018 is a  
9 month period, we have also included annualised figures in order to provide a ‘like for like’ comparison. 

% change in:

Base salary

Benefits1

Total annual bonus3

Chief Executive

All employees

As reported

Annualised

As reported

Annualised

-22.8%2

-24.0%

234.0%

3.0%

1.4%

212.1%

-24.2%

-14.1%

-7.9%

1.1%

14.5%

22.8%

1.   Benefits include car allowance, health and dental cover and pension; the decrease shown in the table above is created by comparing 9 months of benefits versus 12 months received 

in 2017

2.   Mirek Stachowicz’s annual salary was increased from 1 January 2018 by 3% versus received in 2017 as disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2017. The percentage decrease 

shown above is created by comparing a 9 month salary received in 2018 to 12 months in 2017

3.  Mirek Stachowicz earned a bonus of £136,230 (€154,807) in respect of 2017 and £319,245 (€362,778) for 2018

Relative importance of the spend on pay

The following table shows the relative importance of the spend on pay, which compares the total remuneration paid to all employees 
to the amount distributed to shareholders by way of dividend. Recognising that the financial year ending 30 September 2018 is a 9 
month period, we have also included annualised figures in order to provide a ‘like for like’ comparison. 

Remuneration paid to all employees (€m)1

Dividends to shareholders (€m)

12 mth  

9 mth  

year 2017

period 2018

% change

Annualised 
2018

37.6

15.7

28.3

16.4

-24.6%

4.5%

37.8 

N/A

% change

0.5%

N/A

1.  Excluding share-based payments. The drop in pay to employees is due to the 9 month reporting period in 2018 compared to 2017. See note 10 in the statutory financial statements 

How the Directors’ remuneration policy will be applied for 2019

Base salaries
Executive Directors salaries will be decided by the Remuneration Committee at the same time as the salary review for the wider 
workforce. The increases will be implemented in January 2019. Any increase for the Executive Directors is expected to be modest, 
and will not exceed the range of increases awarded to the wider workforce. Information regarding the increases will be provided in 
the 2019 ARA. 

Annual bonus
The annual bonus plan for 2019 will be based on achievement against a range of financial targets as follows: 60% will be based 
on the achievement of an EBITDA target, 20% on a cashflow target and 20% on a revenue target. The Remuneration Committee 
has introduced a revenue target to reflect the key strategic priority of incentivising top line growth. The forward-looking targets 
are deemed to be commercially sensitive. The maximum bonus opportunity will be payable only for achieving stretch levels of 
performance. Payment of any bonus will be subject to an overall consideration of the underlying financial performance, including, in 
the case of the revenue measure, the Remuneration Committee’s assessment of the quality of the revenue. Details of the targets and 
performance against them will be published in our 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

·  85  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ Remuneration report continued

Performance Share Plan (PSP) 

As described in the statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman on page 71, it is our intention to grant PSP awards 
for 2019 at the level of 125% of salary. The vesting of the awards will be subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions 
measured over financial years 2019, 2020 and 2021 based on EPS growth (as regards 50% of each award) and cash conversion (as 
regards 50% of each award), as set out below. Each award will be subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period as for the 2018 
awards (as described on page 75):

Vesting

0%

25%

Compound annual growth in EPS1 
over the performance period

Three year average cash conversion2 
over the performance period

Less than 6%

6%

Less than 75%

75%

Pro-rata between 25% and 100%

Between 6% and 12%

Between 75% and 90%

100%

12% or more

90% or more

1.   For these purposes, EPS will be defined as fully diluted earnings per share as disclosed in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, subject to such adjustments as the Committee 

shall determine from time to time 

2.  For these purposes, cash conversion will be calculated as Adjusted free cashflow / Adjusted EBITDA (see note 7)

Fees for the Chairman and NEDs

Any proposed increase in fees for the Chairman and NEDs will be discussed and agreed at the same time as the Executive Directors 
and wider workforce reviews and will be implemented from January 2019 and will be reported within the 2019 ARA. 

Shareholding vote at the AGM 

The Company’s current Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved at the 2017 AGM. 

The voting outcome in relation to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 2017 Annual Report on Remuneration were as follows:

Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 2017 AGM

128,658,271 (79.66%)

32,841,810 (20.34%)

2017 Annual Report on Remuneration at the 2018 AGM

144,894,332 (99.89%)

157,597 (0.11%)

–

40,671

Votes for 

Votes against 

Votes withheld 

Approved and signed on behalf of the Board.

John Nicolson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

5 December 2018

·  86  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Directors’ report

The Corporate Governance report on pages 56 to 86 forms part of the Directors’ report. The Directors’ report, prepared in 
accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Listing Authority’s Rules, and the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules, comprises pages 87 to 90.

Directors 

The Directors in office at the date of this report are shown on pages 56 to 57. All served throughout the year under review, with  
the exception of Kate Allum who was appointed as a Director on 1 November 2018. 

Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares 

The interests of the Directors of the Company at 30 September 2018, and their connected persons, in the issued shares of the 
Company disclosed in accordance with the FCA’s Listing Rules, are given in the Remuneration Report on page 83. The Remuneration 
Report also sets out details of any changes in those interests between the year-end and 5 December 2018.

Powers of Directors 

Our Directors’ powers are determined by UK legislation and the Company’s Articles of Association (the Articles), which are available 
on our website www.stockspirits.com. The Articles may be amended by a special resolution of the members. The Directors may 
exercise all of the Company’s powers, provided that the Articles or applicable legislation, do not stipulate that any such powers must 
be exercised by the members. 

Further details of Directors’ contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the Company at 30 September 2018 are 
given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 86. 

Indemnification of Directors and insurance 

The indemnification for Directors provided by the Company has been arranged in accordance with the Company’s Articles and 
the Companies Act 2006. As far as is permitted by legislation, all officers of the Company are indemnified out of the Company’s 
own funds against any liability incurred while conducting their role in the Company, unless such liability is to the Company or an 
associated company. The Company has appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover in place in respect of any legal 
action against, among others, its Executives and NEDs. 

Appointment and replacement of Directors 

The rules about the appointment and replacement of Directors are contained in the Company’s Articles. They provide that Directors 
may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the members, or by a resolution of the Directors. In addition to the powers to remove a 
Director conferred by legislation, the Company may also remove a Director by special resolution. 

Compensation for loss of office 

We do not have arrangements with any Director that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment resulting from a 
takeover, except that provisions of the Company’s share plans may cause options and awards granted under such plans to vest on a 
takeover. Further information is provided on page 78.

Political donations 

There were no political donations during the period (2017: nil). 

Share capital and control 

Details of our issued share capital as at 30 September 2018 can be found in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements on 
page 147. The Company’s share capital comprises 200,000,000 ordinary shares, which are listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
There were no changes to the share capital during the year. 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends (when declared), copies of the Company’s ARA, attend and speak at 
general meetings of the Company, appoint proxies and exercise voting rights. 

·  87  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ report continued

Other than the compliance with the Company Dealing Rules for persons discharging managerial responsibilities and permanent 
insiders, there are no restrictions on the transfer, or limitations on the holding, of ordinary shares and no requirements to obtain 
approval prior to any transfers. No ordinary shares carry any special rights with regard to control of the Company, and there are  
no restrictions on voting rights. Major shareholders have the same voting rights per share as all other shareholders. 

There are no known arrangements under which financial rights are held by a person other than the holder of the shares, and no 
known agreements on restrictions on share transfers or on voting rights. 

Shares acquired through our share schemes and plans rank equally with the other shares in issue and have no special rights.

Particulars of acquisitions of own shares 

At the Company’s 2018 AGM, shareholders granted the Company authority to make market purchases of up to 20,000,000 ordinary 
shares of £0.10 each, representing 10% of the issued-share capital. At the Company’s forthcoming AGM, Directors will be seeking 
approval from shareholders to authorise the Company to purchase up to 10% of its existing ordinary share capital. This authority, 
if approved, will expire on 29 February 2020 or at the Company’s 2020 AGM, whichever is earlier; however, it is intended that this 
authority be renewed each year. For more information on this resolution, refer to the notice of AGM and explanatory notes, which 
are being sent separately to shareholders entitled to vote at the AGM. 

Substantial share interests 

In accordance with FCA Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5.1.2, the Directors are aware of the following substantial interests in the 
shares of Stock Spirits Group PLC:

Substantial interests (above 3%)

Western Gate Private Investments

BlackRock Inc

M&G Investment Management Ltd

J O Hambro Capital Management

Heronbridge Investment Management

Columbia Threadneedle Investments

Majedie Asset Management

Franklin Resources Inc 

Capital Group Companies Inc

Aberdeen Asset Managers Limited

Princeton Holdings Ltd

As at 5 December 2018

As at 30 September 2018

Shares

% 

Shares

% 

20,000,148 

10.00%

20,000,148 

10.00%

19,438,509

18,480,199

12,061,173

11,275,892

9,983,926

8,828,578

7,997,958

6,404,674

6,178,418

6,168,768

9.72%

9.24%

6.03%

5.64%

4.99%

4.41%

4.00%

3.20%

3.09%

3.08%

18,195,344

18,723,575

11,781,119

8,796,872

9,987,587

8,828,578

8,735,223

6,404,674

6,427,210

6,168,768

9.09%

9.36%

5.89%

4.40%

4.99%

4.41%

4.37%

3.20%

3.21%

3.08%

Western Gate Private Investments Limited, of which the ultimate beneficial owner is Mr Luis Manauel Conceicao Do Amaral, holds 
10.00% of the shares of the Company. Mr Luis Manauel Conceicao Do Amaral also holds 44.04% of the shares of Eurocash SA. 
Eurocash is one of the Group’s major customers in Poland.

There have been no other changes notified between 30 September 2018 and the date of this report.

·  88  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Financial risk management 

The Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies, including its use of financial instruments, are set out in note 30  
to the Group’s consolidated financial statements on pages 149 to 154. 

Post-balance sheet events 

Further correspondence was received from the Polish tax authorities in relation to its inquiry covering the 2013 tax return of the 
Group’s Polish subsidiary. Refer to note 13 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements for further details.

Future business developments 

Further details on these are set out in the Strategic Review on pages 1 to 54. 

Research and development 

The Company does not undertake any material research and development activities.

The existence of branches outside the UK 

The Group’s activities in overseas jurisdictions are carried out through subsidiary companies. The Company does not have any 
branches outside the UK. 

Significant agreements 

The Group is a party to the following significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate on a change of control of the 
Company following a takeover bid: Amended and restated Facilities agreement dated 21 July 2017 for a €200,000,000 revolving 
facility agreement with a banking club consisting of five banks including HSBC, who also act as the Agent. The loans bear variable 
rates of interest which are linked to the inter-bank offer rates of the drawers; WIBOR, PRIBOR or EURIBOR as appropriate. Each 
of the loans have a variable margin element to the interest charge. The margin is linked to a ratchet mechanism where the margin 
decreases as the Group’s leverage covenant decreases.

Agreement with Quintessential Brands Group in relation to the acquisition in July 2017 of a 25% equity interest in Quintessential 
Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited (QBIWL). The shareholder not subject to the change of control, shall be entitled to purchase the 
other shareholder’s shares in QBIWL.

Dividend 

A dividend of 2.50 €cents per share was paid at the interims (see note 29 to the financial statements), and the Directors recommend 
a final dividend of 6.01 €cents to be paid on 1 March 2019 to shareholders on the share register at the close of business on 
8 February 2019. The shares will be quoted ex-dividend on 7 February 2019. The FX fixing date will be 8 February 2019.

Total dividends paid and proposed for the period amount to 8.51 €cents per share. 

Going concern 

The Directors have considered the Group’s debt-maturity and cashflow projections, and an analysis of projected debt covenant 
compliance. The Board is satisfied that the Group’s forecasts and projections, taking into account reasonable changes in trading 
performance, shows that the Group will continue in operation for a period of at least 12 months from the date of this report, and has 
neither the intention nor the need to liquidate or materially curtail the scale of its operations. For this reason the Group continues 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements. More information can be seen in note 2 to the consolidated 
financial statements. 

·  89  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationDirectors’ report continued

Statement on disclosure to auditors 

So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information, that would be needed by the Company’s auditors in 
connection with preparing their audit report (which appears on pages 92 to 99), of which the auditors are not aware; each Director, 
in accordance with Section 418(2) of the Companies Act 2006, has taken all reasonable steps that he or she ought to have taken as a 
Director to make him or her aware of any such information, and to ensure that the auditors are aware of such information. 

Auditors 

KPMG LLP is the statutory auditor of the Company, and resolutions for its reappointment and to authorise the Directors to agree 
the auditor’s remuneration will be submitted at the 2019 AGM. 

Requirements of the Listing Rules

The following table provides references to where the information required by Listing Rule 9.8.4R is disclosed:

Listing Rule requirement

Location

A statement of the amount of interest capitalised during the period under review, and details of any related tax relief

Not applicable

Publication of unaudited financial information, profit forecast and profit estimates

Details of any long-term incentive scheme established in the past year specifically to recruit or retain an  
individual Director

Details of any arrangements under which a Director has waived emoluments, or agreed to waive any  
future emoluments, from the Company

Details of any non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash

Not applicable

No such scheme

No such waivers

No such share allotments 

Details of any non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by any unlisted major subsidiary undertaking

No such share allotments

Details of parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary

Details of any contract of significance in which a Director is or was materially interested

No such participations

No such contracts

Details of any contract of significance between the Company (or one of its subsidiaries) and a controlling shareholder

No such contracts

Details of waiver of dividends by a shareholder

Board statement in respect of relationship agreement with the controlling shareholder

Not applicable

No such agreements

Approval of Directors’ report 

This Directors’ report was approved for and signed on behalf of the Board.

Mirek Stachowicz 
Chief Executive Officer 

Paul Bal 
Chief Financial Officer 

5 December 2018 

5 December 2018 

·  90  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law, they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law, 
and have elected to prepare the Parent Company financial statements on the same basis. 

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company, and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the 
Group and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

•  Select suitable accounting policies, and then apply them consistently

•  Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable

•  State whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU

•  Assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 

concern and 

•  Use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease 

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent Company’s 
transactions, and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent Company, and enable them 
to ensure its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the 
Group, and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Report that complies with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the Annual Report & Accounts (ARA)

We confirm that, to the best of our knowledge:

•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company, and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole and

•  The Strategic Report and Directors’ Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the 

position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

We consider the ARA, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy. 

By order of the Board. 

Mirek Stachowicz 
Chief Executive Officer 

Paul Bal 
Chief Financial Officer 

5 December 2018 

5 December 2018

·  91  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
Independent  
auditor’s report

to the members of Stock Spirits Group PLC

1.  Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Stock Spirits 
Group Plc (“the Company”) for the period ended 30 
September 2018 which comprise the consolidated income 
statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, consolidated and company statement of financial 
position, consolidated and company statement of changes 
in equity, consolidated and company statement of 
cashflows, and the related notes, including the accounting 
policies in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements 
and note 2 to the parent Company financial statements. 

In our opinion: 
– 

 the financial statements give a true and fair view of 
the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s 
affairs as at 30 September 2018 and of the Group’s 
profit for the period then ended; 

– 

– 

– 

 the Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European 
Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU); 

 the Parent Company financial statements have 
been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

 the financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities are described below. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient 
and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is 
consistent with our report to the Audit Committee. 

We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders 
on 19 May 2015. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is for the four financial periods ended 
30 September 2018. We have fulfilled our ethical 
responsibilities under, and we remain independent of 
the Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements 
including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
public interest entities. No non-audit services prohibited by 
that standard were provided.

Overview

Materiality:  
group financial 
statements  
as a whole

Coverage

€1m (2017:€1.6m)

3.8% (2017: 3.8%) of 
normalised profit before tax

98% (2017:98%) of  

group profit before tax

Risks of material misstatement

vs 2017

Recurring  
risks

Goodwill and intangible  
asset impairment

Tax provisioning 

Revenue recognition 

Recoverability of Parent Company’s 
investment in subsidiary

·  92  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
2.  Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit 
significance, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to address those matters and, as 
required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results are 
based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 

Goodwill and brand 
intangible  
asset impairment 

€302 million;  
2017: €302 million.

Refer to page 67 (Audit 
Committee report), page 118 
(accounting policy) and page 
137 (financial disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Forecast-based valuation

Our procedures included:

The appropriateness of the carrying 
value of goodwill and brand 
intangible assets is dependent on 
achieving sufficient levels of future 
cashflows. The assets are spread 
across a range of markets and 
consequently forecasting cashflows 
used in impairment testing is more 
complex, requiring assumptions to 
be made relating to differing 
economic environments. Estimating 
the recoverable amount is subjective 
due to the inherent uncertainty 
involved in forecasting and 
discounting future cashflows.

The risk is focused on the Czech 
and Italy Cash-Generating Units 
(CGUs) for which the level of 
headroom is the most sensitive.  
An impairment was recorded in the 
prior period against the carrying 
value of Italy goodwill.

– 

– 

– 

– 

 Assessing forecasts: based on our knowledge of the 
business and industry, for each CGU we challenged the 
forecast revenue growth and profit margin assumptions 
with reference to past performance, future plans (for 
example, brand positioning, pricing actions and 
promotional expenditure), and external market data.

 Benchmarking assumptions: for each CGU we 
involved our own valuation specialists to assess the 
discount rates used by the Group, including comparing 
the key inputs, such as risk free rates, size premium, 
country premium and inflation, to externally derived data. 
For the Czech and Italian CGUs, our valuation specialists 
also assessed the long-term growth rate and the 
valuation methodology used.

 Sensitivity analysis: we considered the level of 
headroom and performed breakeven analysis on key 
assumptions, including discount rate and projected 
cashflows.

 Assessing transparency: we considered whether the 
Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome 
of the impairment assessment to changes in key 
assumptions reflected the risks inherent in the valuation 
of goodwill and brand intangible assets.

Our results  

– 

 We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable 
amount of goodwill and brand intangible assets to be 
acceptable. (2017 result: acceptable). 

·  93  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

2.  Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued

The risk

Our response

Tax provisioning 

Dispute outcome 

Our procedures included: 

€8.0 million;  
2017: €7.5 million.

Refer to page 67 (Audit 
Committee report), page 124 
(accounting policy) and page 
130 (financial disclosures).

The Directors are required to make 
judgements and estimates in 
determining the liabilities to be 
recognised with regard to the 
various taxation exposures. 

The Group has a number of 
outstanding tax assessments. The 
tax risks for the Group include 
transfer pricing amounts charged not 
being considered deductible by local 
authorities for corporation tax.

– 

– 

– 

 Own tax expertise: we used our own international tax 
specialists in foreign jurisdictions to assess the Group’s 
tax positions, through inquiry of management and their 
external tax advisers with regard to latest status with the 
relevant tax authorities. We obtained management’s 
written correspondence with the Group’s tax advisers 
containing their explanations of material tax exposures and 
any related litigation. We analysed and challenged the 
assumptions used to determine tax provisions based on 
our knowledge and experiences of the application of the 
international and local legislation by the relevant 
authorities and courts.

 Our sector experience: we assessed the Group’s 
transfer pricing documentation and policy with reference 
to the latest market practices in this area.

 Assessing transparency: we assessed the 
appropriateness of the disclosures in the financial 
statements in respect of tax and uncertain tax positions.

Our results  

– 

 We found the level of tax provisioning to be acceptable 
(2017 result: acceptable). 

·  94  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 2.  Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued

The risk

Our response

Revenue Recognition1

Omitted arrangements

Our procedures included: 

€194 million, of which €19 
million is subject to 
estimation; 

2017: €270 million – restated 
for IFRS 15, of which €15 
million was subject to 
estimation.

Refer to page 66 (Audit 
Committee report), page 114 
(accounting policy) and page 
125 (financial disclosures).

Recoverability of parent 
company’s investment 
in subsidiary 

£256 million;  
2017: £256 million.

Refer to page 67 (Audit 
Committee report), page 
166 (accounting policy) and 
page 167 (financial 
disclosures).

Revenue is measured net of 
discounts, incentives and rebates 
earned by multiple customers on 
the Group’s sales within this 
customer group.

Due to the large number of 
customers and the geographic 
spread there is a risk that not all 
sales incentive arrangements have 
been captured and reflected in the 
financial statements, either through 
fraud or error.

Subjective estimate 

Not all sales incentives are 
confirmed by customers at 30 
September. Within a number of the 
Group’s markets, the estimation of 
retrospective rebates and certain 
other incentive arrangements 
recognised is material. 

There is a risk of revenue being 
misstated as a result of erroneous 
or fraudulent estimations over such 
arrangements. This is an area of 
judgement with varying 
complexity, depending on nature of 
arrangement.

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 Test of details: we have assessed the completeness of 
accruals for sales incentives by agreeing a sample of post 
year-end cash disbursements, invoices received and credit 
notes issued to amounts recorded by the Group at the 
year-end to obtain evidence that sales incentives were 
recorded in the income statement in the correct period.

 Reperformance: in addition to quantitatively significant 
contracts, we selected a random additional sample of 
other customer contracts, understood the key terms and 
recalculated rebates based on those terms.

 Historical comparison: we assessed the reasonableness 
of the Group’s accruals, including estimates, by 
considering the historical accuracy of prior period accruals 
for sales incentives. This included assessing the prior 
period accruals against payments made, invoices received 
and credit notes issued in 2018.

 Expectation vs outcome: we performed a comparison 
of amounts deducted from sales as a proportion of gross 
sales throughout the year and across regions and 
customers to identify any unusual trends. We assessed 
whether these indicated further risk of revenue being 
inappropriately recognised in the current year.

 Our sector experience: we assessed whether the Group’s 
assumptions used to estimate rebate accruals reflect our 
knowledge of the business and industry, including known 
or probable trends in the business environment.

 Extended scope: we critically assessed manual journals 
posted to revenue to identify unusual or irregular items, 
and where relevant agreed these to supporting 
documentation.

Our results  

– 

 We found the Group’s assessment of revenue 
recognition to be acceptable (2017 result: acceptable). 

Low risk, high value

Our procedures included: 

The carrying amount of the parent 
company’s investment in its 
subsidiary represents 94% (2017: 
94%) of the company’s total assets. 
The recoverability is not at a high risk 
of significant misstatement or 
subject to significant judgement. 
However, due to its materiality in the 
context of the parent Company 
financial statements, this is 
considered to be the area that had 
the greatest effect on our overall 
parent Company audit.

– 

– 

 Comparing valuations: we have compared the carrying 
amount of the investment to the Group’s market 
capitalisation to assess whether there are any indicators of 
the investment’s impairment. 

 Test of detail: we have compared the carrying amount of 
the investment to the value-in-use of the Group’s assets, 
being an indication of its recoverable amount to assess 
whether there are any indicators of the investment’s 
impairment. Value-in-use of the Group’s assets was 
audited as part of the Group’s audit as disclosed in the 
goodwill impairment key audit matter above. 

Our results  

– 

 We found the Group’s assessment of the recoverability of 
the investment in subsidiary to be acceptable (2017 result: 
acceptable). 

1.	

	We	continue	to	perform	procedures	over	the	risk	that	revenue	recognised	around	the	period	end	is	included	in	the	wrong	accounting	period.	 

However,	following	the	change	in	year-end	to	September	2018,	we	have	not	assessed	this	as	one	of	the	most	significant	risks	in	our	current	year	 

·  95  ·

audit	and,	therefore,	it	is	not	separately	identified	in	our	report	this	year.

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationNormalised Profit  
Before Tax
€26.5m (2017: €42.2m)

Group Materiality
€1m (2017: €1.6m)

€1m
Whole financial statements 
materiality (2017: €1.6m)

€0.7m
Range of materiality at  
7 components (€0.2m–€0.7m) 
(2017: €0.3m–€1.1m)

Profit before tax

Group materiality

€50,000
Misstatements reported  
to the audit committee  
(2017: €80,000)

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

97%

(2017: 97%)

98%

(2017: 98%)

Group total assets

98%

(2017: 98%)

Full scope for Group audit  
purposes 2018

Full scope for Group audit  
purposes 2017

Residual components

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

3. 

 Our application of materiality and an overview  
of the scope of our audit 

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole 
was set at €1 million (2017: €1.6 million), determined 
with reference to a benchmark of group profit before tax, 
normalised to exclude exceptional expenses as disclosed in 
note 8, of which it represents 3.8% (2017: 3.8%).

Materiality for the parent Company financial statements 
as a whole was set at £0.2 million (2016: £0.3 million) by 
reference to component materiality. This is lower than 
the materiality we would otherwise have determined by 
reference to assets, and represents 0.1% of the Company’s 
total assets (2017: 0.1%).

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected 
or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding 
€50,000, in addition to other identified misstatements  
that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the Group’s 15 (2017: 16) reporting components, we 
subjected 7 (2017: 7) to full scope audits for Group purposes.

The components within the scope of our work accounted 
for the percentages illustrated opposite.

The remaining 3% (2017: 3%) of total Group revenue, 2% 
(2017: 2%) of group profit before tax and 2% (2017: 2%) of 
total Group assets is represented by 8 (2017: 9) reporting 
components, none of which individually represented more 
than 1% (2017: 1%) of any of total Group revenue, Group 
profit before tax or total Group assets. For these residual 
components, we performed analysis at an aggregated 
Group level to re-examine our assessment that there were 
no significant risks of material misstatement within these.

The Group team instructed component auditors as 
to the significant areas to be covered, including the 
relevant risks detailed above and the information to be 
reported back. The Group team approved the component 
materialities, which ranged from €0.2 million to €0.7 
million, having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of 
the Group across the components. The work on 5 of the 7 
components (2017: 5 of the 7 components) was performed 
by component auditors and the rest, including the audit of 
the Parent Company, were performed by the Group team.

The Group audit team visited 4 (2017: 4) component 
locations in Poland (1), Czech Republic (2) and Italy (1), 
to assess the audit risk and strategy and review work 
performed. Telephone and video conference meetings 
were also held with these component auditors and 
others that were not physically visited. At these visits 
and meetings, the findings reported to the Group audit 
team were discussed in more detail, and any further work 
required by the Group team was then performed by the 
component auditor.

·  96  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 4.  We have nothing to report on going concern 

We are required to report to you if:

– 

 we have anything material to add or draw attention to 
in relation to the directors’ statement in note 2 to the 
financial statements on the use of the going concern 
basis of accounting with no material uncertainties 
that may cast significant doubt over the Group and 
Company’s use of that basis for a period of at least 
12 months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements; or 

 Disclosures of principal risks and  
longer-term viability 
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial 
statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review 
the viability statement. We have nothing to report in 
this respect. 

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to report to you if: 

– 

 the related statement under the Listing Rules set  
out on page 90 is materially inconsistent with our 
audit knowledge. 

– 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

5. 

 We have nothing to report on the other 
information in the Annual Report

The directors are responsible for the other information 
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial 
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do 
not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated 
below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial 
statements audit work, the information therein is 
materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that 
work we have not identified material misstatements in the 
other information.

Strategic report and Directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

– 

– 

– 

 we have not identified material misstatements in the 
Strategic report and the Directors’ report; 

 in our opinion the information given in those reports 
for the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements; and 

 in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report 
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. 

 we have identified material inconsistencies between 
the knowledge we acquired during our financial 
statements audit and the Directors’ statement that 
they consider that the annual report and financial 
statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or 

– 

 the section of the Annual Report describing the work 
of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 
matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We are required to report to you if the Corporate 
Governance Statement does not properly disclose a 
departure from the eleven provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for 
our review. 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

·  97  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on 
the financial statements from our sector experience 
and through discussion with the Directors and other 
management (as required by auditing standards).

We had regard to laws and regulations in areas that directly 
affect the financial statements including financial reporting 
(including related company legislation) and taxation 
legislation. We considered the extent of compliance with 
those laws and regulations as part of our procedures on 
the related financial statement items. 

In addition we considered the impact of laws and 
regulations in the specific area of excise duty, recognising 
the nature of the Group’s activities. With the exception of 
any known or possible non-compliance, and as required 
by auditing standards, our work in respect of these was 
limited to enquiry of the Directors and other management 
and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence. 
We considered the effect of any known or possible non-
compliance in these areas as part of our procedures on the 
related financial statements items. Further detail in respect 
of taxation is set out in the key audit matter disclosures in 
section 2 of this report.

We communicated identified laws and regulations 
throughout our team and remained alert to any indications 
of non-compliance throughout the audit. This included 
requesting our component audit teams to report on any 
indications of potential existence of non-compliance 
with relevant laws and regulations (irregularities) in areas 
directly identified by the component team.

As with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of non-compliance with relevant laws and 
regulations (irregularities), as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls.  

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

6. 

 We have nothing to report on the other matters 
on which we are required to report by exception

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion: 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 adequate accounting records have not been kept by 
the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit 
have not been received from branches not visited by 
us; or 

 the parent Company financial statements and the part 
of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or 

 certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made; or 

 we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7.  Respective responsibilities 

Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 
91, the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of 
the financial statements including being satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view; such internal control as 
they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing 
the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern; and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group 
or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
other irregularities (see below), or error, and to issue our 
opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is 
a high-level of assurance, but does not guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud, other irregularities 
or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the 
financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

·		98		·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
8. 

 The purpose of our audit work and to whom we 
owe our responsibilities 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 
Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for 
this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Simon Haydn-Jones
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Chartered Accountants  
Reading 

5 December 2018

·  99  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
Proforma consolidated income statement (unaudited)
for the year ended 30 September 2018

The proforma consolidated income statement has been provided as additional information to the 9 month statutory reported 
requirements to illustrate the performance of the business on an annualised basis given the importance of the fourth calendar 
quarter. This information is unaudited and does not form part of the audited annual financial statements. 

Selected income statement information has been extracted from the Group’s management accounts for the two comparative years. 
Further notes to show the segmental analysis and certain assumptions used to calculate the proforma income statement are outlined 
on pages 50 to 53.

Statutory 
reported
 9 mth 
Sept 2018

Notes

Add: 
 Oct-Dec 
2017

Proforma
 12 mth 
Sept 2018

193,766

88,631

282,397

(100,374)

(43,860)

(144,234)

93,392

(42,541)

(21,968)

(501)

(166)

44,771

138,163

(15,190)

(8,101)

(810)

(220)

(57,731)

(30,069)

(1,311)

(386)

 28,216 

 20,450 

 48,666 

– 

– 

–

 28,216 

 20,450 

 48,666 

249

(1,938)

42

(1,458)

 26,527 

 19,034 

(7,244)

19,283

(5,087)

13,947

291

(3,396)

 45,561 

(12,331)

33,230

19,283

13,947

33,230

9.71

9.66

16.72

16.65

 3 

 2 

 4

 7 

2018

€000s

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling expenses

Other operating expenses

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit

Exceptional expenses

Operating profit after exceptional expenses

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the period

Attributable to:

Equity holders of parent

Earnings per share (€cents) attributable to equity holders of the Parent

Basic

Diluted

·  48  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
2017

€000s

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling expenses

Other operating expenses

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit

Exceptional expenses

Operating profit after exceptional expenses

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Exceptional tax expense

Profit for the period

Attributable to:

Equity holders of parent

Earnings per share (€cents) attributable to equity 
holders of the Parent

Basic

Diluted

 3 

 2 

4

2

7

Pf

Statutory 
reported  
12 mth 
Dec 2017

12 mth 
Dec 2017 
(excluding 
exceptionals)

Notes

Less:  
Oct-Dec 
2017

Add:  
Oct-Dec 
2016

Proforma 
12 mth 
Sept 2017

269,837

269,837

(88,631)

78,583

259,789

(137,394)

(137,394)

43,860

(43,407)

(136,941)

132,443

132,443

(44,771)

35,176

122,848

(56,044)

(56,044)

(29,629)

(29,629)

(1,658)

(331)

15,190

8,101

810

220

(14,048)

(3,589)

(207)

–

(54,902)

(25,117)

(1,055)

(111)

(1,658)

(331)

 44,781 

(14,900)

 29,881 

 681 

(3,253)

 27,309 

(11,280)

(4,700)

11,329

 44,781 

(20,450)

17,332

 41,663 

–

–

–

–

 44,781 

(20,450)

17,332

 41,663 

 681 

(3,253)

 42,209 

(11,280)

–

 (42) 

1,458

112

(614)

751

(2,409)

(19,034)

16,830

 40,005 

5,087

–

(4,612)

(10,805)

–

–

30,929

(13,947)

12,218

29,200

11,329

30,929

(13,947)

12,218

29,200

5.72

5.68

15.61

15.51

14.74

14.64

·  49  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the proforma consolidated income statement (unaudited)
for the year ended 30 September 2018

The following notes provide detail on further assumptions applied in deriving the financial information presented in the proforma 
consolidated income statement:

1. Accounting policies and critical areas of judgement: The accounting policies of the Group, as outlined on pages 108 to 123, are 
applied to the statutory period as presented within the financial statements and accompanying notes. The financial information 
provided for the proforma 12 month period has been derived from this information by extracting selected information from the 
Group’s quarterly consolidated management accounts for the quarters ended December 2016 and December 2017. 

Revenue: proforma revenue has been extracted from source accounting records without adjustment. A certain degree of estimation 
is applied in determining volume rebate deductions from revenue. These estimates are revised each month such that no further 
adjustment to revenue is necessary for the purposes of the proforma revenue. Revenue rebate adjustments were reviewed, to the 
extent significant, at both the December 2017 and December 2016 year-ends and no further adjustment to revenue was necessary 
for the purposes of proforma revenue figures.

In the context of the Group’s critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty, described in note 4 to the 
financial statements, the following considerations were made:

a.  Taxation: a thorough review of tax risks and exposures has been carried out in June and December of each reporting period, and 
again as at September 2018. A review of significant judgments and estimates made in the quarterly periods ended December 
2016 and December 2017 was undertaken to identify any that would have had a significant impact on September balances. No 
adjustments were determined to be necessary to the methodology applied as per note 4 below.

b.  Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets: annual impairment reviews were performed as at 31 December of 
each reporting period prior to current statutory period, and then as at 30 September 2018. The impairment charge recorded 
against goodwill in the year to 31 December 2017 has been excluded from the proforma financial information as it was 
classified as an exceptional expense. Given that the annual impairment review required under IAS 36 was performed in each of 
the proforma periods, and no indicators of impairment were identified in either of the last three reporting periods, no further 
assumptions were made regarding impairment for the derivation of the proforma financial information. 

There are a number of other estimates and judgements made on a routine basis that are not considered significant for the financial 
statements taken as a whole. No adjustments have been made to September 2016 and September 2017 balances to reflect these.

2. Exceptional expenses: in the year to 31 December 2017, two exceptional non-recurring items (see page 127) were expensed.  
As they are non-recurring in nature, they have been excluded in the proforma income statement to illustrate underlying  
comparative performance.

3. Share of loss of equity-accounted investee: on 17 July 2017, as per the note on page 142, Stock invested in a 25% shareholding 
of Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited (QBIWL). Information has been gathered from the management accounts of 
QBIWL for the year to date September 2017 since acquisition to provide information for the proforma year September 2017. No 
indicators of impairment were identified during the period since acquisition, and therefore the balances recognised in the proforma 
periods represented only the share of loss for the relevant period. No adjustments were recorded to the fair value of contingent 
consideration during the period since investment.

4. Taxation: as the effective tax rates for the Group do not materially change year-on-year, for the period of October to December 
2017, the effective tax rate (excluding exceptional tax expenses) has been assumed to be the same as for the reported rate for the 
year to December 2017, 26.7%. For the period of October to December 2016, the effective tax rate for the year to December 2016 
has been assumed, 27.4%.

·  50  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 5. Adjusted EBITDA and Free cashflow: The Group defines adjusted EBITDA as operating profit before depreciation and 
amortisation, exceptional items and the share of results of equity-accounted investees. A reconciliation from profit before tax  
per the proforma consolidated income statement to adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

2018 €000s

Operating profit

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Depreciation and amortisation

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

2017 €000s

Operating profit

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Depreciation, amortisation and exceptionals

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Statutory 
reported  
12 mth 
Dec 2017

12 mth 
Dec 2017 
(excluding 
exceptionals)

29,881

331

26,112

56,324

20.5%

44,781

331

11,212

56,324

20.9%

Statutory 
reported 
 9 mth 
Sept 2018

28,216

166

7,466

35,848

18.5%

Less:  
Oct-Dec 
2017

(20,450)

(220)

(2,845)

(23,515)

26.5%

Add:  
Oct–Dec 
2017

Proforma 
12 mth  
Sept 2018

20,450

220

2,845

23,515

26.5%

Add:  
Oct-Dec 
2016

17,332

–

3,103

20,435

26.0%

48,666

386

10,311

59,363

21.0%

Proforma  
12 mth
Sept 2017

41,663

111

11,470

53,244

20.5%

The Group defines free cashflow as cash generated from operating activities (excluding income tax paid), plus the proceeds from 
the sale of property, plant and equipment and proceeds from the disposal of intangible assets less cash used for the acquisition of 
property, plant or equipment and for the acquisition of intangible assets. Adjusted free cashflow conversion is free cashflow as a 
percentage of Adjusted EBITDA.

2018 €000s

Cash generated from operations

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment

Payments to acquire intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Free cashflow

Free cashflow conversion

2017 €000s

Cash generated from operations

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment

Payments to acquire intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Free cashflow

Free cashflow conversion

Statutory 
reported 
 12 mth 
Dec 2017

12 mth 
Dec 2017 
(excluding 
exceptionals)

53,619

(3,710)

(1,376)

98

48,631

86.3%

53,619

(3,710)

(1,376)

98

48,631

86.3%

Statutory 
reported 
 9 mth 
Sept 2018

51,394

(2,449)

(1,075)

33

47,903

133.6%

Less:  
Oct-Dec 
 2017

(10,552)

3,385

756

–

(6,411)

27.3%

Add: 
 Oct-Dec 
2017

Proforma  
12 mth 
Sept 2018

10,552

(3,385)

(756)

–

6,411

27.3%

61,946

(5,834)

(1,831)

33

54,314

91.5%

Add:  
Oct-Dec  
2016

Proforma 
12 mth
Sept 2017

18,944

(2,783)

(5,595)

(28)

10,538

51.6%

62,011

(3,108)

(6,215)

70

52,758

99.1%

·  51  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationNotes to the proforma consolidated income statement (unaudited) continued

for the year ended 30 September 2018

6. Segmental analysis

2018

External revenue – 9 months reported

Add: Oct-Dec 2017

Poland
€000

105,648

46,936

External revenue – proforma 12 months

152,584

Adjusted EBITDA – 9 months reported

Add: Oct-Dec 2017

Adjusted EBITDA – proforma 12 months

2017

External revenue – restated reported

Less: Oct-Dec 2017

Add: Oct-Dec 2016

External revenue – proforma 12 months

Adjusted EBITDA – restated reported

Less: Oct-Dec 2017

Add: Oct-Dec 2016

Adjusted EBITDA – proforma 12 months

27,477

12,894

40,371

Poland
€000

147,496

(46,936)

40,600

141,160

37,738

(12,894)

10,045

34,889

Czech  
Republic
€000

49,220

23,961

73,181

13,601

8,007

21,608

Czech  
Republic
€000

67,712

(23,961)

20,818

64,569

21,818

(8,007)

6,824

20,635

Italy
€000

17,592

8,165

25,757

1,739

2,662

4,401

Italy
€000

26,224

(8,165)

7,901

25,960

6,317

(2,662)

2,351

6,006

Other 
Operational
€000

Corporate
€000

21,306

9,569

30,875

2,846

2,856

5,702

–

–

–

(9,815)

(2,904)

(12,719)

Other 
Operational
€000

Corporate
€000

28,405

(9,569)

9,264

28,100

4,899

(2,856)

2,553

4,596

–

–

–

–

(14,448)

2,904

(1,338)

(12,882)

Total
€000

193,766

88,631

282,397

35,848

23,515

59,363

Total
€000

269,837

(88,631)

78,583

259,789

56,324

(23,515)

20,435

53,244

·  52  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 7. Earnings per share: The proforma earnings per share has been calculated for the basic and diluted measures using the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue as follows: 

a.  Proforma year to September 2018: as per the 9 month period ending on the same date and as per note 14 of the financial 

statements, as there were no material share schemes vesting or purchased into the employee benefit trust in the last quarter of 
2017, nor did options outstanding materially differ over that period; 

b.  Proforma year to September 2017: the weighted average number of shares as per December 2017 as there were no material 
share schemes vesting or purchased into the employee benefit trust in the last quarter of 2017 or 2016, nor did options 
outstanding materially differ over that period.

2018

Basic earnings per share

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic earnings per share (000)

Basic earnings per share (€cents)

Diluted earnings per share

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution (000)

Diluted earnings per share (€cents)

Statutory reported  
9 mth Sept 2018

Proforma  
12 mth Sept 2018

19,283

 198,690

 9.71 

19,283

 199,606 

 9.66 

33,230

 198,690 

 16.72 

33,230

199,606 

 16.65

2017

Basic earnings per share

Statutory reported  
12 mth Dec 2017

12 mth Dec 
2017 (excluding 
exceptionals)

Proforma  
12 mth Sept 2017

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

11,329

30,929

29,200

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic 
earnings per share (000)

Basic earnings per share (€cents)

Diluted earnings per share

 198,104 

 5.72 

198,104 

 15.61 

198,104 

 14.74 

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

11,329

30,929

29,200

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary shares adjusted for the 
effect of dilution (000)

Diluted earnings per share (€cents)

 199,467 

 5.68 

 199,467

 15.51 

199,467

 14.64

8. Net debt and leverage: Net debt is defined as the net of balances reported as cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings 
and finance leases. Refer to note 30 in the financial statements for a calculation of net debt as at 30 September 2018. 

Leverage, being net debt divided by 12 months adjusted EBITDA, is an important measure for the efficient capital structure of 
the Group at a point in time, to support organic and inorganic growth. This is also an important measure for both our banks and 
shareholders. Leverage at 30 September 2018 has therefore been calculated using the net debt value (€31,583,000) divided by 
proforma adjusted EBITDA 2018 (€59,363,000) = 0.53.

As leverage has been reported as at 31 December 2017 (0.94, see note 30 in the financial statements), there is felt to be no need for 
a comparative calculation as at 30 September 2017.

·  53  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Prestige 
A premium luxury vodka 
launched in Poland in 2009 –  
the result of combining 
130 years of experience in 
production of top quality 
spirits with the most recent 
technological advancements.

·  100  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
Financial 
Statements

102

103

104

106

107

108

162

163

164

165

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of  
financial position

Consolidated statement of changes  
in equity

Consolidated statement of cashflows

Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements

Company statement of financial position

Company statement of cashflows

Company statement of changes  
in equity

Notes to the Parent Company  
financial statements

·  101  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationConsolidated income statement
for the period ended 30 September 2018

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling expenses

Other operating expenses 

Impairment loss on trade and other receivables

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Operating profit before exceptional expense

Exceptional expense

Operating profit 

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Exceptional tax expense 

Profit for the period

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Earnings per share, (€cents) attributable to equity holders of the Parent

Basic

Diluted

Notes

 5

22

8

9

9

13

8, 13

9 months to  
30 September 2018

 €000

193,766

(100,374)

93,392

(42,541)

(21,968)

(501)

(166)

28,216

–

28,216

249

(1,938)

26,527

(7,244)

–

19,283

Year to  
31 December 2017 
Restated¹ 
€000

269,837

(137,394)

132,443

(56,044)

(29,629)

(1,658)

(331)

44,781

(14,900)

29,881

681

(3,253)

27,309

(11,280)

(4,700)

11,329

19,283

11,329

14

14

9.71

9.66

5.72

5.68

   1.  The Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the full retrospective method, and therefore the requirements of IFRS 15 have been applied to each period 

presented in the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, revenue and selling expenses presented for 2017 have been restated. Refer to note 3 for 
further details

·  102  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the period ended 30 September 2018

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive (expense)/income:

Other comprehensive (expense)/income to be reclassified to profit or loss in  
subsequent periods:

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(expense) not to be reclassified to profit or loss in  
subsequent period:

Re-measurement gains/(losses) on employee severance indemnity

Total comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

9 months to  
30 September 2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 2017  
€000 

19,283

11,329

(1,914)

17,369

4

17,373

8,310

19,639

(5)

19,634

17,373

19,634

·  103  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationConsolidated statement of financial position
as at 30 September 2018

Notes

30 September 2018 
€000

31 December 2017 
€000

15

16

18

22

13

21

19

20

21

13

32

23

24

13

25

27

27

23

24

13

26

25

45,940

311,129

47,265

16,994

589

4,742

426,659

30,711

119,238

135

863

50,143

201,090

627,749

81,300

2,692

47,421

1,082

287

132,782

45,940

311,614

50,871

17,160

4,151

4,770

434,506

23,101

163,162

–

715

61,341

248,319

682,825

114,048

2,600

47,501

1,051

416

165,616

72,080

73,915

16

66

8,149

62,058

717

143,086

275,868

351,881

48

83

8,395

79,256

1,203

162,900

328,516

354,309

Non-current assets

Intangible assets – goodwill

Intangible assets – other

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in equity-accounted investee

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Income tax payable

Indirect tax payable 

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets 

·  104  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additi onal Informati on

Capital and reserves

Issued capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Consolidati on reserve

Own share reserve

Other reserve

Foreign currency translati on reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Total equity and liabiliti es

Notes

30 September 2018 
€000

31 December 2017 
€000

28

28

28

28

28

28, 34

28

23,625

–

99,033

5,130

(3,370)

11,406

13,915

202,142

351,881

627,749

23,625

183,541

99,033

5,130

(306)

11,277

15,829

16,180

354,309

682,825

Notes 1 to 37 are an integral part of the consolidated fi nancial statements.

The consolidated fi nancial statements of Stock Spirits Group PLC, registered number 08687223, on pages 102 to 161, were 
approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 5 December 2018 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mirek Stachowicz 

Paul Bal 

Chief Executi ve Offi  cer 

Chief Financial Offi  cer

5 December 2018 

5 December 2018

·  105  ·

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the period ended 30 September 2018

Issued 
capital 
€000

Share 
premium 
€000

Merger 
reserve 
€000

Consolidation 
reserve
 €000

Own 
share 
reserve 
€000

Other 
reserve 
€000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
€000

Retained 
earnings 
€000

Total 
equity 
€000

Balance at 1 January 2017

23,625  183,541

 99,033

 5,130

 (356)

 9,335

 7,519

 20,752  348,579

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income/(expense)

Total comprehensive income

Share-based compensation  
charge (note 34)

Dividends (note 29)

Own shares acquired for incentive 
schemes (note 28)

Own shares utilised for incentive 
schemes (note 28)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 (116)

 166

 –

 –

 –

 1,942

 –

 –

 –

 –

 11,329

 11,329

 8,310

 (5)

 8,305

 8,310

 11,324

 19,634

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 1,942

 (15,730)

 (15,730)

 –

 (116)

 (166)

 –

Balance at 31 December 2017

23,625  183,541

 99,033

 5,130

 (306)

 11,277

 15,829

 16,180  354,309

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income

Total comprehensive  
(expense)/income

Share-based compensation  
credit (note 34)

Dividends (note 29)

Own shares acquired for  
incentive schemes (note 28)

Own shares utilised for  
incentive schemes (note 28)

Cancellation of share premium    
(note 28)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

 –

–

– 

– 

– 

 –

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

(3,532) 

– 

468 

– 

– 

– 

 129

– 

– 

– 

– 

19,283 

19,283 

(1,914) 

4 

(1,910)

(1,914) 

19,287 

17,373

 –

–

– 

– 

– 

129

(16,398) 

(16,398) 

– 

(3,532)

(468) 

– 

 –

–  (183,541)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –  183,541

Balance at 30 September 2018

23,625

 –

 99,033

5,130 

 (3,370) 11,406

 13,915

202,142  351,881 

·  106  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
Consolidated statement of cashflows
for the period ended 30 September 2018

Operating activities

Profit for the period

Adjustments to reconcile profit for the period to net cashflows:

Income tax expense recognised in income statement

Interest expense and bank commissions

(Gain)/loss on disposal of tangible assets

Other financial income

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of goodwill

Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss

Share-based compensation

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

Working capital adjustments

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables and other assets

Increase in inventories

(Decrease)/increase in trade payables and other liabilities

Cash generated by operations

Income tax paid

Net cashflows from operating activities

Investing activities

Interest received

Payments to acquire intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of equity-accounted investee

Net cashflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Repayment of borrowings

Interest paid

Purchase of own shares 

Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent

Net cashflow from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the period

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

 9 months to  
30 September 2018 
€000

Year to  
31 December 2017
 €000

Notes

19,283

 11,329

 13

 9

 9

 18

 16

 8

 9

 34

 22

 13

 9

 16

 18

 22

 23

28 

 29

32

7,244

1,938

(19)

(93)

6,424

1,042

–

(156)

129

166

(455)

35,503

43,817

(7,610)

(20,316)

15,891

51,394

(4,458)

46,936

93

(1,075)

33

(2,449)

–

(3,398)

(32,015)

(1,773)

(3,532)

(16,398)

(53,718)

(10,180)

61,341

(1,018)

50,143

 15,980

 3,169

 538

 (681)

 9,894

 1,318

 14,900

 84

 1,942

 331

 775

 59,579

 (30,505)

 (1,443)

 25,988

 (5,960)

 53,619

 (6,959)

 46,660

 681

 (1,376)

 98

 (3,710)

 (15,000)

 (19,307)

 (20,128)

 (3,147)

 (116)

 (15,730)

 (39,121)

(11,768) 

 74,956

 (1,847)

 61,341

·  107  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
at 30 September 2018

1. Corporate information

These consolidated financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors of Stock Spirits Group 

PLC (the Company) on 5 December 2018.

Stock Spirits Group PLC is domiciled in England. The Company’s registered office is at Solar House, Mercury Park, Wooburn Green, 

Buckinghamshire, HP10 0HH, United Kingdom.

The Company, together with its subsidiaries (the Group), is involved in the production and distribution of branded spirits in Central 

and Eastern Europe.

2. Going concern

The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 

have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the 

financial statements. Thus they continue to adopt a going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

The financial position of the Group, its cashflows, liquidity position and borrowings facilities are described in the paragraphs below. 

In addition, note 30 to the financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, 

its financial risk management objectives, details of its financial instruments and hedging activities, and its exposure to credit risk 

and liquidity.

Details of the terms of each external loan facility are set out in note 23. The Group met its covenant requirements throughout the 

period ended 30 September 2018. 

The Group has positive adjusted free cashflow. The Group has a €200,000,000 revolving credit facility available to it. As at 30 

September 2018 €81,443,000 (2017: €114,191,000) was drawn, and a further €10,551,000 (2017: €14,250,000) was utilised for 

customs guarantees in Italy and Germany, thereby leaving access to funds of €108,006,000 (2017: €71,559,000) which could be 

drawn at short notice. See note 23 for further details.

The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group will be able 

to operate within the level of its current available facilities and maintain comfortable covenant headroom. The revolving credit facility 

is available as part of wider borrowing arrangements with the syndicate of banks and is not subject to annual renewal. Stock Polska 

Sp. z.o.o. also has a debt factoring facility of €32,710,000 (PLN 140,000,000) which can be utilised to meet short-term working 

capital requirements if necessary. Pursuant to the HSBC Credit Facility, the total amount of receivables subject to a factoring facility 

may not in aggregate exceed €50,000,000. See note 20 for further details.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group will have adequate resources 

to continue their operational existence for the foreseeable future and remain compliant with the covenant requirements under the 

Group’s revolving credit facility for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. Accordingly, 

they continue to adopt the going concern basis for preparing the financial statements.

3. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the European Union. International Financial Reporting Standards are issued by the International 

Accounting Standard Board (IASB). 

·  108  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors believe there are no material 

uncertainties that lead to significant doubt that the entity can continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from 

the date of approval of the financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting 

policies below. 

Changes in accounting policies

In the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, the Group followed the same accounting policies and methods of 

computation as compared with those applied in the previous year, except for the adoption of new standards and interpretations and 

revision of the existing standards as of 1 January 2018 noted below.

New/Revised standards and interpretations adopted in 2018

The following amendments to existing standards and interpretations were effective for the period and were applicable to the Group:

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

This standard replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 sets out requirements for recognising 

and measuring financial assets and financial liabilities. 

The adoption of IFRS 9 has not impacted the Group’s accounting policies related to financial liabilities, however financial assets 

classified as loans and receivables under IAS 39 are now measured at amortised cost. These include cash and cash equivalents, trade 

and other receivables and customs deposits.

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The amortised cost is reduced by impairment 

losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on 

derecognition is recognised in profit or loss.

The effect of adopting IFRS 9 on the carrying amounts of financial assets relates solely to the new impairment requirements, 

as described further below. The requirements of IFRS 9 have been adopted without restating comparative information, but are 

recognised in the opening balance sheet at 1 January 2018.

IFRS 9 replaces the ‘incurred loss’ model in IAS 39 with a forward-looking ‘expected credit loss’ (ECL) model.

ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cashflows due in accordance with the contract, and all the cashflows that 

the Group expects to receive over the life of the asset. The shortfall is then discounted at an approximation to the asset’s original 

effective interest rate.

For Trade and other receivables, the Group has applied the standard’s simplified approach and has calculated ECLs based on lifetime 

expected credit losses. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, 

adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

There has not been a material impact to the Group’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements as a consequence of 

adopting IFRS 9.

The provision for bad debts is not considered to be a critical accounting judgement or key source of estimation uncertainty. While 

the actual level of debt collected may differ from the estimated levels of recovery this is not expected to be by a material amount. In 

addition to applying the ECL model, each subsidiary evaluates the collectability of trade receivables at each balance sheet date and 

makes any specific provisions where there is objective evidence of impairment. 

·  109  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

New/Revised standards and interpretations adopted in 2018 continued
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 provides a single, principle-based, five-step model to be applied to all sales contracts, based on the transfer of control of  

goods and services to customers. It replaced IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and related interpretations.

Contracts entered into by the Group generally include a single performance obligation, being supply of goods to the customer.

The impact of IFRS 15 to the Group is in respect of the presentation of payments made to customers to support promotions and 

marketing activities, which do not represent a distinct service under IFRS 15. These were previously recorded as selling expenses. 

Under IAS 18, there was limited guidance regarding the classification of such items. IFRS 15 clarified that if the consideration payable 

to a customer did not represent a payment for a distinct good or service, these should be treated as a reduction of the transaction 

price. Other advertising and promotional spend undertaken by the Group remain included in selling expenses in the Consolidated 

Income Statement.

Under the new standard, revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the point in time at which control is transferred 

to the customer. This is consistent with the application of our existing accounting policies and, therefore, there is no related 

transition adjustment.

There is no further impact to the nature, timing or satisfaction of performance obligations.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the full retrospective method, and therefore the requirements of IFRS 15 have been 

applied to each period presented in the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the information presented for 2017 has 

been restated.

There has been no restatement of the consolidated statement of financial position or consolidated statement of changes in equity 

as the impact of IFRS 15 is limited to a reclassification of such payments for promotions and marketing activities from selling 

expenses to revenue. There is also no impact to the comparatives included in the consolidated statement of cashflows.

In relation to the disaggregated revenue disclosure requirements of IFRS 15, the Group considers the segmental disclosures in note 6 

to the Financial Statements to be sufficient to depict how revenues across the Group may be affected by economic factors.

Impact on the income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income – 2017 comparatives

For the year ended 31 December 2017  
€000

As reported in 
2017

Adjustments

Revenue

Gross profit

Selling expenses

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the year

274,601

137,207

(60,808)

29,881

27,309

11,329

19,634

(4,764)

(4,764)

4,764

–

–

–

–

Restated

269,837

132,443

(56,044)

29,881

27,309

11,329

19,634

·  110  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Impact on external revenue reported in segmental analysis – 2017 comparatives

For the year ended 31 December 2017
€000

As reported in 
2017

Adjustments

Poland

Czech Republic

Italy

Other Operational

Corporate

Total

147,654

68,817

28,115

30,015

–

(158)

(1,105)

(1,891)

(1,610)

–

Restated

147,496

67,712

26,224

28,405

–

274,601

(4,764)

269,837

As above there is no impact on operating profit.

The following table summarises the impact of adopting IFRS 15 on the income statement and consolidated statement of 

comprehensive income for the 9 months ending 30 September 2018 for each of the lines affected. There was no material impact  

on the Group’s statement of financial position or statement of cashflows for the 9 month period ended 30 September 2018.

Impact on the income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the 9 months ended 30 September 2018 
€000

Revenue

Gross profit

Selling expenses

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Presentation of impairment

As reported

Adjustments

Amounts before 
adoption of  
IFRS 15

193,766

93,392

(42,541)

28,216

26,527

19,283

17,373

3,631

3,631

(3,631)

–

–

–

–

197,397

97,023

46,172

28,216

26,527

19,283

17,373

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. 

Impairment losses related to trade and other receivables are presented separately in the statement of profit and loss and other 

comprehensive income. The comparative period has been restated accordingly, with impairment losses being reallocated from Other 

operating expenses. 

The following amendments to existing standards and interpretations were effective for the year, but either they were not applicable 

or did not have a material impact on the Group:

• 

IFRIC Interpretation 22: Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Considerations

•  Amendments to IFRS 2: IFRS 2 Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions

•  Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 Financial instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts

•  Amendments to IAS 40: Transfers of Investment Property

•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014–2016 Cycle: minor amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 28

•  Amendments to IAS 12: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses

•  Amendments to IAS 7: Disclosure Initiative.

·  111  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

New/Revised standards and interpretations not applied

The following standards and interpretations in issue are not yet effective for the Group and have not been adopted by the Group:

IFRS 16: Leases

IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts

Amendments to IFRS 9: Financial Instruments

Amendments to IAS 19: Employee Benefits

Amendments to IAS 28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Effective dates1

1 January 2019

1 January 2021

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle: minor amendments to IFRS 3, IFRS 11, IAS 12 and IAS 23 1 January 2019

1.   The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Group prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS as 

adopted by the European Union (EU), the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via the EU Endorsement 

mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need for endorsement restricts the 
Group’s discretion to early adopt standards 

The Directors do not expect the adoption of these standards and interpretations to have a material impact on the consolidated or 

company financial statements in the period of initial application, with the possible exception of IFRS 16, as explained below. 

IFRS 16 Leases

A project in relation to IFRS 16 Leases has been initiated in 2018 to determine the full financial impact of the new standard. 

The standard will have an impact on the Group’s financial statements and this will be reported in next year’s Annual Report and 

Accounts. The Group does not intend to apply the new standard before 1 January 2019 and hence will adopt this new standard in 

the financial year 1 October 2019 to 30 September 2020.

IFRS 16 will remove the distinction between operating leases and finance leases and will require lessees to report operating leases 

on the balance sheet, similar to the treatment of finance leases under IAS 17. Lessees will recognise an asset for the right to use the 

leased asset and a liability for the future lease payments for each lease. They will also have to recognise an element of each lease 

payment as an interest charge.

The effect of this on the Group’s financial statements will be that gross assets and gross liabilities will each increase following the 

recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities relating to future lease payments. In the income statement, depreciation or 

amortisation and interest expenses will be recognised, instead of lease rental expenses. This change will result in an improvement in the 

financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA. In the Statement of cashflows, the change in presentation of the lease expenses will result in an 

improvement in the cashflows from operating activities and a decrease in the cashflows from financing activities.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries controlled by the 

Company for the periods to 30 September 2018 and 31 December 2017. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed to, or has 

rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over 

the investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, the Group has all of the following: 

•  Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee) 

•  Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee

•  The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

·  112  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights result in control. To support this presumption and when the Group 

has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in 

assessing whether it has power over an investee, including: 

•  The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee 

•  Rights arising from other contractual arrangements

•  The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or 

more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and 

ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed 

of during the period are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the 

Group ceases to control the subsidiary. 

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 

returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The 

financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences 

until the date on which control ceases. 

The subsidiary financial statements are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company and are based on consistent 

accounting policies. All intra-Group balances and transactions, including unrealised profit arising from them, are eliminated in full.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.  

If the Group loses control of a subsidiary it (i) derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary;  

(ii) derecognises the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest; (iii) derecognises the cumulative translation differences 

recorded in equity; (iv) recognises the fair value of the consideration received; (v) recognises the fair value of any investment 

retained; (vi) recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss; (vii) recognises the parent’s share of any components previously 

recognised in other comprehensive income, to profit or loss or retained earnings, as appropriate.

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of any acquisition is measured as the aggregate 

of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the 

acquiree. For each business combination, the acquirer measures the non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or 

at the proportionate share of the acquirer’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included within 

exceptional items.

When the Group acquires a business it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and 

designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. 

This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.

Goodwill is initially recognised at cost: being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised 

for non-controlling interest, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the 

fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised in profit and loss.

·  113  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

Business combinations continued

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, 

goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units 

that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether assets or liabilities of the acquisition are assigned to 

those units.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated 

with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of 

the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and 

the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

Associates

Where the Group has the power to participate in (but not control) the financial and operating policy decisions of another entity, it is 

classified as an associate. Associates are initially recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost. Subsequently 

associates are accounted for using the equity method, where the Group’s share of post-acquisition profits and losses and other 

comprehensive income is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income (except for 

losses in excess of the Group’s investment in the associate unless there is an obligation to make good those losses).

Profits and losses arising on transactions between the Group and its associates are recognised only to the extent of unrelated 

investors’ interests in the associate. The investor’s share in the associate’s profits and losses resulting from these transactions is 

eliminated against the carrying value of the associate. 

Any premium paid for an associate above the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 

liabilities acquired is capitalised and included in the carrying amount of the associate. Where there is objective evidence that the 

investment in an associate has been impaired, the carrying amount of the investment is tested for impairment in the same way as 

other non-financial assets. 

We have allocated the investor’s share of the comprehensive income of equity-accounted investees to the appropriate components 

of equity. 

Contingent consideration 

Deferred consideration that is contingent on future performance conditions is recognised at its fair value at acquisition date within 

the cost of investment, with a corresponding entry to other financial liabilities. Changes to fair value of the resulting financial liability 

at each subsequent reporting date are recognised in the income statement.

Revenue recognition

The Group has concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements as it is the primary obligor in these revenue 

arrangements, has pricing latitude and is also exposed to inventory and credit risks.

Contracts entered into by the Group generally include a single performance obligation, being supply of goods to the customer.  

As such, revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the point in time at which control is transferred to the customer i.e. when 

all the following conditions are satisfied: 

• 

the customer has taken delivery and legal title to the goods sold

• 

the Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods

• 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably and

• 

it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity. 

·  114  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of 

payment and excluding taxes or duty which are generally recognised at the point of sale.

Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances to customers, the measurement of which is 

determined by contractual arrangements with customers. Sales incentives are recognised in the same period as the related revenue 

is recorded, and comprise:

•  Discounts and rebates – which are sales incentives to customers to encourage them to purchase increased volumes and are 

related to total volumes purchased and sales growth

•  Marketing services – which include merchandising, slotting and listing fees 

•  Sales support for promotional activities – which include payments to customers, distributors and external agencies.

Finance income

Finance income is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method. The effective rate is the rate that exactly 

discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to its net carrying amount.

Finance income also includes foreign currency exchange gains on the retranslation of loans and gains arising from changes in the fair 

value of interest rate swap instruments.

Segmental analysis

The accounting policy for identifying segments is based on internal management reporting information that is regularly reviewed by 

the chief operating decision-maker. 

For management purposes, the Group is organised into business units based on geographical area, and has five reportable segments:

•  Poland

•  Czech Republic

• 

Italy

•  Other operational, including the Slovakian, International and Baltic distillery entities

•  Corporate, including the expenses and central costs incurred by non-trading Group entities.

Management monitors the results of all operating segments separately, as each of the geographic areas require different marketing 

approaches. Segment performance is evaluated based on EBITDA, adjusted for exceptional items and non-recurring expenses. 

Foreign currencies

The individual financial statements of each Group entity are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which 

the entity operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the Group financial statements, the results and financial position of 

each entity are reported in Euros (€), which is the presentational currency for the Group financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency 

(foreign currencies) are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At each end of the reporting 

period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. 

·  115  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

Foreign currencies continued

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as 

at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the 

exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. All resulting differences are taken to the income statement.

For the purpose of presenting Group financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are expressed 

in Euros using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average 

exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising, if any, are classified as other comprehensive income and transferred to 

the Group’s translation reserve. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 

operation and translated at the closing rate.

The closing foreign exchange rates used in the consolidation are as follows:

PLN

CZK

GBP

CHF

2018

4.28

25.70

0.89

1.13

2017

4.17

25.55

0.89

1.17

Employee benefits – severance indemnity

The provision for employee severance indemnity, mandatory for Italian companies pursuant to Law No. 297/1982, represents an 

unfunded defined benefit plan, according to IAS 19 (Revised), and is based on the working life of employees and on the remuneration 

earned by an employee over the course of a pre-determined term of service. 

For details of the actuarial assumptions used, see note 25. For the severance indemnity, the cost of providing benefits is determined 

using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each reporting period. Past service costs are 

expensed in full in the period in which the past service credit is granted.

The severance indemnity obligation recognised in the statement of financial position represents the present value of the obligation 

as adjusted for unrecognised actuarial gains and losses and unrecognised past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of plan 

assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to unrecognised actuarial losses and past service cost, plus the present 

value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Contributions for severance indemnity are recognised as an expense in the income statement when employees have rendered 

service entitling them to the contributions.

Income taxes

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 

authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the 

balance sheet date.

·  116  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 

carrying amounts in the financial statements with the following exceptions: 

•  Where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 

a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss

• 

In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, 

where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences 

will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the directors consider that it is probable that there will be taxable 

profits from which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rate that is expected to apply when the 

related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are 

off-set only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate 

to the same taxation authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single net payment. 

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive income if it relates to items that are charged or credited to other 

comprehensive income. Similarly, income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged 

directly to equity. Otherwise income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment

Buildings held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, or for administrative purposes, are stated in the statement of 

financial position at their cost less depreciation. Land is not depreciated.

Properties in the course of construction for production, rental or administrative purposes, or for purposes not yet determined, 

are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property 

assets, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use. Fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 

depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged so as to write-off the cost or valuation of assets, other than land and properties under construction, over 

their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are 

reviewed at each period end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where 

shorter, the term of the relevant lease.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference 

between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement.

The following useful lives are used in the calculation of depreciation:

Land 

Buildings 

No depreciation 

20 – 50 years 

Technical equipment 

7 – 20 years 

Other equipment 

3 – 10 years

·  117  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately

Intangible assets including brands, customer lists and trademarks acquired separately are reported at cost less accumulated 

amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with a definite life are amortised on a straight-line basis over 

their estimated useful lives of between 2 and 15 years. A useful life of 15 years has been applied to trademarks, with consideration 

to the age, history and profile of such trademarks. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of 

each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Amortisation expense 

related to software is included within other operating expenses in the consolidated income statement. Amortisation expense related 

to customer relationships and trademarks is included in selling expenses.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy the 

definition of an intangible asset and their fair values can be measured reliably. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the 

acquisition date. Fair value of identifiable brands acquired and recognised as part of a business combination are determined using the 

royalty or multi-period excess methods. All of the Group’s brands have indefinite useful lives so are not amortised, but are tested for 

impairment annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

In arriving at the conclusion that a brand has an indefinite life, management considers their future usage, commercial position, 

stability of industry and all other aspects that might have an impact on this accounting policy. Management considers the business to 

be a brand business and expects to acquire, hold and support brands for an indefinite period. Subsidiary company history goes back 

to 1884 in Italy, 1920 in the Czech Republic and for over 100 years in Poland. Brands have a long tradition and companies have built 

customer loyalty over their history. 

A core element of the Group’s strategy is to invest in building its brands through an ongoing programme of spending on consumer 

marketing and through significant investment in promotional support. This policy is appropriate due to the stable long-term nature of 

the business and the enduring nature of the brands. 

Subsequent to initial recognition, other intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated 

amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately. 

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill

At each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is 

any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is 

estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount 

of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Where a 

reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or 

otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can 

be identified.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually, and 

whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future 

cashflows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value 

of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cashflows have not been adjusted. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount 

of the asset (cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in the 

income statement.

·  118  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Goodwill

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment 

testing, goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, 

irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually 

or more frequently if there is an indication of impairment. Impairment of goodwill is determined by assessing the recoverable amount 

of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the 

carrying value of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated, an impairment loss is recognised. Impairment losses 

relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs, including an appropriate portion of fixed and variable 

overhead expenses, are assigned to inventories held by the method most appropriate to the particular class of inventory, with the 

majority being valued on a first-in-first-out basis. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all 

estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale.

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are recognised when it is probable that a future economic benefit will flow to the Group. Trade 

and other receivables are carried at original invoice or contract amount less any provisions for discounts and doubtful debts. 

Provisions are made where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general 

economic conditions.

Sale of receivables under non-recourse factoring

The Group via Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o. has entered into a non-recourse receivables financing agreement with Coface, supported 

by Natixis Bank. It may sell up to €32,710,000 (PLN 140,000,000) of invoices (at any one time) at face value less certain reserves 

and fees. Trade receivables sold under this non-recourse factoring arrangement are included net of the value of invoices which 

have been factored. Pursuant to the HSBC Credit Facility, the total amount of receivables subject to a factoring facility may not in 

aggregate exceed €50,000,000.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and in hand and short-term deposits with 

an original maturity of three months or less.

Financial assets

Financial assets in the statement of financial position are loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial 

assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for 

those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified as non-current assets.

Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method if the time value of money 

is significant. Gains and losses are recognised in income when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as 

through the amortisation process.

Trade receivables are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount. Provision is made 

when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the 

probability of recovery is assessed as being remote. 

Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention 

in the market place (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, i.e. the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell 

the asset.

·  119  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the 

Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the 

statement of financial position, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is 

measured using the cashflows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cashflows.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the 

receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can 

be measured reliably.

The timing of cash outflows are by their nature uncertain and are therefore best estimates. Provisions are not discounted as the time 

value of money is not deemed to be material.

Financial liabilities
Borrowings and other financial liabilities

Borrowings and other financial liabilities, including loans, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. 

Borrowings and other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with 

interest expense recognised on an effective yield basis. 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense 

over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the 

expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period. 

Derivative financial instruments

The Group may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, 

including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps. 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured  

to their fair value at the reporting period date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately. 

The fair value of derivatives is classified as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the relationship is 

more than 12 months and as a current asset or a current liability if the remaining maturity of the relationship is less than 12 months. 

The Group does not apply hedge accounting.

Fair value measurement

The Group measures financial instruments, such as derivatives, at fair value at each balance sheet date. Fair value is the price 

that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the 

measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the 

liability takes place either:

• 

In the principal market for the asset or liability

• 

In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible to the Group.

·  120  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset 

or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by 

using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and 

best use.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to measure 

fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs. 

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value 

hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

•  Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or 

indirectly observable

•  Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers 

have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to 

the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

Leases and hire purchase commitments

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to 

the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Finance leases are capitalised on commencement of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the asset and the present value of 

the minimum lease payments. Each payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate 

of interest on the finance balance outstanding. The rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in interest-bearing loans 

and borrowings.

The finance charges are charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest 

on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Payments under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Share-based payments
Equity-settled transactions

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised together with a corresponding increase in other reserves in equity, over the 

period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 

transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the 

Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit for the period represents 

the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of the period and is recognised in general and 

administrative expenses.

Where the terms of an equity-settled transaction award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the expense as if the 

terms had not been modified, if the original terms of the award are met. An additional expense is recognised for any modification 

that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at 

the date of modification.

·  121  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information3. Accounting policies continued

Share-based payments continued
Equity-settled transactions continued

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet 

recognised for the award is recognised immediately. This includes any award where non-vesting conditions within the control of 

either the entity or the employee are not met. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as 

a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the 

original vesting period and an expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of 

any modification.

The financial effect of awards by the Parent Company of options over its equity shares to employees of subsidiary undertakings is 

recognised by the Parent Company in its individual financial statements as an increase in its investment in subsidiaries with a credit 

to equity equivalent to the IFRS 2 cost in subsidiary undertakings. The subsidiary, in turn, recognises the IFRS 2 cost in its income 

statement with a credit to equity to reflect the deemed capital contribution from the Parent Company. 

Repurchase and reissue of ordinary shares (own shares)

When shares recognised in equity are repurchases, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, 

are recognised as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as own shares and are presented in the own share 

reserve. When own shares are sold or re-issued subsequently, the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity and the 

resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented within retained earnings.

Cash dividends to equity holders of the Parent 

The Company recognises a liability to make cash distributions to equity holders of the parent when the distribution is authorised and the 

distribution is no longer at the discretion of the Company. As per the corporate laws in the United Kingdom, a distribution is authorised 

when it is approved by the shareholders. A corresponding amount is recognised directly in equity. 

Exceptional and adjusted profitability measures 

Management use a range of measures to monitor and assess the Group’s financial performance, including those calculated 

in accordance with IFRS, and other, alternative performance measures (APMs). Such measures are also used in determining 

performance incentives for management.

The Group uses the following APMs to provide management and investors with useful additional information about the Group’s 

performance, profitability, liquidity and indebtedness:

•  Adjusted EBITDA, being operating profit before depreciation and amortisation and exceptional items and the share of results of 

equity-accounted investees (refer to note 7)

•  Adjusted basic EPS, being basic earnings per share before the impact of exceptional items (refer to note 14)

•  Free cashflow, being cash generated from operating activities (excluding income tax paid), plus the proceeds from the sale of 

property, plant and equipment and proceeds from the disposal of intangible assets less cash used for the acquisition of property, 

plant or equipment and for the acquisition of intangible assets (refer to note 7)

•  Adjusted free cashflow conversion, being free cashflow as a percentage of adjusted EBITDA (refer to note 7)

•  Net debt, being the net of balances reported as cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings, and finance leases (refer to 

note 30) and

•  Leverage, being net debt divided by adjusted EBITDA (refer to note 30).

The above measures represent the equivalent IFRS measures but are adjusted to exclude items that we consider would prevent 

comparison of the Group’s performance both from one reporting period to another and with other similar businesses. 

·  122  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Exceptional items are not defined under IFRS. Exceptional items are those significant items which are separately disclosed by virtue 

of their size, nature or incidence to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial performance. In determining if an event 

or transaction is exceptional, management of the Group considers quantitative and qualitative factors such as its expected size, 

precedent for similar items and the commercial context for the particular transactions, while ensuring consistent treatment between 

favourable or unfavourable transactions impacting income and expense. Presentation of these measures is not intended to be a 

substitute for or to promote them above statutory measures. 

Exceptional items are detailed in note 8 to the financial statements.

Items that are considered to be exceptional and that are therefore separately identified in order to aid comparability may include  

the following: 

•  profits or losses resulting from the disposal of a business or investment

•  costs incurred in association with business combinations, such as legal and professional fees and stamp duty that are excluded 

from the fair value of the consideration of the business combination

•  significant restructuring and integration costs that are incurred following a material change in business operations, such as a 

business combination

• 

impairment charges in respect of tangible and intangible assets as a result of restructuring, business closure, underperformance 

or other matters and

•  significant tax charges (current or deferred) in respect of prior years or changes in legislation.

4. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in note 3, management is required to make judgements, 

estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 

Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying 

amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods.

Other disclosures relating to the Group’s exposure to risks and uncertainties includes:

•  Financial risk management 

note 30

•  Sensitivity analyses disclosures 

notes 17, 30

Judgements

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most 

significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

Taxation

Management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based on the likely 

timing and level of future taxable profits together with an assessment of the effect of future tax planning strategies. 

Where Group entities are loss making, and are expected to continue to be loss making into the future it is judged that deferred 

tax assets should not be recognised in respect of these losses as it is not known when the losses will be able to be utilised in 

these entities. 

·  123  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information4. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued

Estimates and assumptions 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have 

a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year 

are described below. The Group based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the consolidated financial 

statements were prepared. However, estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 

accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised, if the revision affects only that period,  

or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Measurement and impairment of indefinite life intangible assets

A key source of estimation uncertainty that has a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets 

and liabilities within the next financial year is the measurement and impairment of indefinite life intangible assets in certain of the 

Group’s cash-generating units, as further explained in note 17. The measurement of intangible assets other than goodwill on a 

business combination involves estimation of future cashflows and the selection of a suitable discount rate. The Group determines 

whether indefinite life intangible assets are impaired on an annual basis and this requires an estimation of their value-in-use. 

This involves estimation of future cashflows and choosing a suitable discount rate (note 17). Brands are considered to have an 

indefinite life. Management considers the business to be a brand business and expects to acquire, hold and support brands for an 

indefinite period.

Impairment of goodwill

The Group’s impairment test for goodwill is based on a value-in-use calculation using a discounted cashflow model. The cashflows 

are derived from the Group’s three-year plans. The recoverable amount is most sensitive to the discount rate used for the 

discounted cashflow model as well as the expected future cash inflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes.  

The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for the different cash-generating units, including a sensitivity 

analysis, are further explained in note 17. The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. 

Taxation and transfer pricing

The Group is an international drinks business and, as such, transfer pricing arrangements are in place to cover the recharging of 

management costs, as well as the sale of finished goods between Group companies. 

Transfer prices, and the policies applied, directly affect the allocation of Group-wide taxable income across a number of  

tax jurisdictions.

While transfer prices between reportable segments are on an arm’s length basis, similar to transactions with third parties, there is 

increasing scrutiny from tax authorities on transfer pricing arrangements. This could result in the creation of uncertain tax positions.

The Group provides for anticipated risks, based on reasonable estimates, for tax risks in the respective countries in which it 

operates. The amounts of such provisions are based on various factors, such as experience with previous tax audits and differing 

interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible authority. See note 13.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing  

of future taxable income. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual 

agreements, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions,  

could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded.

·  124  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Uncertainties in relation to tax liabilities have been provided for within income tax payable to the extent that it is considered 

probable that the Group will be required to settle a tax liability in the future. Settlement of tax provisions could potentially result in 

future cash tax payments; however these are not expected to result in an increased tax charge as they have been fully provided for 

in accordance with management’s best estimates of the most likely outcomes. 

Significant uncertainty exists over the size of possible settlements of ongoing enquiries and new enquiries could be opened into prior 

years. Hence the tax liabilities could be higher or lower than the amounts provided for. 

Revenue recognition

In line with common business practices, the Group negotiates a variety of sales incentive arrangements with customers across a 

number of geographies, and revenue is measured net of such items. 

For sales incentive arrangements where there is uncertainty in amounts due to customers, for example in respect of annual 

retrospective volume rebates and accruals relating to regional chains in Poland, management makes estimates related to customer 

performance, sales volume and agreed terms, to determine total amounts earned and to be recorded in deductions from revenue.

The estimation of these incentives is an area of judgment, with varying complexity, depending on the nature of the arrangements. 

The carrying value of amounts held where outcomes are not yet finalised is €18.8m (2017: €14.7m), although the potential impact of 

any changes over the next 12 months is not expected to be material.

5. Revenue 

An analysis of the Group’s revenue is set out below:

Revenue from the sale of spirits, gross of excise taxes

Other sales

Excise taxes

Revenue

6. Segmental analysis

9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

557,221 

3,039 

 789,535

 3,025

(366,494) 

 (522,723)

193,766

 269,837

In identifying its operating segments, management follows the Group’s geographic split, representing the main products traded by 

the Group. The Group is considered to have five reportable operating segments: Poland, Czech Republic, Italy, Other Operational and 

Corporate. The Other Operational segment consists of the results of operations of the Slovakian, International and Baltic distillery entities. 

The Corporate segment consists of expenses and central costs incurred by non-trading Group entities.

Each of these operating segments is managed separately as each of these geographic areas requires different marketing approaches. 

All inter-segment transfers are carried out at arm’s length prices. The measure of revenue reported to the chief operating decision-

maker to assess performance is based on external revenue for each operating segment and excludes intra-Group revenues. The 

measure of Adjusted EBITDA reported to the chief operating decision-maker to assess performance is based on operating profit  

and excludes intra-Group profits, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items.

·  125  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information6. Segmental analysis continued

The Group has presented a reconciliation from profit before tax per the consolidated income statement to Adjusted EBITDA below:

Profit before tax

Share of loss of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Net finance charges

Depreciation and amortisation (note 11)

EBITDA 

Exceptional expense (note 8)

Adjusted EBITDA

9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

26,527

166

1,689

28,382

7,466

35,848

–

35,848

27,309

331

2,572

30,212

11,212

41,424

14,900

56,324

Total assets and liabilities are not disclosed as this information is not provided by segment to the chief operating decision-maker on a 

regular basis.

2018

External revenue 

Adjusted EBITDA

2017 – restated

External revenue 

EBITDA after exceptional expense

Exceptional expense (note 8)

Poland
€000

105,648

27,477

Poland
€000

147,496

37,738

–

Czech 
Republic
€000

49,220

13,601

Czech 
Republic
€000

67,712

21,818

–

Adjusted EBITDA

37,738

21,818

Italy
€000

17,592

1,739

Italy
€000

26,224

(8,583)

14,900

6,317

Other 
Operational
€000

21,306

2,846

Other 
Operational
€000

28,405

4,899

–

Corporate
€000

Total
€000

–

193,766

(9,815)

35,848

Corporate
€000

Total
€000

–

269,837

(14,448)

–

41,424

14,900

56,324

4,899

(14,448)

External revenue by operating segment in 2017 has been restated for the impact of IFRS 15. Refer to note 3 for further details. 

There is no impact to EBITDA by operating segment, however as a consequence of the restatement of revenue, EBITDA margin has 

improved by 0.4% to 20.9%.

7. Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cashflow 

The Group defines Adjusted EBITDA as operating profit before depreciation and amortisation, exceptional items and the share of 

results of equity-accounted investees. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted free cashflow conversion are supplemental measures of the 

Group’s performance and liquidity that is not required to be presented in accordance with IFRS. 

The Directors use the Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted free cashflow conversion as the performance measures of the business. They 

remove significant items that would otherwise distort comparability. 

The use of these alternative performance measures is consistent with how institutional investors consider the performance of the Group. 

These measures are not defined in IFRS and thus may not be comparable to similarly titled measures by other companies.

·  126  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit 

Exceptional expense

Share of results of equity-accounted investees, net of tax

Depreciation and amortisation (note 11)

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

28,216

–

166

28,382

7,466

35,848

18.5%

29,881

14,900

331

45,112

11,212

56,324

20.9%

The Group defines free cashflow as cash generated from operating activities (excluding income tax paid), plus the proceeds from 

the sale of property, plant and equipment and proceeds from the disposal of intangible assets less cash used for the acquisition of 

property, plant or equipment and for the acquisition of intangible assets. Adjusted free cashflow conversion is free cashflow as a 

percentage of Adjusted EBITDA.

Free cashflow

Cash generated from operations

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment

Payments to acquire intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Free cashflow

9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

51,394

(2,449)

(1,075)

33

47,903

53,619

(3,710)

(1,376)

98

48,631

Adjusted free cashflow conversion

133.6%

86.3%

8. Exceptional items

In 2018, the Group has no exceptional items (2017: exceptional expenses of €14,900,000 and exceptional tax charge of €4,700,000).

During 2017, the impairment review for goodwill identified the need to impair the goodwill held for the Italian brands by 

€14,900,000. Due to the size of the impairment and the nature of the transaction, it was disclosed as an exceptional expense.  

See note 17.

Due to a change in tax legislation in Poland during the year to 31 December 2017, tax amortisation on our Polish brands ceased to 

be available. This resulted in a significant one-off deferred tax charge of €4,700,000, which was classified in accordance with our 

accounting policies as an exceptional charge. See note 13 for further information. 

·  127  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information9. Finance income and costs

Finance income:

Foreign currency exchange gain

Interest income

Total finance income

Finance costs:

Interest payable on bank overdrafts and loans

Foreign currency exchange loss

Bank commissions, guarantees and other payables 

Other interest expense

Total finance costs

Net finance costs

10. Staff costs 

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs

Termination benefits

Long-term incentive plan (note 25)

Share-based compensation 

9 months to  
30 September 
2018 
€000

Year to  
31 December  
2017 
€000

156

93 

249 

–

 681

 681

1,200 

 1,384

 –

514 

224 

1,938 

1,689

 84

 788

 997

 3,253

 2,572

9 months to  
30 September 
2018 
€000

Year to  
31 December 
2017 
€000

22,576 

4,329 

1,375 

74 

(19)

149 

28,484 

 29,096

 5,273

 1,552

 1,632

 28

 2,284

 39,865

Other pension costs relate primarily to the Group’s contributions to defined contribution pension plans. Also included is €170,000 

(2017: €239,000) of contributions relating to the employee severance indemnity in Italy, which represents an unfunded defined 

benefit plan. Refer to note 25 for further details.

Average monthly number of employees in the period

9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
No.

Year to  
31 December  
2017  
No.

442

354 

207

1,003 

 436

 353

 191

 980

Production and logistics

Sales

Other

·  128  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
 
 
11. Operating profit 

Operating profit for the period has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Costs of inventories recognised as an expense

Advertising, promotion and marketing costs

Indirect costs of production

Logistics costs

Operating lease payments

Legal and professional fees

(Gain)/loss on disposal of intangible and tangible assets

Net foreign exchange loss/(gain)

Exceptional expenses (note 8)

Depreciation and amortisation – production cost

Depreciation and amortisation – selling cost

Depreciation and amortisation – administration cost

Total depreciation and amortisation

12. Auditor’s remuneration

9 months to  
30 September 
2018 
€000

Year to  
31 December  
2017 
€000

100,374 

16,006 

 137,394

 24,486

6,315 

4,267

3,668 

3,333 

(19) 

431 

– 

3,847

2,018 

1,601 

7,466 

 8,543

 5,530

 4,356

 3,595

 538

 (123)

 14,900

 5,690

 3,266

 2,256

 11,212

The Group paid the following amounts to its auditor, KPMG LLP in respect of the audit of the financial statements and for other 

services provided to the Group:

Fees payable for:

Audit of the Parent and Group financial statements

Local statutory audits for subsidiaries

Audit-related assurance services

Total

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017 
 €000

368

392

61

821

284

392

54

730

·  129  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information13. Income taxes

(i) Income tax recognised in profit or loss:

Income tax expense:

Tax expense comprises: 

Current tax expense

Tax expense relating to prior year

Deferred tax charge

Other taxes

Total tax expense

Exceptional tax expense:

Deferred tax charge

There have been no tax charges to other comprehensive income.

Profit before tax 

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017  
€000

3,455 

327 

3,367 

95 

7,244 

 5,826

 213

 5,219

 22

 11,280

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017  
€000

– 

 4,700

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017  
€000

26,527 

 27,309

Accounting profit multiplied by United Kingdom combined rate of corporation  
tax 19.00% (2017: 19.25%)

5,040 

 5,257

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

– Goodwill impairment (note 17)

– Other

Tax losses for which no deferred tax is recognised

Deferred tax not previously recognised

Effect of difference in tax rates 

Tax charge relating to prior year

Taxable profit relieved against brought forward losses

Other taxes

Income tax expense reported in the income statement

Exceptional tax expense – impact of post-IPO corporate restructuring 

Total tax charge

Effective tax rate 

·  130  ·

–

1,189 

964

(351)

16

327 

(36)

95 

7,244 

 –

7,244

 2,868

 1,363

 1,384

–

 248

 213

 (75)

 22

 11,280

 4,700

 15,980

27.3% 

 58.5%

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
Post-IPO corporate restructuring

Post-IPO the Group completed corporate restructuring transactions which gave rise to significant deferred tax assets which were 

being amortised over a five-year period. Due to tax legislation changes in Poland, from 1 January 2018, amortisation on these items 

was no longer deductible for tax purposes. This resulted in an exceptional tax charge of €4,700,000 in the year to 31 December 

2017. The charge is considered exceptional because it is a significant transaction resulting from the change in tax legislation. 

(ii) Income tax recognised in the balance sheet:

Current tax liability:

Tax prepayments as of 1 January

Current tax liability as of 1 January

Tax charge relating to prior year

Payments in period

Current tax expense

Other taxes

Interest on open tax enquiries

Foreign exchange adjustment

Net current tax liability

Analysed as:

Tax prepayment as of end of period

Current tax liability as of end of period 

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017  
€000

715 

(8,395) 

(327) 

4,458 

(3,455) 

(95) 

(199)

12 

 411

 (8,926)

 (213)

 6,959

 (5,826)

 (22)

–

 (63)

(7,286) 

 (7,680)

863 

(8,149) 

(7,286) 

 715

 (8,395)

 (7,680)

The Group is an international drinks business and, as such, transfer pricing arrangements are in place to cover the recharging of 

management and stewardship costs, as well as the sale of alcohol and finished goods between Group companies. The Group has 

undertaken a review of potential tax risks and current tax assessments, and whilst it is not possible to predict the outcome of 

any pending enquiries, adequate provisions are considered to have been included in the Group accounts to cover any expected 

estimated future settlements.

In common with many groups operating across multiple jurisdictions, certain tax positions related to intercompany transactions may 

be subject to challenge by the relevant tax authority. The Group has recognised provisions totalling €8,001,000 (2017: €7,514,000) 

in relation to matters where it is probable that tax positions taken by the Group will not be accepted. 

Tax risks include those in respect of our Italian business, Stock S.r.l. The Italian tax authorities have open inquiries covering the years 

2006–2010. Rulings from the Second Court have resulted in a net increase in provisions in the period of €1,123,000 including 

associated interest of €199,000. The Group will continue to challenge these rulings.

During 2017, a tax judgement was made against the Group’s Czech subsidiary, Stock Plzeň-Božkov s.r.o., and therefore provisions 

were made as at 31 December 2017 for income tax due of €636,000 and associated interest and penalties of €631,000. These 

amounts were paid during 2018 such that the provision as at 30 September 2018 is €nil. Notwithstanding these payments, Stock 

Plzeň-Božkov is vigorously contesting the assessment. 

·  131  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information13. Income taxes continued

(ii) Income tax recognised in the balance sheet: continued

Settlement has been reached during the period on the inquiry into the 2015 corporate tax return for the Group’s German subsidiary, 

Baltic Distillery GmbH, with agreement to pay tax of €298,000 and interest of €33,000. These amounts were fully covered in 

brought forward provisions. 

In 2016, the Group’s Polish subsidiary, Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o., received notification from the Polish tax authorities of the 

commencement of an inquiry covering its 2013 corporate income tax return. To date, there has been no formal assessment although 

written enquiries were received in March 2018 and in October 2018, and most recently in late November 2018 after the balance 

sheet date.

The enquiries cover a number of items, the most significant of which relates to corporate restructuring transactions carried out in 

Poland around the time of the IPO in 2013 which gave rise to tax deductible costs in the form of the amortisation of intellectual 

property (‘IP’) assets claimed in tax returns up to 2017. The Group obtained individual tax rulings relevant for the restructuring 

process prior to implementation. Whilst it is the case that there could be a risk of material exposure arising from this inquiry, the 

Group does not consider there to be any basis to the challenge on this matter by the Polish tax authority and has thus responded 

to them accordingly. No provision has been recorded in relation to the IP inquiry since, at this stage, the Group considers it to be 

highly unlikely that any liability will ultimately crystallise. The amount of tax in relation to the amortisation of the IP assets and other 

related matters in 2013 is some €3,300,000. Although not subject to any enquiry at this stage, tax deductions claimed in respect 

of these matters in each of the years 2014 to 2017 are in the range between €5,800,000 and €6,300,000. These sums exclude 

penalty interest that would be applied and calculated from the year concerned up to the current day. The interest rate as published 

by the Polish Ministry of Finance that could be applied is in the range of 8% and 13% on the years between 2013 and the current 

day. Management considers that ultimately it is probable that the tax position taken will be sustained, and therefore no provision has 

been recognised for this issue. Nevertheless, in some circumstances the Group may have to pay over sums assessed as due by the 

authorities and then seek their recovery as appeals processes run their course.

The other element of these written enquiries in Poland is in relation to historical transfer pricing arrangements between Group 

companies during the years 2013 to 2016. A provision of €3,684,000 in relation to this and other transfer pricing issues is held as at 

31 December 2017 and 30 September 2018. 

Although our transfer pricing is performed on an arms’ length basis, it is management’s view that there is risk of further assessments 

regarding intercompany transactions in certain jurisdictions, and thus a provision is carried for this eventuality. Although provisions 

are based on management’s assessment of the most likely or expected outcome, there is a reasonable possibility of material changes 

to these estimates over the next 12 months.

Impact of Brexit

On 29 March 2017, the UK government invoked Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon, notifying the European Council of its intention to 

withdraw from the EU. There is an initial two-year timeframe for the UK and the EU to reach an agreement on the withdrawal and 

the future UK and EU relationship, although this timeframe can be extended. At this stage, there is significant uncertainty about the 

withdrawal process, its timeframe and the outcome of the negotiations about the future arrangements between the UK and the EU. 

As a result, there is significant uncertainty over the period for which the existing EU laws for member states will continue to apply to 

the UK and which laws will apply to the UK after an exit. Following the negotiations between the UK and the EU, the UK’s tax status 

may change and this may impact the Group, for example as it relates to distributions from subsidiaries over which no tax is currently 

payable due to the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive. However, at this stage, the level of uncertainty is such that it is impossible to 

determine if, how and when that tax status will change.

·  132  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 (iii) Unrecognised tax losses

The Group has tax losses which arose in the UK of €45,834,000 as at 30 September 2018 (31 December 2017: €32,298,000) that 

are available indefinitely for off-set against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. A deferred tax asset has 

not been recognised in respect of these losses as it is not sufficiently probable that the losses will be utilised in the relevant entities. 

(iv) Deferred tax balances 

The exceptional tax expense is included in the amount charged in 2017 on the Brands.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from the following:

2018

Temporary differences:

Brands 

Accrued liabilities

Other assets and liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liability

2017

Temporary differences:

Brands 

Accrued liabilities

Other assets and liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liability

Brands

1 January  
2018 
€000

 (55,085)

 7,956

 3,779

 (43,350)

 4,151

 (47,501)

 (43,350)

1 January  
2017 
€000

(Charged)/ 
credited 
to income  
€000

Translation 
difference  
€000

30 September 
2018 
€000

(54) 

(1,812)

(1,501)

(3,367) 

(3,469)

102

(3,367) 

124

(204) 

(35)

(115) 

(93)

(22) 

(115) 

(55,015) 

5,940 

2,243 

(46,832) 

589

(47,421) 

(46,832) 

(Charged)/ 
credited to  
income  
€000

Translation 
difference  
€000

31 December 
2017 
€000

 (42,687)

 (11,145)

 (1,253)

 (55,085)

 4,475

 5,534

 (32,678)

 13,255

 (45,933)

 (32,678)

 3,685

 (2,459)

 (9,919)

 (9,670)

 (249)

 (9,919)

 (204)

 704

 (753)

 566

 (1,319)

 (753)

 7,956

 3,779

 (43,350)

 4,151

 (47,501)

 (43,350)

Deferred tax liability is based on the difference between the accounting and tax book values of brands, and calculated using the 

appropriate substantively enacted tax rate.

(v) Change in tax rates

A reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 19% (effective from 1 April 2017) was substantively enacted on 15 September 2016.  

A further reduction to 17% (effective from 1 April 2020) was also substantively enacted on this date. The deferred tax asset or 

liability at 30 September 2018 has been calculated based on the appropriate tax rates. There are no UK deferred tax assets or 

liabilities to which this new rate will be applied.

·  133  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 

Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share amounts are 

calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary 

shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of all 

the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. Adjusted earnings per share amounts exclude the impact of the significant 

items that would otherwise distort comparability and distort understanding of the underlying performance of the Group.

Details of the earnings per share are set out below:

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018 

Year to  
31 December 
 2017 

Basic earnings per share

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

19,283 

 11,329

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic earnings per share (000)

198,690 

 198,104

Basic earnings per share (€cents)

Diluted earnings per share

9.71 

5.72

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

19,283 

 11,329

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution (000)

199,606 

 199,467

Diluted earnings per share (€cents)

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

Exceptional expense (€000)

Exceptional tax charge (€000)

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company before exceptional expenses and 
exceptional tax charges (€000)

9.66 

5.68

19,283

–

– 

 11,329

14,900

4,700

19,283 

 30,929

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for adjusted basic earnings per share (000)

198,690 

 198,104

Adjusted basic earnings per share (€cents)

9.71 

15.61

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company (€000)

Exceptional expense (€000)

Exceptional tax charge (€000)

Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company before exceptional expenses and 
exceptional tax charges (€000)

19,283

–

– 

 11,329

14,900

4,700

19,283 

 30,929

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution (000)

199,606 

 199,467

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (€cents)

9.66 

15.51

·  134  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of basic to diluted ordinary shares

Issued ordinary shares 

Effect of own shares held

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares 

Effect of options 

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares 

9 months to  
30 September 
 2018  
000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017 
000

200,000 

 200,000

(1,310) 

 (1,896)

198,690 

 198,104

916 

199,606

1,363

199,467

There have been no transactions involving the Group’s ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of authorisation of 

these financial statements.

15. Intangible assets – goodwill

Cost:

As at 1 January 

As at period end

Accumulated impairment:

As at 1 January

Impairment charge

As at period end

Carrying amount at period end

 See note 17 for details of the impairment of goodwill.

30 September 
2018  
€000

31 December  
2017  
€000

77,340 

77,340 

31,400 

– 

31,400 

45,940 

 77,340

 77,340

 16,500

 14,900

 31,400

 45,940

·  135  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
16. Intangible assets – other

2018

Cost:

Customer 
Relationships and 
Trademarks  
€000

Brands 
€000

As at 1 January 2018

 307,122

 1,624

Additions 

Disposals

Net foreign currency exchange differences

– 

– 

(521) 

– 

– 

– 

Software 
€000

Total 
€000

 21,885

1,111

(177) 

(38) 

 330,631

1,111 

(177) 

(559) 

As at 30 September 2018

306,601 

1,624 

22,781 

331,006 

Amortisation:

As at 1 January 2018

Amortisation expense 

Disposals

Transfers

Net foreign currency exchange differences

As at 30 September 2018

–

– 

–

–

– 

– 

Carrying amount – As at 30 September 2018

 306,601

 589

 18,428

88

–

(51)

 –

626

998 

 1,514

 110

 –

 –

 –

 954

(177)

51

(5) 

 19,017

1,042 

(177)

–

(5) 

19,251 

19,877 

3,530 

 311,129

Software  
€000

Total 
€000

 20,264

 1,059

 (60)

 513

 109

 320,438

 1,376

 (60)

 513

 8,364

 1,624

 21,885

 330,631

 472

 115

 2

 589

 17,213

 1,203

 12

 18,428

 17,685

 1,318

 14

 19,017

Customer 
Relationships and 
Trademarks  
€000

Brands 
€000

 298,660

 207

 –

 –

 8,255

 307,122

 –

 –

 –

 –

2017

Cost:

As at 1 January 2017

Additions 

Disposals

Transfers

Net foreign currency exchange differences

As at 31 December 2017

Amortisation:

As at 1 January 2017

Amortisation expense 

Net foreign currency exchange differences

As at 31 December 2017

Carrying amount – As at 31 December 2017

 307,122

 1,035

3,457

 311,614

Costs for brand additions in 2017 relate to the final payment for the Saska brand acquired in Poland in 2016.

·  136  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in transfers in 2017 was €513,000 for assets which were previously classified as assets under construction, which were 

subsequently reclassified as software. 

Brands are not amortised, as it is considered that their useful economic lives are not limited. An annual impairment assessment is 

performed to ensure carrying values are recoverable. 

•  Customer Relationships are amortised over 12 years.

•  Trademarks are amortised over 15 years.

•  Software is amortised over 2–5 years.

The gross carrying value of fully amortised intangible assets that are still in use is €6,418,000 (2017: €6,627,000).

Amortisation relating to software is included within other operating expenses in the consolidated income statement. Amortisation 

relating to customer relationships and trademarks is included in selling expenses.

17. Impairment of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives

Goodwill acquired through business combinations and brands have been allocated for impairment testing purposes to cash-

generating units based on the geographical location of production plants and the ownership of intellectual property. This represents 

the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill and brands are monitored for internal management purposes. 

Cash-generating units

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s CGUs as follows: 

30 September 2018

Carrying amount of brands

Carrying amount of goodwill

Value-in-use headroom

31 December 2017

Carrying amount of brands

Carrying amount of goodwill

Value-in-use headroom

Czech  
Republic 
€000

Italy 
€000

Poland 
€000

205,580 

54,445

7,732 

8,403

44,125 

2,212 

442,881 

34,516 

78,030 

Czech  
Republic 
€000

Other 
€000

2,451 

1,480 

Total  
€000

306,601 

45,940 

Italy  
€000

Poland 
€000

Other 
€000

Total 
€000

 206,787

 34,516

 26,936

 52,584

 7,732

 45,300

 2,212

 –

 287,541

 2,451

 1,480

 307,122

 45,940

·  137  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Impairment of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives continued

Cash-generating units continued
Key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations 

The key assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are set out below. The values assigned to the key 

assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the industry and have been based on historical data from both 

external and internal sources.

The calculation of value-in-use for all regions is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

•  Spirits price inflation – small annual percentage increases assumed in all markets based on historic data.

•  Growth in spirits market – assumed to be static or marginally increasing in all markets based on recent historical trends.

•  Market share – through Company specific actions outlined in detailed internal plans, market share to be grown overall.

•  Discount rates – rates reflect the current market assessment of the risks specific to each operation. The discount rate  

was estimated based on an average of guideline companies adjusted for the operational size of the Group and specific  

regional factors.

•  Raw material cost – assumed to be at average industry cost.

•  Excise duty – no future duty changes have been used in projections.

•  Growth rate used to extrapolate cashflows beyond the forecast period. The assumed growth rate reflects management 

expectation and takes into consideration growth achieved to date, current strategy and expected spirits market growth.

The headroom for each cash-generating unit where these sensitivities would be applicable has been detailed below.

Impairment review outcome
Czech Region

The recoverable amount of the Czech Region unit has been based on its value-in-use using discounted cashflows based on cashflow 

projections from the three-year planning process approved by senior management. 

The pre-tax discount rate applied to cashflow projections is 9.6% (2017: 10.7%) and cashflows beyond the three-year period are 

extrapolated using a 2.0% (2017: 2.5%) growth rate. 

A reasonably possible change in two key assumptions could cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount. The 

following sensitivity analysis shows the impact on the headroom of different pre-tax discount rates and EBITDA delivery in the 

cashflow projections used in the impairment review models.

Pre-tax discount rate

EBITDA delivery

–10%

–5%

0%

5%

10%

8.5%

€000

93.0

111.2

129.4

147.6

165.8

9.0%

€000

70.8

87.7

104.7

121.6

138.5

9.6%

€000

47.0

62.5

78.1

93.6

109.1

10.0%

10.5%

€000

34.8

49.6

64.4

79.3

94.1

€000

19.9

33.9

47.9

61.9

75.8

The impact of a one percentage point decrease in the long-term growth rate applied in the terminal value calculation would be 

reduction in headroom of €29.1m.

·  138  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Italy Region

The recoverable amount of the Italy Region unit was determined based on its value-in-use using discounted cashflows based on 

cashflow projections from the three-year planning process approved by senior management. 

In 2017 the carrying amount of the assets of the Italian CGU were determined to be higher than its recoverable amount, and an 

impairment loss of €14.9m was recognised during 2017. The impairment loss was fully allocated to goodwill and included as an 

exceptional expense (note 8).

Following the impairment loss recognised in 2017, recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. 

The pre-tax discount rate applied to cashflow projections in 2018 is 13.3% (2017: 13.5%) and cashflows beyond the three-year 

period are extrapolated using a 1.7% (2017: 1.7%) growth rate. 

The following sensitivity analysis shows the impact on headroom of different pre-tax discount rates and EBITDA delivery in the 

cashflow projections used in the impairment review models.

Pre-tax discount rate

EBITDA delivery

–10%

–5%

0%

5%

10%

12.5%  

13.0% 

13.3% 

14.0% 

14.5% 

€000

5.8

9.7

13.6

17.4

21.3

€000

2.9

6.6

10.3

14.0

17.7

€000

1.2

4.8

8.4

12.0

15.6

€000

(2.2)

1.2

4.6

8.0

11.3

€000

(4.5)

(1.2)

2.0

5.3

8.6

The impact of a one percentage point decrease in the long-term growth rate applied in the terminal value calculation would be an 

impairment of €5.4m.

Poland Region

The recoverable amount of the Poland Region unit has been determined based on its value-in-use using discounted cashflows based 

on cashflow projections from the three-year planning process approved by senior management. 

The pre-tax discount rate applied to cashflow projections 10.0% (2017: 10.3%) and cashflows beyond the three-year period are 

extrapolated using a 2.4% (2017: 1.7%) growth rate. 

The recoverable amount calculated indicates significant headroom over the carrying value exists. As such, there are no assumptions 

for which a reasonably possible change will result in an impairment.

·  139  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information18. Property, plant and equipment

2018

Cost:

As at 1 January 2018

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Foreign currency adjustment

As at 30 September 2018

Depreciation:

As at 1 January 2018

Depreciation expense

Disposals

Foreign currency adjustment

As at 30 September 2018

Carrying amount: As at 30 September 2018

2017

Cost:

Land and 
buildings
€000

Technical 
equipment
€000

Other 
equipment
€000

Assets under 
construction
€000

35,568

274

(1)

57

(219)

55,477

1,252

(1,907)

85

(279)

16,192

471

(463)

5

(29)

551

1,579

(2)

(147)

(26)

Total
€000

107,788

3,576

(2,373)

–

(553)

35,679

54,628

16,176

1,955

108,438

11,240

719

–

65

12,024

23,655

32,352

3,847

(1,884)

135

34,450

20,178

13,325

1,858

(475)

(9)

14,699

1,477

–

–

–

–

–

1,955

Land and 
buildings
€000

Technical 
equipment
€000

Other 
equipment
€000

Assets under 
construction
€000

As at 1 January 2017

34,089

52,575

15,820

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Foreign currency adjustment

As at 31 December 2017

Depreciation:

As at 1 January 2017

Depreciation expense

Disposals

Foreign currency adjustment

As at 31 December 2017

Carrying amount: As at 31 December 2017

501

–

33

945

1,132

(942)

1,948

764

514

(710)

434

134

35,568

55,477

16,192

10,449

1,055

–

(264)

11,240

24,328

27,378

5,638

(384)

(280)

32,352

23,125

10,789

3,201

(632)

(33)

13,325

2,867

1,837

1,563

–

(2,928)

79

551

–

–

–

–

–

551

€513,000 of amounts included in transfers in 2017 represented assets which were previously classified as assets under construction. 

They have subsequently been reclassified as software.

The net book value of assets held under finance leases amounts to €254,000 (2017: €164,000).

The gross carrying value of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment that are still in use is €32,584,000 (2017: €26,542,000).

·  140  ·

56,917

6,424

(2,359)

191

61,173

47,265

Total
€000

104,321

3,710

(1,652)

(513)

1,922

107,788

48,616

9,894

(1,016)

(577)

56,917

50,871

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 19. Inventories

Raw materials

Work in progress

Finished goods and merchandise

Provision for obsolescence

30 September 
2018 
€000

31 December  
2017 
€000

5,912 

2,648 

24,234 

(2,083) 

30,711 

 5,004

 3,324

 16,992

 (2,219)

 23,101

During the period ended 30 September 2018, inventories with a total value of €598,000 (2017: €1,347,000) were written off. This 

amount does not include the impact to the income statement for provisions made during the period. All write-offs were incurred as 

part of normal activities. 

20. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables 

Allowance for doubtful debts

Other debtors and prepayments

The movement on the allowance for doubtful debts is set out below. 

As at start of period

Charge for the period

Amounts utilised

Foreign currency adjustment

As at end of period

30 September 
2018  
€000

31 December 
 2017  
€000

112,728 

 159,249

(5,213) 

 (5,379)

107,515

11,723 

119,238

 153,870

 9,292

 163,162

9 months to  
30 September  
2018  
€000

Year to  
31 December 
 2017  
€000

(5,379)

 (4,737) 

(377) 

443 

100 

 (963)

 494

 (173)

(5,213)

 (5,379)

Sale of receivables under non-recourse factoring

The Group via Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o. has entered into a non-recourse receivables financing agreement with Coface, supported by 

Natixis Bank. It may sell up to €32,710,000 (PLN 140,000,000) of invoices (at any one time) at face value less certain reserves and 

fees. As at 31 December 2017 Coface charge interest on the drawn amounts of WIBOR (Warsaw Inter-bank Offered Rate) 1M + 

1.05% and a fee per invoice of 0.19%. The proceeds from the sale can be applied for the general corporate and working capital 

purposes of the Group. Pursuant to the HSBC Credit Facility, the total amount of receivables subject to a factoring facility may not in 

aggregate exceed €50,000,000. 

·  141  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
20. Trade and other receivables continued

In 2018 and 2017, the factoring facility was not utilised. 

Trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Polish Złoty

Euro

Czech Koruna

Other currencies

30 September 
2018
€000

31 December  
2017
€000

85,596 

11,579 

8,061 

2,279 

 119,090

 19,819

 12,129

 2,832

107,515 

 153,870

At the end of the period, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

Overdue 0–30 days 

Overdue more than 30 days 

30 September 
2018
€000

31 December  
2017
€000

12,064

7,605

19,669 

 13,055

 6,895

 19,950

The credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired is assessed by reference to external credit ratings 

where available, otherwise historical information relating to counterparty default rates is used. The Group continually assesses the 

recoverability of trade receivables and the level of provisioning required. 

Information about major customers:

Annual revenue from one customer in the Poland segment totalled more than 10% of total Group revenue. In 2018 revenue from 
this customer amounted to €38,897,000 (2017: €48,108,000).

21. Other assets

Current
30 September
2018
€000

Non-current
30 September
2018
€000

Current 
31 December
2017
€000

Non-current
31 December
2017
€000

Customs deposits

135 

4,742 

 –

 4,770

Customs guarantees are lodged with local Customs and Excise authorities and represent assets belonging to the Group. The 

deposits are to provide comfort to local Customs and Excise authorities that liabilities will be settled. These are cash deposits and are 

recognised as a receivable that does not meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents.

22. Investment in equity-accounted investee

On 17 July 2017, Stock Spirits entered into an agreement with Quintessential Brands Group for the acquisition of a 25% equity 

interest in Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited for a cash consideration of up to €18,333,000. Consideration comprised of 

an initial cash payment of €15,000,000 for 25% of the equity interest, and a contingent consideration of up to €3,333,000 which is 

payable over a five-year period, subject to performance conditions. 

·  142  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
The fair value of the contingent cash consideration at the acquisition date was calculated as €2,491,000, and goodwill of €425,000 

was recognised. The fair value of the cash consideration at 30 September 2018 is not considered to have changed with the 

contingent liability of €2,491,000 being included in non-current financial liabilities. 

The Group’s share of the loss of Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited for the period is €166,000 (31 December 2017:  

loss of €331,000). There has been a corresponding reduction in the carrying value of the investment.

The principal place of business of Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited is Dublin, Ireland.

The following table summarises the financial information of Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited as included in its own 

financial statements, adjusted for fair value adjustments at acquisition and differences in accounting policies, as at 30 September 

2018. The table also reconciles the summarised financial information to the carrying value of the Group’s interest in Quintessential 

Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited, and the results for the period from acquisition of the investment to 30 September 2018.

Net assets

Non-current assets

Current assets and liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets (100%)

Group’s share of net assets (25%)

Goodwill

Carrying value of investment in associate at end of period

Revenue (100%)

Loss from continuing operations (100%)

Total comprehensive income (100%)

Group’s share of loss from continuing operations (25%)

Group’s share of total comprehensive income (25%)

Carrying value of investment in associate brought forward

Share of loss from continuing operations (25%) during the period

Carrying value of investment in associate carried forward

30 September 
 2018  
€000

31 December 
 2017  
€000

60,701

12,530 

(6,955) 

66,276 

16,569 

425 

16,994 

 58,356

 9,166

 (583)

 66,939

 16,735

 425

 17,160

9 months to  
30 September 
2018
 €000

17 July to  
31 December 
 2017
 €000

2,252 

(662) 

(662) 

(166) 

(166) 

17,160 

(166) 

16,994 

 1,321

 (1,324)

 (1,324)

 (331)

 (331)

 17,491

 (331)

 17,160

·  143  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
23. Financial liabilities

Unsecured – at amortised cost

HSBC loan1

Cost of arranging bank loan2

Interest payable

Total

Current 
30 September
2018
€000

Non-current
30 September
2018
€000

Current 
31 December
2017
€000

Non-current
31 December
2017
€000

– 

 –

 16

16 

81,443 

(143) 

– 

81,300 

 –

 (53)

 101

 48

 114,191

 (143)

–

 114,048

1.   The Group has a facilities agreement for a €200,000,000 revolving credit facility (RCF) with a banking club consisting of five banks including HSBC who also act as the Agent. The 

original term of the RCF facility was five years. The facility is fully flexible and allows the Group to benefit from being able to increase or reduce borrowings as required, and utilise 

balance sheet cash more effectively. Each of the drawings under the RCF are drawn down in the local currencies. The loans bear variable rates of interest which are linked to the 

inter-bank offer rates of the country of drawing: WIBOR, PRIBOR or EURIBOR as appropriate. Please refer to the table below for the balances drawn down. Each of the loans have a 

variable margin element to the interest charge. The margin is linked to a ratchet mechanism, subject to a minimum margin, as the Group’s leverage covenant changes.

 As well as RCF drawings of €81,443,000 as at 30 September 2018 (2017: €114,191,000), an additional €10,551,000 (2017: €14,250,000) of the RCF was utilised for customs 

guarantees in Italy and Germany. These customs guarantees reduce the available RCF but do not constitute a balance sheet liability.

 On 21 July 2017, Stock Spirits Group extended its revolving credit facilities with its banking club by a further two years to November 2022. The other key facility terms 

remain unchanged.

2.   Costs of arranging the Group banking facilities are deducted from the original measurement of the loan facilities and amortised into finance costs throughout the period using the 

effective interest method. The arrangement fees under the facility totalled €300,000, and these are being amortised into finance costs throughout the initial period of the facility. 

Fees for the extension of the facility until 2022 are being amortised over the loan period. The balance of the fees remaining is €143,000 (2017: €196,000).

The following table shows the distribution of loan principal balances in Euros.

Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o.

Stock Plzeň-Božkov s.r.o.

Stock S.r.l.

Stock Slovensko s.r.o.

Baltic Distillery GmbH

Stock Spirits Limited

30 September  
2018 
€000

31 December  
2017 
€000

15,187 

41,556 

20,000 

700 

4,000 

– 

81,443 

 34,293

 50,998

 9,000

 900

 4,000

 15,000

 114,191

No security is provided to the lenders under the RCF facility as at 30 September 2018 (2017: nil security provided).

·  144  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of movement of financial liabilities

As at 1 January 2018

Repayment of loans 

Interest charge

Interest paid

Amortisation of arrangement fees

Foreign exchange on loan repayments

As at 30 September 2018

24. Other financial liabilities

Finance leases

Contingent consideration

 €000

114,096

(32,015)

1,135

(1,220)

53

(733)

81,316

Current
30 September 
2018
 €000

Non-current
30 September 
2018
 €000

Current
31 December  
2017
 €000

Non-current
31 December  
2017
 €000

66 

-

66 

201

2,491

2,692 

 83

 –

 83

 109

 2,491

 2,600

Contingent consideration: on the purchase of the 25% equity interest in Quintessential Brands Ireland Whiskey Limited (see note 

22), the fair value of contingent consideration has been estimated at €2,491,000 (2017: €2,491,000); this value is determined to  

be materially consistent at the reporting date, and therefore no adjustment have been recorded for the period from acquisition to  

30 September 2018.

25. Provisions 

Employee 
benefits and 
pensions 
€000

Employee 
severance 
indemnity 
€000

Interest and 
penalties 
on open tax 
enquiry  
€000

Legal and 
contract 
related 
provisions 
€000

Other 
provisions 
€000

As at 1 January 2018

Arising during the period

Utilised/released

Movement in provision following revaluation

Net foreign currency exchange differences

As at 30 September 2018

– Current

– Non-current

599

72

(44)

(19)

(12)

596 

138

458

153

220

(214)

–

–

159

–

159

631

32

(627)

–

(4)

32 

32

–

417

12

–

–

–

 429

307

122

454

223

(90)

–

(4)

583

240

343

Total  
€000

2,254

559

(975)

(19)

(20) 

1,799

717

1,082

·  145  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
25. Provisions continued

(i) Employee benefits and pensions:

The provision for employee benefits represents expenses recognised in relation to a long-term incentive plan (LTIP) operated by the 

Group, and Czech and Polish pension commitments for retirement benefits. 

The long-term incentive plan which existed prior to admission was amended so that 50%-70% of accrued awards crystallised upon 

admission, being paid out in cash. All remaining awards became exercisable in October 2014. At the Company’s discretion these 

options can be satisfied in cash and consequently these have been accounted for as long-term employee benefits under IFRS 2 

Share-Based Payments. 

During 2018 12,324 LTIP options were exercised (2017: nil options exercised).

(ii) Employee severance indemnity:

The Group operates an employee severance indemnity, mandatory for Italian companies, for qualifying employees of its Italian 

subsidiary. Under IAS 19 (Revised), this represents an unfunded defined benefit plan and is based on the working life of employees 

and on the remuneration earned by an employee over the course of a pre-determined term of service.

The most recent valuations of the present value of the severance indemnity obligation were carried out at 30 September 2018 by  

an actuary. 

The present value of the severance indemnity obligation, and the related current service cost and past service cost, were measured 

using the projected unit credit method. The principal assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows: 

discount rate 2.83% p.a. (2017: 1.92% p.a.), inflation 2.00% p.a. (2017: 2.00% p.a.), revaluation rate 75% of inflation rate + 1.5 points 

= 3.00% p.a. (2017: 3.00% p.a.).

The amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position are as follows:

Defined benefit obligation – 1 January

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Defined benefit obligation

Other

Non-current provision 

30 September 
2018  
€000

31 December  
2017  
€000

153

2

–

155

4

159

219

1

(86)

134

19

153

(iii)  Interest and Penalties on open tax enquiries: 

As stated in note 13, a provision has been made for the penalties and late interest payment for the 2014/15/16 tax assessments 

in Germany. During the year, the amount which was provided in 2017 for the 2011 tax assessment in the Czech Republic was paid 

in full.

(iv)  Legal and contract related provisions: 

These relate to exposures for potential contractual penalties arising in the normal course of business. Provisions are recognised 

where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the period end date and where a reliable estimate can be made of the likely 

outcome. While these provisions are reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted for management’s best current estimates, the 

judgemental nature of these items means that future amounts settled may differ from those provided.

·  146  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 (v)   Other provisions: 

These relate primarily to sales agent indemnity fees and other various miscellaneous provisions. Provisions are recognised where a legal 

or constructive obligation exists at the period end date and where a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome. While these 

provisions are reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted for management’s best current estimates, the judgemental nature of these items 

means that future amounts settled may differ from those provided. 

26. Indirect tax payable

Excise taxes

VAT

27. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

Social security and staff welfare costs

Other payables

– Current

– Non-current

28. Authorised and issued share capital and reserves 

Share capital of Stock Spirits Group PLC

Number of shares

Ordinary shares of £0.10 each, issued and fully paid

The movements in called up share capital and share premium accounts are set out below:

30 September 
2018  
€000

31 December  
2017  
€000

50,708 

11,350 

62,058 

 65,931

 13,325

 79,256

30 September 
2018  
€000

31 December  
2017  
€000

32,214

35,358 

1,970 

2,825 

72,367

72,080 

287 

 33,146

 37,398

 1,839

 1,948

 74,331

 73,915

 416

30 September 
2018

31 December  
2017

 200,000,000

 200,000,000

At 1 January 2017 and 1 January 2018

Cancellation of share premium

At 30 September 2018

Number of 
Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares 
€000

Share Premium 
€000

 200,000,000

 23,625

 –

 –

 200,000,000

 23,625

 183,541

 (183,541)

 –

All shares are equally eligible to receive dividends and the repayment of capital and represent one vote at shareholders’ meetings.

·  147  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
28. Authorised and issued share capital and reserves continued

Share premium

It was confirmed on 12 June 2018 by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales that the Share Premium Account has been 

cancelled, crediting the sum of €183,541,000 to retained earnings. This amount is now considered to be distributable. The Share 

Premium Cancellation was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 22 May 2018.

Merger reserve

On 21 October 2013 129,064,871 shares were issued in exchange for shares in OCM Luxembourg Spirits Holdings S.à.r.l. The net book 

value of OCM Luxembourg Spirits Holdings S.à.r.l. at the time of exchange was €114,279,000, which resulted in €99,033,000 being 

credited to the merger reserve in line with merger relief provided by Section 612 of the Company Act 2006. 

Consolidation reserve

As the Group was formed through a reorganisation in which Stock Spirits Group PLC became a new parent entity of the Group, the 

2013 consolidated financial statements were prepared as a continuation of the existing Group using the pooling of interests method 

(or merger accounting). Merger accounting principles for this combination gave rise to a consolidation reserve of €5,130,000. 

Own share reserve

The own share reserve comprises the cost of the Company’s shares held by the Group. The Employment Benefit Trust (EBT) holds 

these shares on behalf of the employees until the options are exercised. During 2018, 1,200,000 shares have been purchased by 

the EBT on behalf of the Group, in order to satisfy the vesting of options under the current share schemes. This has resulted in an 

increase in the own share reserve of €3,532,000. At 30 September 2018, the Group held 1,691,991 of the Company’s shares (31 

December 2017: 822,246).

On the exercise of options in the year, €468,000 was credited to the own share reserve (2017: €166,000), with the corresponding 

charge to retained earnings.

The EBT holds the shares at cost. 

Other reserve

Other reserves includes the credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments. See note 34 for full details. The charge for the 

period ended 30 September 2018 was €129,000 (2017: €1,942,000). On the exercise of Top-Up and Substitute option agreements 

in the period, €468,000 was debited to retained earnings with the corresponding credit to the own share reserve (2017: exercise of 

Jointly Owned Equity (JOE) Share Subscription Agreements and Top-Up option agreements: €166,000). 

Foreign currency translation reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

30 September 
2018 
€000

31 December  
2017  
€000

13,915 

 15,829

Exchange differences relating to the translation from the functional currencies of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries into Euros are 

accounted for by entries made directly to the foreign currency translation reserve. 

·  148  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 29. Distributions made and proposed

 9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

 Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid:

Interim dividend for 2018: 2.50 €cents per share (2017: 2.38 €cents per share)

5,025 

 4,760

Proposed dividends on ordinary shares:

Final cash dividend for 2018: 6.01 €cents per share (2017: 5.72 €cents per share)

11,946 

 11,437

Dividend payments included in the consolidated cashflow statement of €16,398,000 (2017: €15,730,000) reflect the movement in 

exchange rates from the date of declaration to the date of payment and include the payment of the final dividend from the prior year.

The proposed dividend on ordinary shares is subject to approval at the AGM and is not recognised as a liability as at 

30 September 2018. 

30. Risk management 

The Group is exposed to a variety of risks such as market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s principal financial liabilities 

are loans and borrowings. The Group also has trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, indirect tax payables and cash 

and cash equivalents that arise directly from operations. This note provides further detail on financial risk management and includes 

quantitative information on the specific risks.

The Group’s senior management oversees and agrees the policies for managing each of these risks. These are summarised below.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cashflows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market 

prices. The Group’s exposure is primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. 

Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings.

All Group borrowings are subject to the variable rates based on WIBOR, PRIBOR and EURIBOR, as stated per the HSBC  

loan facility agreement.

The Group has not entered into any derivatives to hedge foreign currency risk in relation to the HSBC facility. Each facility and the 

resulting cash outflows are denominated in local currency. The cashflows are therefore economically hedged within each market. 

Management have considered the foreign currency risk exposure and consider the risk to be adequately mitigated.

Sensitivity analysis 

The Company recognises that movements in certain risk variables (such as interest rates or foreign exchange rates) might affect the 

amounts recorded in its equity and its profit and loss for the period. Therefore the Company has assessed:

•  What would be reasonably possible changes in the risk variables at the end of the reporting period.

•  The effects on profit or loss and equity if such changes in the risk variables were to occur. 

·  149  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
30. Risk management continued

Interest rate risk

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on the Group’s floating rate loans 

and borrowings which, at the end of 30 September 2018, are not hedged. With all other variables being constant the Group’s profit 

before tax is affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings as follows.

30 September 2018

Euro

Polish Złoty

Czech Koruna

31 December 2017

Euro

Polish Złoty

Czech Koruna

Increase in basis 
points

Effect on profit/
(loss) before tax 
€000

–50/+50

–50/+50

–50/+50

–50/+50

–50/+50

–50/+50

124/(124)

76/(76)

208/(208)

145/(145)

171/(171)

255/(255)

The assigned movement in basis points for interest rate sensitivity analysis is based upon the currently observable  

market environment. 

The Group cash balances are held in current bank financial statements and earn immaterial levels of interest. Management have 

concluded that any changes in the EURIBOR rates will have an immaterial impact on interest income earned on the Group cash 

balances. No interest rate sensitivity has been included in relation to the Group’s cash balances.

Foreign currency risk

The following tables consider the impact on profit before tax arising from the conversion of non-domestic currency trade debtor, 

trade creditor and cash balances in our Polish, Czech and UK Group entities should there be a change in the spot €/CZK, €/PLN 

and €/GBP exchange rates of +/–5%. These currencies are considered as these are the most significant non-Euro denominations 

Change in EUR  
vs. PLN/CZK/ 
GBP rate

+ 5%

– 5%

+ 5%

– 5%

+ 5%

– 5%

2018  
€000

70

(77)

175

(193)

2

(2)

2017  
€000

34

(38)

115

(127)

(708)

783

of the Group. 

EUR–PLN

EUR–CZK

EUR–GBP

·  150  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a 

financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily for trade receivables) and from its financing 

activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments.

Trade receivables

Customer credit risk is managed by each business unit subject to the Group’s established policy, procedures and control relating to 

customer credit risk management. Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored and credit insurance is used where 

applicable. The credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired is assessed by reference to external credit 

ratings where available, otherwise historical information relating to counterparty default rates is used. The Group continually 

assesses the recoverability of trade receivables and the level of provisioning required. Refer to note 20 for details of accounts 

receivable which are past due.

The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance for doubtful debts and the amount of loss is recognised 

within the consolidated income statement. When a receivable balance is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the 

allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the consolidated 

income statement. Refer to note 20 for details of the movement in allowance for doubtful debts. Management does not believe 

that the Group is subject to any significant credit risk in view of the Group’s large and diversified client base which is located in 

several jurisdictions.

Other receivables and financial assets

Other receivables and financial assets consist largely of VAT and excise duty receivables and customs guarantees. As the 

counterparties are Revenue and Customs Authorities in the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates, credit risk is 

considered to be minimal and therefore no further analysis has been performed. 

Financial instruments and cash deposits

Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed in accordance with the Group’s policy. The Group deposits 

cash with reputable financial institutions, from which management believes loss to be remote. The Group’s maximum exposure to 

credit risk for the components of the statement of financial position at 30 September 2018 and 31 December 2017 is the carrying 

amounts as illustrated in notes 23 and 32. The Group’s maximum exposure for financial guarantees is noted in note 24 and in the 

liquidity table overleaf.

·  151  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information30. Risk management continued

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity 

risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cashflows and 

matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s undiscounted financial liabilities at 30 September 2018 and 31 

December 2017:

As at 30 September 2018

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (note 23)

Interest payable on interest-bearing loans

Other financial liabilities (note 24)

Trade and other payables (note 27)

Contingent consideration (note 24)

 Less than  
one year  
€000

 Between two  
and five years  
€000

 –

1,588 

66 

69,845

 –

71,499

81,443

4,971 

201

133

2,491

89,239

 Total  
€000

81,443 

6,559 

267 

69,978

2,491

160,738

The RCF agreement which was signed in 2015 was for a term of five years. The facility is fully flexible, with the amount borrowed 

being reset each month. On 21 July 2017, Stock Spirits Group extended its revolving credit facilities with its banking club by a 

further two years to November 2022. Interest payable on interest-bearing loans for the term of the facility has been estimated using 

amounts drawn at 30 September 2018, and the interest rates and margins applicable at this time. 

The Group has €108,006,000 of undrawn facilities available to it under the terms of the RCF (31 December 2017: €71,559,000). 

Refer to note 23.

The contingent consideration’s fair value measurement (Level 3) has been performed using a discounted cashflow based on a series 

of unobservable inputs. Management have used all available information about likely future trading of Quintessential Brands Ireland 

Whiskey Limited to determine to determine the fair value of the contingent consideration. 

As at 31 December 2017

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (note 23)

Interest payable on interest-bearing loans

Other financial liabilities (note 24)

Trade and other payables (note 27)

Contingent consideration (note 24)

 Less than  
one year  
€000

 Between two  
and five years  
€000

 –

 1,918

 83

 72,285

 –

 74,286

 114,191

 9,360

 109

 –

 2,491

 126,151

 Total  
€000

 114,191

 11,278

 192

 72,285

 2,491

 200,437

·  152  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Capital risk management

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it has the capital required to operate and grow the 

business at a reasonable cost of capital without incurring undue financial risks. The Board periodically reviews its capital structure to 

ensure it meets changing business needs. 

In addition, the Directors consider the management of debt to be an important element in controlling the capital structure of the 

Group. The Group may carry significant levels of long-term structural and subordinated debt to fund investments and acquisitions 

and has arranged debt facilities to allow for fluctuations in working capital requirements. There have been no changes to the capital 

requirements in the current period. 

Management manage capital on an ongoing basis to ensure that covenant requirements on the third party debt are met.

The Group regards its total capital as follows:

Net debt

Equity attributable to the owners of the Company

Net debt is calculated as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents (note 32)

Floating rate loans and borrowings (note 23)

Finance leases (note 24)

Net debt

Adjusted EBITDA (note 7)

Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA (Leverage)

2018  
€000

31,583

351,881

383,464

2018  
€000

50,143

(81,459)

(267)

(31,583)

2018  
€000

35,848

0.88

2017  
€000

53,143

354,309

407,452

 2017  
€000

61,341

(114,292)

(192)

(53,143)

2017  
€000

56,324

0.94

·  153  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information30. Risk management continued

Fair value

Management assessed that cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and other current liabilities approximate 

their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

As per the table below, the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial instruments are considered to be a reasonable approximation 

of their fair values.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities 

Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts which approximates fair values of all of the Group’s financial 

instruments that are carried in the financial statements.

As at 30 September 2018

Financial assets:

Cash

Trade and other receivables

Customs deposits

Financial liabilities:

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings:

(i) Finance lease obligations 

(ii) Floating rate borrowings – banks

Trade and other payables

Contingent liabilities (note 24)

As at 31 December 2017

Financial assets:

Cash

Trade and other receivables

Customs deposits

Financial liabilities:

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings:

(i) Finance lease obligations 

(ii) Floating rate borrowings – banks

Trade and other payables

Contingent liabilities (note 24)

Financial assets 
and liabilities at 
amortised cost 
€000

Total book value 
€000

50,143 

114,083 

4,877 

50,143 

114,083 

4,877 

(267) 

(81,300)

(69,978) 

(2,491)

(267) 

(81,300)

(69,978) 

(2,491)

Loans and 
receivables  
€000

 61,341

 160,224

 4,770

Amortised cost 
€000

Total book value 
€000

Fair value  
€000

 –

 –

 –

 61,341

 160,224

 4,770

 61,341

 160,224

 4,770

 –

 –

 –

 –

 (192)

 (192)

 (192)

 (113,995)

 (113,995)

 (113,995)

 (72,285)

 (2,491)

 (72,285)

 (2,491)

 (72,285)

 (2,491)

At 30 September 2018 and 31 December 2017 there were no financial instruments and therefore no analysis using the fair value 

hierarchy has been performed. 

·  154  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31. Related party transactions 

Note 33 below provides details of the Group’s structure including information about the subsidiaries of Stock Spirits Group PLC.  

In considering each possible related party relationship, attention is directed to the substance of the relationship, not merely the legal 

form. There were no transactions with related parties in the period to 31 December 2017 or 30 September 2018, with the exception 

of intercompany transactions and compensation of key management personnel.

Compensation of key management personnel 

The Group’s Directors as shown on page 56 and the senior management team are deemed to be key management personnel. It is 

the Board and senior management team which have responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. 

Total compensation to key management personnel was included in general and administrative and other operational expenses in the 

consolidated income statement.

Short-term employee benefits

Social security costs

Post-employment benefits

Share-based compensation (note 34)

Termination benefits

 9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

 Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

5,294

330 

209 

632 

– 

6,465 

 5,342

 443

 306

 1,845

 730

 8,666

There were no material transactions or balances between the Group and its key management personnel or members of their close 

family. At the end of the period, key management personnel did not owe the Group any amounts.

As at 30 September 2018, no Directors (2017: nil) had any retirement benefits accrued under either money purchase schemes or 

under defined benefit schemes.

In 2018 no Director (2017: 1) made gains on the exercise of share options.

Other disclosures on Directors’ remuneration required by the Companies Act 2006 and those specified for audit by the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with Quintessential Brands Ireland 

Whiskey Limited and its related entities for the period to 30 September 2018. There were no such transactions in 2017.

Subsidiaries:

Stock Plzeň-Božkov s.r.o.

Stock S.r.l.

Stock d.o.o.

Stock Slovensko s.r.o.

Sales of  
goods/services  
€000

Purchases of 
goods/services 
€000

Amounts owed 
by related parties 
€000

Amounts owed 
to related parties 
€000

–

4

5

5

14

31

8

67

32

138

–

–

5

5

10

31

5

15

-

51

·  155  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
32. Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purposes of the cashflow statement, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks, net of outstanding bank 

overdrafts. Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year as shown in the cashflow statement can be reconciled to the 

related items in the statement of financial position as follows:

 30 September 
2018  
€000

 31 December 
2017 
 €000

50,143 

 61,341

30 September 
2018  
€000

31 December  
2017  
€000

2,030 

9,814 

18,254

14,887 

5,158 

50,143

 1,445

 7,883

 21,958

 24,610

 5,445

 61,341

Cash and bank balances 

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling 

Euro

Czech Koruna

Polish Złoty

Other currencies

Total

·  156  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
33. Group structure and acquisition details

Details of Group undertakings as of 30 September 2018 and 31 December 2017 are as follows:

Group company

and registered office address Relation

30 September 2018

31 December 2017

Country of incorporation 

Proportion of voting rights shares held

Stock Spirits (UK) Limited 

Stock Plzeň-Božkov s.r.o.1

Stock S.r.l.1

F.lli Galli, Camis & Stock A.G.1

Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o.1

Stock International s.r.o.1

Stock Spirits Group Services AG1

Stock BH d.o.o.1

Stock d.o.o.1

Baltic Distillery GmbH1

Stock Slovensko s.r.o.1

Stock Finance (Euro) Limited1

Stock Finance (Złoty) Limited1

Stock Finance (Koruna) Limited1

 England3 Subsidiary

 Czech Republic5 Subsidiary

 Italy7 Subsidiary

 Switzerland8 Subsidiary

 Poland4 Subsidiary

 Czech Republic5 Subsidiary

 Switzerland8 Subsidiary

 Bosnia9 Subsidiary

 Croatia10 Subsidiary

 Germany11 Subsidiary

 Slovakia6 Subsidiary

 England2,3 Subsidiary

 England2,3 Subsidiary

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 –

 –

 England3 Subsidiary

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

 100%

All shareholdings in subsidiaries are represented by Ordinary shares.

1.  Wholly owned held indirectly through subsidiary undertakings

2.   In connection with an internal corporate reorganisation, Stock Finance (Euro) Limited and Stock Finance (Złoty) Limited were liquidated in July 2018

3.  The registered office is Solar House, Mercury Park, Wooburn Green, Buckinghamshire, HP10 0HH, United Kingdom

4.  The registered office is ul Spoldzielcza n.6 Lublin 20-402, Poland

5.  The registered office is Palirenska 641/2, PSC 32600, Czech Republic

6.  The registered office is Galvaniho 7/A Bratislava – mestská časť Ružinov 821 04, Slovakia

7.  The registered office is Tucidide 56 bis, 20 134 Milan, Italy

8.  The registered office is Domanda Verurraltungs GmbH, Baarerstrasse 43, 6302 Zug

9.  The registered office is Džemala Bijedića 185, Ilidža, 71000 Sarajevo, Bosnia Herzegovina

10. The registered office is Josipa Lončara 3, 10000 Zagreb, Croatia

11. The registered office is Baltic Distillery GmbH, Gartenweg 1, 18334 Dettmannsdorf

·  157  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information34. Share-based compensation

Share options issued at IPO 

Post-IPO awards were valued by reference to the share price at admission to the London Stock Exchange.

The Group EBT holds the shares for all vested share options. At IPO several members of key management were issued a total of 

1,538,124 £0.10 ordinary share options in Stock Spirits Group PLC. The options vested immediately upon grant.

Included within the terms of the grant the employee agrees to receive their options net of a deduction to allow the Company to settle any 

personal income taxes on behalf of the recipient. Consequently there is no liability to the Company on exercise of the options. 

Exercisable options

Number outstanding

Weighted average exercise price

Expiration period

The movements in the awards outstanding during the period were as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Exercised

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

Performance Share Plan (PSP):

30 September 
2018

31 December  
2017

458,501

£nil

5 years

758,501

£nil

6 years

 Number 

 758,501

 (300,000)

 458,501

 458,501

Participation in the PSP is restricted to the senior management team. Awards made under the PSP normally vest provided the 

participant remains in the Group’s employment during the performance period and financial targets are met at the end of the 

performance period. 

In the 2018 plan, financial targets are based 50% on EPS targets and 50% on cashflow conversion. 

The performance period is usually three financial years beginning with the financial year in which the award is granted. The vesting 

period for grants made under the 2018 scheme is 2.72 years with an exercise period of 7.28 years to reflect the impact of the 

change in year-end to 30 September from 31 December. The exercise price of PSP options is £nil.

Awards were granted over 382,661 shares on 14 March 2018 (2017: 1,611,583 shares). An additional 4,521 options were also issued 

under the 2017 PSP scheme. The Executive Directors are required to hold the shares (other than those sold to sell to cover tax and 

social security due on exercise) for a period of two years from the date of vest. These new options were valued using the Black-

Scholes model. Dividends accrue to the participants prior to option exercise. 

In the 2017 plan, financial targets were based 50% on EBITDA targets and 50% on cashflow conversion for senior management 

excluding the Executive Directors. For Executive Directors the performance conditions were 50% EPS targets and 50% cashflow 

conversion targets. These options were valued using the Black-Scholes model. Dividends accrue to the participants prior to 

option exercise.

The performance period for the 2017 PSP scheme is three financial years, beginning with the financial year in which the award is 

granted. The vesting period for grants made under this scheme is three years with an exercise period of seven years. The exercise 

price of PSP options granted under this scheme is £nil.

·  158  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 The compensation expense recognised in relation to these awards is based on the fair value of the awards at grant date. 

Further information on the PSP is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 86.

The principal assumptions made in measuring the fair value of PSP awards were as follows:

Principal assumptions

Fair value at grant date

Share price on grant date

Expected life of the awards

Risk free rate interest rate

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares

Volatility of the Company’s shares

TSR correlation (SSG PLC vs comparators)

 2018 PSP  
Holding period

 2018 PSP  
No holding period

 2017 PSP

209.8 pence

259.0 pence

187.0 pence

 259.0 pence

 259.0 pence

187.0 pence

2.72 years

2.72 years

3 years

0.82%

0%

36.39%

n/a

0.82%

0%

36.39%

n/a

0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

Due to the limited historic data available at the time of the 2017 scheme being issued, Stock Spirits Group PLC expected volatility 

was based on the historic volatilities of the companies in the TSR comparator group.

The movements in the awards outstanding during the year were as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Granted

Forfeited

Lapsed

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

Number

 2,614,863

 387,182

(207,916)

 (1,058,236) 

 1,735,893

 –

Included within the terms of the grant the employee agrees to receive their options net of a deduction to allow the Group to settle any 

personal income taxes on behalf of the recipient. Consequently there is no liability to the Group on exercise of the options.

Restricted Stock options (RSA):

On 14 March 2018, awards were granted over 453,897 shares (2017: 534,419 shares). An additional 2,261 options were also issued 

under the 2017 RSA scheme.

Participation in the 2018 RSA is restricted to the senior management team, excluding Executive Directors. Vesting is dependent 

upon continued employment as at the date of the announcement of the 2020 results and an underpin that Adjusted EBITDA in 2020 

is greater than Adjusted EBITDA in 2017. No dividends accrue to the Plan participants prior to exercise. The exercise price of RSU 

options is €nil.

Participation in the 2017 RSA was restricted to the senior management team, who were previously included in the 2014 or 2015 

PSP schemes and still employed by the Group in March 2017. Vesting is dependent upon continued employment as at the date of 

the announcement of the 2018 results. No dividends accrue to the Plan participants prior to exercise. The exercise price of 2017 

RSA options is £nil.

·  159  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
34. Share-based compensation continued

Restricted Stock options (RSA): continued

The compensation expense recognised in relation to these awards is based on the fair value of the awards at grant date.  

The fair value of nil-cost options is determined using a Black-Scholes model.

Further information on the RSA is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 86.

The principal assumptions made in measuring the fair value of RSA awards were as follows:

 2018 
RSA

 2017  
RSA

236.8 pence

172.8 pence

259.0 pence

187.0 pence

2.72 years

1.72 years

0.82%

3.3%

36.39%

0%

n/a

n/a

 Number

 479,465

 456,158

– 

935,623 

 –

 Number

 1,000,000

(1,000,000)

–

 –

Principal assumptions

Fair value at grant date

Share price on grant date

Expected life of the awards

Risk free rate interest rate

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares

Volatility of the Company’s shares

The movements in the awards outstanding during the period were as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Granted

Lapsed

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

Special Option Award – Managing Director of Polish business

In 2016, 1,000,000 awards were issued to the Managing Director of the Polish business. 

The awards have lapsed in 2018 as the financial targets were not met during the performance period.

The movement in the awards under this scheme during the year are as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Lapsed

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan:

In respect of 2017 an annual bonus was paid to Mirek Stachowicz of 32.1% of salary. 25% of the bonus earned was deferred into 

shares. Options over 13,661 shares were awarded. The exercise price of the options is €nil. Dividends accrue prior to exercise.  

The vesting period is two financial years from the date of grant with an exercise period of eight years. 

The compensation expense recognised in relation to these awards is based on the fair value of the awards at grant date.  

The fair value of nil-cost options is determined using a Black-Scholes model.

·  160  ·

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
The principal assumptions made in measuring the fair value of awards were as follows:

Principal assumptions

Fair value at grant date

Share price on grant date

Expected life of the awards

Risk free rate interest rate

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares

Volatility of the Company’s shares

Share-based compensation expense

2018 DABP

243.0 pence

243.0 pence

2.0 years

0.83%

0%

29.75%

The expense recognised in other operational expenses for employee services received during the period is shown in the following table:

Total share-based compensation expense recognised in Statement of Changes in Equity

Total cash-settled share-based compensation awards recognised in liabilities

Share-based compensation (note 10)

9 months to  
30 September 
2018  
€000

 Year to  
31 December  
2017  
€000

129

20

149

1,942

342

2,284

The total value of cash-settled share-based compensation awards recognised in liabilities at 30 September 2018 is €125,000 (2017: 

€342,000). These represent employer’s social security on share options and accrued dividend equivalents. 

35. Operating lease commitments

The Group has entered into commercial leases on certain items of plant and machinery and buildings. These leases have an average 

life of between three and five years with no renewal option included in the contracts. There are no restrictions placed upon the 

Group by entering into these contracts.

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Within one year

After one year but not more than five years

More than five years

2018  
€000

5,005 

12,267

2,801 

20,073 

2017  
€000

 4,977

 12,778

 4,076

 21,831

The total charge under operating leases as of 30 September 2018 was €3,668,000 (2017: €4,356,000).

36. Commitments for capital expenditure

Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment as of 30 September 2018 are €656,000 (2017: €511,000). 

37. Events after the balance sheet date

Further correspondence was received from the Polish tax authorities in relation to its inquiry covering the 2013 tax return of the 

Group’s Polish subsidiary. Refer to note 13 for further details.

·  161  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 

Company statement of financial position
at 30 September 2018

Non-current assets

Investments

Other receivables

Current assets

Other receivables and prepayments 

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Non-current liabiliti es

Trade and other payables

Current liabiliti es

Trade and other payables

Total liabiliti es

Net assets 

Capital and reserves

Issued share capital

Share premium

Own share reserve

Merger reserve

Share-based compensati on reserve

Retained earnings

 30 September 
2018 
£000

31 December 
2017 
£000

 Notes

 3

 4

 5

 6

 7

 8

 9

 9

 9

 9

9, 12

256,341 

 256,301

 31

 66

256,372

 256,367

15,173 

1,223

16,396 

272,768

 15,414

 656

 16,070

 272,437

91 

 130

2,047 

2,138 

 2,006

 2,136

270,630 

 270,301

20,000 

– 

(3,000) 

83,837 

9,136 

160,657 

270,630 

 20,000

 155,428

 (272)

 83,837

 9,021

 2,287

 270,301

Notes 1 to 14 are an integral part of the fi nancial statements.

The standalone fi nancial statements of Stock Spirits Group PLC, registered number 08687223, on pages 162 to 177, were approved 

by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 5 December 2018 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mirek Stachowicz 

Paul Bal 

Chief Executi ve Offi  cer 

Chief Financial Offi  cer

5 December 2018 

5 December 2018

·  162  ·

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of cashflows
for the 9 month period ended 30 September 2018

Operating activities

Profit for the period

Adjustments to reconcile profit to net cashflows:

Other financial income

Interest expense

Share-based compensation

Working capital adjustments

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables and other assets

Increase/(decrease) in trade payables and other liabilities

Net cashflows from operating activities

Investing activities

Interest received

Net cashflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Interest paid

Dividends paid to equity holders 

Purchase of own shares

Net cashflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

9 months to  
30 September  
2018  
£000

Year to  
31 December  
2017  
£000

Notes

17,809 

 169

(264) 

169 

36

17,750 

510

44 

554

18,304

– 

– 

(142) 

(14,481) 

(3,114)

(17,737) 

567 

656

1,223 

 (334)

 238

 568

 641

 (2,137)

 (352)

 (2,489)

 (1,848)

 22

 22

 (238)

 (13,634)

 (102)

 (13,974)

 (15,800)

 16,456

 656

 12

10 

9 

 6

·  163  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
at 30 September 2018

 Issued 
capital
 £000

 Share 
premium
 £000

 Merger 
reserve
 £000

 Share-based 
compensation 
reserve
 £000

 Own 
share 
reserve
 £000

 Retained 
earnings
 £000

 Total
 £000

Balance at 1 January 2017

 20,000  155,428

 83,837

 7,292

 (210)

 15,793  282,140

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Share-based compensation charge (note 12)

Own shares acquired for incentive schemes (note 9)

Own shares utilised for incentive schemes (note 9)

Dividends (note 10)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

–

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 1,729

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

(103)

41

 169

 169

 169

 169

 –

 –

 1,729

 (103)

 (41) 

 –

 –  (13,634)

 (13,634)

Balance at 31 December 2017

 20,000  155,428

 83,837

 9,021

 (272)

 2,287  270,301

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income

Share-based compensation charge (note 12)

Own shares acquired for incentive schemes (note 9)

Own shares utilised for incentive schemes (note 9)

Dividends (note 10)

– 

 –

– 

 –

 –

 –

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Cancellation of share premium (note 9)

–   (155,428) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 –

– 

– 

– 

– 

 115

– 

 –

– 

– 

– 

– 

 –

(3,144)

17,809 

17,809 

17,809 

17,809 

– 

– 

115 

(3,144) 

416

(386) 

 30

– 

(14,481)

(14,481) 

–   155,428 

 –

Balance at 30 September 2018

20,000 

 –

 83,837

 9,136

(3,000)  160,657 270,630 

·  164  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018  
 
Notes to the Parent Company financial statements
at 30 September 2018

1. General information

These separate financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors of Stock Spirits Group PLC 

(the Company) on 5 December 2018.

The Company’s registered office is at Solar House, Mercury Park, Wooburn Green, Buckinghamshire, HP10 0HH, United Kingdom.

2. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 (the Act). As permitted 

by the Act, the separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRS), as adopted by the European Union.

International Financial Reporting Standards are issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (IASB). 

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors believe that there are no material 

uncertainties which lead to significant doubt that the entity can continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from 

the date of approval of the financial statements.

The financial statements are presented in Sterling (£), rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) unless otherwise stated. They have 

been prepared under the historical cost convention.

These financial statements have been prepared for the 9 month period ended 30 September 2018 (2017: 12 months to 31 

December 2017).

Exemptions

The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and not presented an 

income statement or a statement of comprehensive income for the Company alone. The profit for the period has been disclosed in 

the statement of changes in equity. 

New/Revised standards and interpretations adopted in 2018

The following amendments to existing standards and interpretations were effective for the period, but either they were not 

applicable to or did not have a material impact on the Company:

• 

IFRS 9: Financial Instruments 

• 

IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers

• 

IFRIC Interpretation 22: Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

•  Clarification to IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers

•  Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions

•  Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 Financial instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts

•  Amendments to IAS 40: Transfers of Investment Property

•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014–2016 Cycle: minor amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 28

•  Amendment to IAS 12: Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses

•  Amendments to IAS 7: Disclosure Initiative

·  165  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information2. Accounting policies continued

New/Revised standards and interpretations not applied

The following standards and interpretations in issue are not yet effective for the Company and have not been adopted by  

the Company:

IFRS 16: Leases 

IFRS 17: Insurance Contracts

Amendments to IFRS 9: Financial Instruments

 Amendments to IAS 19: Employee Benefits

 Amendments to IAS 28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Effective dates1

1 January 2019

1 January 2021

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle: minor amendments to IFRS 3, IFRS 11, IAS 12 and IAS 23 1 January 2019

The Directors do not expect the adoption of these standards and interpretations to have a material impact on the Company financial 

statements in the period of initial application. The Company will continue to monitor any potential impact as the new standards 

become more imminent. 

1.   The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS 

as adopted by the European Union (EU), the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via the EU Endorsement 

mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need for endorsement restricts the 

Company’s discretion to early adopt standards 

Investments

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are valued at cost, less accumulated impairment. 

Share-based compensation
Equity-settled transactions

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised together with a corresponding increase in other reserves in equity, over the 

period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 

transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the 

Company’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit for the period 

represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised at the beginning and end of the period and is recognised in general and 

administrative expenses.

Where the terms of an equity-settled transaction award are modified, the minimum expense recognised is the expense as if the 

terms had not been modified, if the original terms of the award are met. An additional expense is recognised for any modification 

that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment transaction, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at 

the date of modification.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet 

recognised for the award is recognised immediately. This includes any award where non-vesting conditions within the control of 

either the entity or the employee are not met. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as 

a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognised over the 

original vesting period and an expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of 

any modification.

·  166  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018The financial effect of awards by the Company of options over its equity shares to employees of subsidiary undertakings is 

recognised by the Parent Company, in its individual financial statements, as an increase in the costs of investments in its subsidiaries, 

with the corresponding credit being recognised directly in equity as a credit to the share-based payments reserve equivalent to the 

IFRS 2 cost. 

Repurchase and reissue of ordinary shares (own shares)

When shares recognised in equity are repurchased, the amount of consideration paid – which includes directly attributable costs – is 

recognised as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as own shares and are presented in the own share reserve. 

When own shares are sold or re-issued subsequently, the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity and the resulting 

surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented within retained earnings.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 

market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. 

These are classified as non-current assets. The Company’s loans and receivables comprise Other receivables and Cash and cash 

equivalents in the balance sheet.

Other receivables

Other receivables are non-interest-bearing and are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequently at amortised cost, reduced by 

appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at banks and in hand and short-term deposits with an 

original maturity of three months or less.

Trade and other payables 

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

Cash dividends to equity holders 

The Company recognises a liability to make cash distributions to equity holders of the Parent when the distribution is authorised and 

the distribution is no longer at the discretion of the Company. As per the corporate laws in the United Kingdom, an interim distribution 

is authorised by the Board, whilst a final distribution is authorised when it is approved by the shareholders.

3. Investments

Carrying value at 1 January 2018

Increase in investments from share-based payments

Carrying value at 30 September 2018 

See note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

4. Other receivables due in more than one year

Cost of arranging bank loans > 1 year 

£000

256,301

40

256,341

30 September  
2018  
£000

31 December  
2017  
£000

31

66

·  167  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information  
5. Other receivables and prepayments

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Other debtors and prepayments

Cost of arranging bank loans < 1 year

No security has been granted over other receivables.

6. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and bank balances

7. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year

Other payables 

30 September 
2018  
£000

31 December  
2017  
£000

14,844

15,295

301

28

104

15

15,173

15,414

30 September  
2018
£000

31 December  
2017
£000

1,223

656

30 September 
2018  
£000

31 December  
2017  
£000

91

130

Other payables falling due after more than one year represents social security costs of £91,000 (2017: £130,000) in relation to the 

Share Plans.

8. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

VAT and social security 

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Other payables

30 September  
2018
£000

31 December  
2017
£000

92

1,063

216

501

175

2,047

143

1,285

346

7

225

2,006

Other payables includes £146,000 (2017: £225,000) which represents Employer’s social security costs in relation to share- 

based compensation. 

·  168  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedat 30 September 20189. Authorised and issued share capital and reserves

The movements in called up share capital and share premium accounts are set out below:

At 1 January 2017 and 1 January 2018

 200,000,000

 20,000,000

 155,428,080

Number of 
Ordinary shares

Ordinary  
shares  
£

Share  
Premium  
£

Cancellation of share premium

At 30 September 2018

Share premium

 –

 –

 (155,428,080)

 200,000,000

 20,000,000

 –

On 25 October 2013 the Company was admitted to the London Stock Exchange and placed 22,127,660 ordinary £0.10 shares at a 

premium of £2.25 per share. Also included in share premium was capitalised listing costs, which were incurred directly in connection 

with the registration and distribution of shares.

It was confirmed on 12 June 2018 by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales that the Share Premium Account has been 

cancelled, crediting the sum of £155,428,080 to retained earnings. This amount is now considered to be distributable. The Share 

Premium Cancellation was approved by shareholders at the AGM held on 22 May 2018.

Own share reserve

The own share reserve comprises the cost of the Company’s shares, which are held by the Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) on behalf 

of the employees until the options are exercised. During the 9 months ended 30 September 2018, 1,200,000 shares have been 

purchased by the EBT on behalf of the Group, in order to satisfy the vesting of options under the current share schemes. This has 

resulted in an increase in the own share reserve of £3,144,000. At 30 September 2018 the EBT held 1,691,991 of the Company’s 

shares (2017: 822,246).

On the exercise of options in the period £416,000 (2017: £41,000) was credited to the own share reserve. 

The EBT holds the shares at cost.

Merger reserve

On 21 October 2013, 129,064,871 shares were issued in exchange for shares in OCM Luxembourg Spirits Holdings S.à.r.l. The net 

book value of OCM Luxembourg Spirits Holdings S.à.r.l. at the time of exchange was £96,743,000, which resulted in £83,837,000 being 

credited to the merger reserve in line with merger relief provided by Section 612 of the Company Act 2006. 

Share-based compensation reserve

Share-based compensation reserve includes the credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments. See note 12 for full 

details. The equity charge for the period ended 30 September 2018 was £115,000 (2017: £1,729,000).

10. Distributions made and proposed

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid:

Interim dividend for 2018: 2.50 €cents (2.25 Sterling pence) per share  

(2017: 2.38 €cents (2.19 Sterling pence))

Proposed dividends on ordinary shares:

Final cash dividend for 2018: 6.01 €cents (5.35 Sterling pence) per share 

9 months to 
30 September 
2018  
£000

Year to 
31 December 
2017  
£000

4,474 

 4,350

(2017: 5.72 €cents (4.85 Sterling pence)) 

10,632 

 9,697

·  169  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
 
 
 
11. Risk management

The Company’s principal financial liabilities are trade and other payables. The Company’s principal financial assets include other 

debtors, prepayments and cash and cash equivalents that derive directly from its operations. 

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s senior management 

oversees and agrees the policies for managing each of these risks. These are summarised below.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument, leading to a financial loss.  

The Company is exposed to credit risk from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions.

Financial instruments and cash deposits

Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed in accordance with the Group’s policy (refer to note 30 of 

the consolidated financial statements). The Company deposits cash with reputable financial institutions, from which management 

believes loss to be remote. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the statement of financial 

position at 30 September 2018 is the carrying amounts as illustrated in note 6. 

Other receivables and prepayments

Other receivables and prepayments consist largely of amounts receivable from subsidiaries. As there are deemed to be no going 

concern issues with any of the individual Group entities, loss is considered to be remote; consequently, credit risk is minimal and  

no further analysis has been performed. 

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities 

Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying values and fair values of all financial instruments that are carried in the 

financial statements. 

As at 30 September 2018

Cash and cash equivalents (note 6)

Other receivables (note 4,5)

Trade and other payables (note 7,8)

As at 31 December 2017

Cash and cash equivalents (note 6)

Other receivables (note 4,5)

Trade and other payables (note 7,8)

Liquidity risk

 Financial assets 
and liabilities at 
amortised cost 
£000

1,223 

14,921 

(1,873) 

 Total book  
value
 £000

 656

 15,350

 (1,790)

 Total 
 book value 
 £000

1,223 

14,921 

(1,873) 

 Fair value
 £000

 656

 15,350

 (1,790)

 Loans and
 receivables
 £000

 656

 15,350

Payables
 £000

 –

 –

 –

 (1,790)

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company manages 

liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cashflows and matching the 

maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

·  170  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s undiscounted financial liabilities.

As at 30 September 2018

Financial liabilities

 On
 demand
 £000

 Less than
 one year
 £000

 Between two 
and five years
 £000

 More than
 five years
 £000

Total
 £000

Trade and other payables (note 7,8)

– 

(1,809)

(64)

– 

(1,873) 

As at 31 December 2017

Financial liabilities

 On
 demand
 £000

 Less than
 one year
 £000

 Between two 
and five years
 £000

 More than
 five years
 £000

Total
 £000

Trade and other payables (note 7,8)

 –

 (1,660)

 (130)

 –

 (1,790)

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cashflows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market 

prices. The Company’s exposure is primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. 

Financial instruments affected by market risk are limited to cash and cash equivalents.

Currency risk

The Company engages in foreign currency transactions to a very limited extent. No financial assets or liabilities are held in foreign 

currencies. Due to the Company’s lack of exposure to currency risk no sensitivity analysis has been performed.

Interest rate risk

The Company has no interest-bearing financial liabilities, and its interest-bearing financial assets consist of only cash and cash 

equivalents. As such, exposure to interest rate risk is limited and no sensitivity analysis has been performed.

Capital risk management

The Board’s objectives and policies for the Company are consistent with those of the Group. Full details are provided in note 30  

of the consolidated financial statements.

RCF financing facility

On 18 November 2015 the Group signed a facilities agreement for a €200,000,000 revolving credit facility (RCF) with a banking 

club consisting of five banks including HSBC who also act as the Agent. The term of the RCF facility was originally five years.  

On 21 July 2017, Stock Spirits Group extended its RCF with its banking club by a further two years to November 2022. The other 

key facility terms remain unchanged. See note 23 of the consolidated financial statements for further details.

·  171  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information12. Share-based compensation

Share options issued at IPO 

Post-IPO awards were valued by reference to the share price at admission to the London Stock Exchange.

The Group EBT holds the shares for all vested share options. At IPO several members of key management were issued a total of 

1,538,124 £0.10 ordinary share options in Stock Spirits Group PLC. The options vested immediately upon grant.

Included within the terms of the grant the employee agrees to receive their options net of a deduction to allow the Company to settle any 

personal income taxes on behalf of the recipient. Consequently there is no liability to the Company on exercise of the options. 

Exercisable options

Number outstanding

Weighted average exercise price

Expiration period

The movements in the awards outstanding during the period were as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Exercised

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

Performance Share Plan (PSP)

30 September 
2018

31 December  
2017

458,501

£nil

5 years

758,501

£nil

6 years

 Number

 758,501

 (300,000)

 458,501

 458,501

Participation in the PSP is restricted to the senior management team. Awards made under the PSP normally vest provided the 

participant remains in the Group’s employment during the performance period and financial targets are met at the end of the 

performance period. 

In the 2018 plan, financial targets are based 50% on EPS targets and 50% on cashflow conversion. 

The performance period is usually three financial years beginning with the financial year in which the award is granted. The vesting 

period for grants made under the 2018 scheme is 2.72 years with an exercise period of 7.28 years to reflect the impact of the 

change in the year-end to 30 September from 31 December. The exercise price of PSP options is £nil.

Awards were granted over 382,661 shares on 14 March 2018 (2017: 1,611,583 shares). An additional 4,521 options were also issued 

under the 2017 PSP scheme. The Executive Directors are required to hold the shares (other than those sold to sell to cover tax and 

social security due on exercise) for a period of two years from the date of vest. These new options were valued using the Black-

Scholes model. Dividends accrue to the participants prior to option exercise.

In the 2017 plan, financial targets were based 50% on EBITDA targets and 50% on cashflow conversion for senior management excluding 

the Executive Directors. For Executive Directors the performance conditions were 50% EPS targets and 50% cashflow conversion targets. 

These options were valued using the Black-Scholes model. Dividends accrue to the participants prior to option exercise.

·  172  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018 
The performance period for the 2017 PSP schemes is three financial years, beginning with the financial year in which the award is 

granted. The vesting period for grants made under this scheme is three years with an exercise period of seven years. The exercise 

price of PSP options granted under this scheme is £nil.

The compensation expense recognised in relation to these awards is based on the fair value of the awards at grant date. 

Further information on the PSP is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 86.

The principal assumptions made in measuring the fair value of PSP awards were as follows:

Principal assumptions

Fair value at grant date

Share price on grant date

Expected life of the awards

Risk free rate interest rate

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares

Volatility of the Company’s shares

TSR correlation (SSG PLC vs comparators)

 2018 PSP  
Holding period

 2018 PSP  
No holding period

 2017 PSP

209.8 pence

259.0 pence

 259.0 pence

 259.0 pence

2.72 years

2.72 years

187.0 pence

187.0 pence

3 years

0.82%

0%

36.39%

n/a

0.82%

0%

36.39%

n/a

0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

Due to the limited historic data available at the time of the 2017 scheme being issued, Stock Spirits Group PLC expected volatility 

was based on the historic volatilities of the companies in the TSR comparator group.

The movements in the awards outstanding during the period were as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Granted

Forfeited

Lapsed

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

 Number

 2,614,863

 387,182

(207,916)

 (1,058,236)

 1,735,893

 –

Included within the terms of the grant the employee agrees to receive their options net of a deduction to allow the Group to settle any 

personal income taxes on behalf of the recipient. Consequently there is no liability to the Group on exercise of the options. 

Restricted Stock options (RSA):

On 14 March 2018, awards were granted over 453,897 shares (2017: 534,419 shares). An additional 2,261 options were also issued under 

the 2017 RSA scheme.

Participation in the 2018 RSA is restricted to the senior management team, excluding Executive Directors. Vesting is dependent 

upon continued employment as at the date of the announcement of the 2020 results and an underpin such that Adjusted EBITDA in 

2020 is greater than Adjusted EBITDA in 2017. No dividends accrue to the Plan participants prior to exercise. The exercise price of 

2018 RSA options is £nil.

·  173  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information 
12. Share-based compensation continued

Restricted Stock options (RSA) continued

Participation in the 2017 RSA is restricted to the senior management team, who were previously included in the 2014 or 2015 PSP 

schemes and still employed by the Group in March 2017. Vesting is dependent upon continued employment as at the date of the 

announcement of the 2018 results. No dividends accrue to the Plan participants prior to exercise. The exercise price of 2017 RSA 

options is £nil.

The compensation expense recognised in relation to these awards is based on the fair value of the awards at grant date. The fair 

value of nil-cost options is determined using a Black-Scholes model.

Further information on the RSA is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 86.

The principal assumptions made in measuring the fair value of RSA awards were as follows:

Principal assumptions

Fair value at grant date

Share price on grant date

Expected life of the awards

Risk free rate interest rate

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares

Volatility of the Company’s shares

The movements in the awards outstanding during the period were as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Granted

Lapsed

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

Special Option Award – Managing Director of Polish business 

In 2016, 1,000,000 awards were issued to the Managing Director of the Polish business. 

The awards have lapsed in 2018 as the financial targets were not met during the performance period.

The movement in the awards under this scheme during the year are as follows:

At 1 January 2018

Lapsed

Outstanding at 30 September 2018

Exercisable at 30 September 2018

·  174  ·

 2018  
RSU

 2017  
RSU

236.8 pence

172.8 pence

259.0 pence

187.0 pence

2.72 years

1.72 years

0.82%

3.3%

36.39%

0%

n/a

n/a

Number

 479,465

 456,158

– 

935,623

– 

Number

 1,000,000

 (1,000,000)

 –

 –

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018 
Deferred Annual Bonus Plan:

In respect of 2017 an annual bonus was paid to Mirek Stachowicz of 32.1% of salary. 25% of the bonus earned was deferred into 

shares. Options over 13,661 shares were awarded. The exercise price of the options is £nil. Dividends accrue prior to exercise.  

The vesting period is two financial years from the date of grant with an exercise period of eight years. 

The compensation expense recognised in relation to these awards is based on the fair value of the awards at grant date.  

The fair value of nil-cost options is determined using a Black-Scholes model.

The principal assumptions made in measuring the fair value of awards were as follows:

Principal assumptions

Fair value at grant date

Share price on grant date

Expected life of the awards

Risk free rate interest rate

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares

Volatility of the Company’s shares

Share-based compensation expense

2018  
DABP

243.0 pence

243.0 pence

2.0 years

0.83%

0%

29.75%

The amount recognised in the Statement of Changes in Equity for employee services received during the year is shown in the 

following table:

Equity-settled share-based compensation expense recognised in Statement  
of Changes in Equity

 2018
£000

115

 2017
£000

1,729

The expense recognised in other operational expense in respect of the Directors of Stock Spirits PLC during the period is shown in 

the following table:

Equity-settled share-based compensation expense

Cash-settled share-based compensation expense 

Share-based compensation

13. Subsidiaries

 2018
£000

75

(39)

36

 2017
£000

496

72

568

The principal subsidiary undertakings of the Company and their details are set out in note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

·  175  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional Information14. Related party transactions

The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related parties for the relevant 

financial year:

2018

Subsidiaries:

Stock Spirits (UK) Limited

Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o.

Stock Finance (Koruna) Limited

2017

Subsidiaries:

Stock Plzeň-Božkov s.r.o.

Stock Spirits (UK) Limited

Stock Polska Sp. z.o.o.

Stock Finance (Euro) Limited

Sales of goods/
services
£000

Purchases of 
goods/services
£000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
£000

549

–

–

549

–

–

–

–

61

39

6

106

493

8

–

501

Sales of goods/
services
£000

Purchases of 
goods/services
£000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
£000

–

796

–

–

796

–

–

–

–

–

11

806

–

4

821

–

2

5

–

7

In considering each possible related party relationship, attention is directed to the substance of the relationship, not merely the 

legal form.

Compensation of key management personnel 

The Executive and Non-Executive Directors are deemed to be key management personnel of Stock Spirits Group PLC. It is the Board 

which has responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company.

There were no material transactions or balances between the Company and its key management personnel or members of their 

close family. At the end of the period, key management personnel did not owe the Company any amounts (2017: nil).

·  176  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continuedat 30 September 2018Executive and Non-Executive Directors received remuneration for their services to the Company as follows:

Short-term employee benefits

Social security costs

Post-employment benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based compensation 

 9 months to  
30 September  
2018 
£000

 Year to  
31 December 
2017 
£000

1,628 

 2,030

77 

80 

– 

135 

1,920 

 114

 10

 379

 568

 3,101

As at 30 September 2018 no Directors (2017: nil) had any retirement benefits accrued under either money purchase schemes or 

under defined benefit schemes.

In 2018 no Directors (2017: 1) made any gains on the exercise of share options. 

Other disclosures on Directors’ remuneration required by the Companies Act 2006 and those specified for audit by the Directors’ 

Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 are included in the Directors’ remuneration report.

·  177  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationSyramusa
Inspired by a time honoured 
secret recipe handed down 
from generation to generation 
by Sicilian families. Limoncello 
Syramusa’s elegant bottle is 
inspired by the classic shapes 
of Hellenic amphorae.

·  178  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Additional 
information

180 Shareholders’ information

181 Useful links

·  179  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationShareholders’ information

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting: 14 February 2019

Results announcement

Interim Results – for the period ending 31 March 2019:  

14 May 2019

Shareholder information online

Stock Spirits Group’s registrars are able to notify shareholders  

by email of the availability of an electronic version of 

shareholder information.

Whenever new shareholder information becomes available, 

such as Stock Spirits Group’s interim and full-year results, Link 

will notify you by email and you will be able to access, read and 

print documents at your own convenience. To take advantage 

of this service for future communications, please go to www.

mystockspiritsshares.com where full details of the shareholder 

portfolio service are provided. Once you have logged in you 

can check your account details, change your address details or 

Corporate Brokers

J.P. Morgan Cazenove

25 Bank Street 

London, E14 5JP

Numis Securities Ltd

The London Stock Exchange Building

10 Paternoster Square

London, EC4M 7LT

Legal Advisers

Slaughter & May

1 Bunhill Row

London, EC1Y 8YY

Independent Auditors

KPMG LLP

Arlington Business Park

Theale

Reading, RG7 4SD

review FAQs, one of which will explain how to request a new 

Registrars

share certificate.

When registering for this service, you will need to have your 

11-character Investor Code (IVC) to hand, which is shown on 

your share certificate.

You can then select “Send me all communications by email 

(most environmentally friendly)”. Should you change your 

mind at a later date, you may amend your request by entering 

your portfolio online and selecting your preferred method of 

communication to “Send me paper copies of all communications”.

If you wish to continue receiving shareholder information in the 

current format, there is no need to take any action.

Link Asset Services

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham

Kent, BR3 4TU

Tel: 0871 664 0300

(Calls cost 12 pence a minute plus your phone company’s access 

charge, lines are open 8.30am–5.30pm Monday to Friday 

excluding public holidays in England and Wales) 

(From Overseas: +44 371 664 0300. Calls outside the United 

Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate) 

Email: enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk 

·  180  ·

Stock Spirits Group PLC  ·  Annual Report & Accounts 2018 Useful links

Link share portal

www.mystockspiritsshares.com 

Information for investors 

Information for investors is provided on the internet as part of 

the Group’s website which can be found at: www.stockspirits.

com/investors 

Investor enquiries 

Enquiries can be directed via our website or by contacting:

Paul Bal
Chief Financial Officer 

Email: investorqueries@stockspirits.com

Tel: +44 1628 648500 

Fax: +44 1628 521366 

Stock Spirits Group PLC 

Registered office: 

Solar House 

Mercury Park 

Wooburn Green

Buckinghamshire, HP10 0HH

United Kingdom 

Registered in England 

Company number 08687223 

Designed and produced 

Emperor

Emperor.works

Printed 

Empress Litho 

Both the paper manufacturer and the printer are registered to 

the Environmental Management System ISO14001  

and are Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) chain-of- 

custody certified.

·  181  ·

Overview  ·  Strategic Review  ·  Governance  ·  Financial Statements  ·  Additional InformationStock Spirits Group PLC

Solar House  
Mercury Park  
Wooburn Green  
Buckinghamshire  
HP10 0HH  
United Kingdom

www.stockspirits.com 

Tel: +44 1628 648500  
Fax: +44 1628 521366